Increased DVT Prophylaxis Resulting in Decreased Hospital‐Acquired DVT

Article Type
Changed
Sun, 05/28/2017 - 22:18
Display Headline
Innovative approaches to increase deep vein thrombosis prophylaxis rate resulting in a decrease in hospital‐acquired deep vein thrombosis at a tertiary‐care teaching hospital

Hospital‐acquired venous thromboembolic events (VTEs) in medically ill patients account for a significant percentage of in‐hospital mortality.1 There have been reports that 50%75% of symptomatic VTEs related to hospitalization occur in medical patients.2, 3 The incidence of hospital‐acquired pulmonary embolism (PE) and deep vein thrombosis (DVT) has been reported nationally as 0.4% and 1.3% of all hospital admissions, respectively.4 The incidence of hospital‐acquired VTEs in patients not on prophylaxis reported in the MEDENOX trial was approximately 15%, although these were predominantly asymptomatic cases.5

Several studies including the MEDENOX and PREVENT trials have supported the use of low‐molecular‐weight heparin (LMWH) and unfractionated heparin (UFH) in the prevention of VTEs.57 Based on this evidence, the American College of Chest Physicians (ACCP) developed guidelines for the use of LMWH and UFH in the prevention of VTEs in patients with acute medical illnesses.8 Despite the promulgation of these guidelines, several studies have indicated that the use of these medications remains suboptimal. Two recent studies showed that the rate of thromboprophylaxis in hospitalized medically ill patients at risk for VTEs was 15%16%.9, 10

A review by Kakkar et al. stated that the underutilization of thromboprophylaxis may be a result of lack of awareness by physicians, disagreement with the guidelines, and lack of outcome data.11 Studies have demonstrated improvement in the use of thromboprophylaxis in hospitalized patients using several strategies. One of these strategies was the use of a hospitalwide clinical pharmacy education program, resulting in the thromboprophylaxis rate improving from 11% to 44% (P < .001).12 Another strategy studied was the use of a combination of physician education, a decision support tool, and regular audit and feedback, which resulted in the rate of thromboprophylaxis increasing from 43% to 85% after 18 months.13 The use of computer alert programs was also studied and was shown to increase the use of thromboprophylaxis among hospitalized patients from 13% to 23.6% (P < 0.001).14

The objective of this article is to report the impact of a continuous quality improvement (CQI) project on adherence to the DVT prophylaxis guidelines as well as the subsequent incidence of hospital‐acquired DVT in medical patients at a large urban teaching hospital between 2002 and 2005.

METHODS

In November 2002, the Kings County Hospital Center Department of Medicine embarked on a CQI project to increase adherence to thromboprophylaxis guidelines. A 3‐tiered approach of provider education, provider reminders with decision support, and audit and feedback was taken. This cycle was repeated each month with the start of a new group of house staff and faculty attendings. This 3‐tiered approach was developed, implemented, and maintained over a 4‐year period from 2002 to 2005. The measured outcomes were rate of DVT prophylaxis and incidence of hospital‐acquired DVT.

Provider Education and Reminders with Decision Support

The first approach was the inclusion of DVT prophylaxis in the Assessment and Plan section of the preprinted admission database. This section on DVT prophylaxis, which required a physician to indicate if a patient required prophylaxis and the type of prophylaxis chosen, was initiated in November 2002 (Fig. 1, arrow A).

Figure 1
A control chart representing the monthly DVT prophylaxis rate on the General Medicine House staff service at Kings County Hospital Center from May 2002 to December 2005. (UCL ‐ upper control limit, LCL ‐ lower control limit).

In December 2002, DVT prophylaxis was included in the learning goals and objectives handout given to house staff at the start of each inpatient rotation (Fig. 1, arrow B).

Pocket DVT prophylaxis guideline cards that outlined the indications and suggested regimens for DVT prophylaxis in the medically ill patient were issued to members of the house staff and their supervising faculty attendings at the start of each month beginning in March 2003 (Fig. 1, arrow C).

Preprinted admission orders were developed in July 2004 (Fig. 1, arrow F) that included DVT prophylaxis options. The admitting physician was required to indicate the need for DVT prophylaxis and type of prophylaxis chosen for every patient admitted.

In February 2005, a standardized DVT algorithm was included in the preprinted admission database (Figs. 13). The admitting physician was required to follow this algorithm to assess for indications for DVT prophylaxis and, if needed, type of prophylaxis chosen. The signatures of the house officer who completed the form and the supervising attending were required.

Figure 2
The DVT algorithm (Page 1) included in the preprinted admission database that required the physician to assess the indication for DVT prophylaxis and to indicate the type of prophylaxis chosen.
Figure 3
The DVT algorithm (Page 2) included in the preprinted admission database that required the physician to assess the indication for DVT prophylaxis and to indicate the type of prophylaxis chosen.

Auditing

Starting in December 2003, each house‐staff medicine service team was assessed for its rate of DVT prophylaxis on a monthly basis. Two chief residents would review 7 randomly selected charts from each of the 10 general medicine house‐staff teams. The data collected included number of patients at increased risk of developing DVT who were receiving DVT prophylaxis defined as UFH, LMWH, and/or intermittent pneumatic compression. Patients were considered at increased risk of developing DVT if they had heart failure, myocardial infarction, cancer, systemic infection, a hypercoagulable state, respiratory failure, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pulmonary hypertension, hip or other lower extremity fracture, stroke, catatonia, or a history of previous DVT or PE. In addition, patients for whom bed rest was ordered or who were expected or observed to be immobile (ie, not get out of bed) were considered at increased risk of DVT. The DVT prophylaxis rate was the percentage of patients identified as at increased risk of developing DVT who were receiving DVT prophylaxis. The reviewers used standardized review sheets to collect the data. Each month they reviewed a total of 70 charts, which represented approximately 14% of all medicine house‐staff discharges and approximately 60% of the average daily census of the house‐staff service.

Hospital‐acquired DVT cases were actively identified and reviewed independently by the Department of Risk Management. This activity resulted from the requirement to report all hospital‐acquired DVTs to the New York State Department of Health Patient Outcome Reporting Tracking System. The risk management staff systematically reviewed all discharge International Classification of Diseases Ninth Edition (ICD‐9) codes, as well as the reports of all duplex scans of the upper and lower extremities. A review of the medical record was triggered by report of a DVT on an imaging study or the finding of either ICD‐9 code 453.8 (embolism and thrombosis of the vein) or ICD‐9 code 453.9 (embolism and thrombosis of unspecified site). The purpose of the chart review was to confirm the diagnosis of DVT and to determine if the DVT was indeed hospital acquired. Hospital‐acquired DVTs were defined as those that developed while admitted or within 30 days of discharge from Kings County Hospital Center. Developed during admission was defined as a diagnosis of DVT not being suspected at original presentation at the hospital. If DVT was suspected on admission and the patient had not been hospitalized at Kings County Hospital Center in the preceding 30 days, the case was excluded.

Feedback

Reporting of the DVT prophylaxis rate was initiated in December 2003 (Fig. 1, arrow D). During the last week of each month, the rate of DVT prophylaxis on the general medicine house‐staff service was reported at the morbidity and mortality (M&M) conference. Attendance at the M&M conference was expected of all members of the house staff and faculty attendings assigned to the general medicine service for that particular month. The conference was chaired by the chief medical residents and was attended by the chief of the department of medicine and the director of inpatient services, who actively supported the project and acknowledged the importance of DVT prophylaxis.

Starting in March 2004, team‐specific DVT prophylaxis rates were reported at the monthly M&M conference rather than a single rate for the entire house‐staff service (Fig. 1, arrow E). This feedback enabled assessment of individual team performance and created a sense of competition. Each team was composed of an attending physician, a postgraduate year 3 resident, and a postgraduate year 1 resident. The feedback was presented as a focal point of the conference each month, one of the department's continuous quality improvement measures. The annual hospital‐acquired DVT rates observed from 2002 onward were also reported at this conference. Opportunity was given for discussion, comments, and feedback at the end of each conference, and occasionally new ideas for improvement were generated.

Statistical Analysis

A generalized linear model was used to estimate 95% confidence intervals for annual DVT incidence rates and to compare rates for 20032005 with that of 2002. Bonferroni corrections were applied to P values in order to control the overall type I error rate. Calendar year was the only independent variable in the analysis.

RESULTS

Table 1 provides cumulative yearly data for DVT prophylaxis rate, number of hospital‐acquired DVTs, and number of discharges from the general medicine house‐staff service for the 4 years of the observational period, 20022005. The baseline DVT prophylaxis rate from May 2002 to December 2002 was 63% (Fig. 4 and Table 1) and increased to 73%, 90%, and 96% over the succeeding years. In 2002, the number of hospital‐acquired DVTs on the general medicine house‐staff service was 14, followed by 16, 7, and 1 for 2003 through 2005 (Table 1). Twenty‐four of these 38 cases had not received DVT prophylaxis.

Figure 4
A graphic representation of the DVT prophylaxis rate (%) at Kings County Hospital Center, Department of Medicine House staff service (striped bars) 2002 to 2005 in comparison to the rate of hospital acquired DVTs (line graph) in the Department of Medicine. (* statistically significant).
Comparison of Deep Vein Thrombosis Prophylaxis Rate with Hospital‐Acquired Deep Vein Thrombosis Rate from 2002 to 2005
YearDVT prophylaxis rateHospital‐acquired DVTs (n)Discharges (n)Hospital‐acquired DVT rate (DVTs per 1000 discharges)95% Confidence intervalP value
  • DVT, deep vein thrombosis.

  • P value relative to the baseline hospital‐acquired DVT rate in 2002.

  • Statistically significant.

2002 (Year 1)63%1453662.61.54.4 
2003 (Year 2)73%1660982.61.64.3.988
2004 (Year 3)90%764601.10.52.3.058
2005 (Year 4)96%162960.20.01.1.007*

When adjusted for each 1000 discharges (Fig. 4 and Table 1), the rates of hospital‐acquired DVT significantly decreased, from 2.6 per 1000 discharges (95% CI 1.54.4) in 2002 to 1.1 per 1000 discharges (95% CI 0.52.3, P = .058) in 2004 and to 0.2 per 1000 discharges (95% CI 0.01.1, P = .007) in 2005. During these years, particularly 20042005, the monthly DVT prophylaxis rate in the sample reviewed was consistently 90% or better (Fig. 1).

DISCUSSION

Our study involved active multifaceted interventions with a layered combination of provider education, provider reminders with decision support, and audit and feedback. This layered approach increased the DVT prophylaxis rate in our department, resulting in a significant decline in clinically evident hospital‐acquired DVTs from a baseline rate of 2.6 per 1000 discharges (0.26%) in 2002 to a rate of 0.2 per 1000 discharges (0.02%) in 2005 (95% CI 0.01.1, P = .007). Our baseline rate was low compared to the nationally reported incidence of 1.3%.4 Had the study not been extended over 4 years, it is likely that the statistical significance of this decline would have been missed. The rate of decrease in hospital0acquired DVTs accelerated with each year, showing no decline between 2002 and 2003, a 58% decline from 2003 to 2004, and an 82% decline from 2004 to 2005.

The acceleration in this decline coincided with the use of pocket DVT prophylaxis guideline cards and monthly audits with feedback starting in 2003 and the implementation of preprinted admission orders in 2004. This acceleration peaked in 2005 with the addition of the DVT algorithm to the admission database.

Despite the ACCP guidelines on thromboprophylaxis,8 several studies have suggested that only approximately 15%16% of medically ill patients at increased risk of VTE receive adequate thromboprophylaxis.9, 10 The 3 barriers identified by Kakkar et al. were lack of physician awareness, disagreement with the guidelines, and lack of outcome data.11 Our interventions addressed these barriers. Lack of physician awareness was addressed by provider education and reminder systems with decision support. Audit with team‐specific feedback provided the outcome data needed to demonstrate and reinforce effective change.

A critical analysis by Shojania et al. analyzed the effectiveness of each of these strategies when implemented alone. Provider education was effective in increasing provider knowledge but was generally ineffective when judged on the basis of improving patient outcomes. When provider reminders were well integrated with work flow, they were more likely to be effective. The effectiveness of decision support was variable, as it sometimes brought about change but was less likely to do so in complex situations. Various forms of audit and feedback produced small to modest effective changes.15 A systematic review by Oxman et al. suggested that there were some benefits when these strategies were implemented in a layered manner compared with single‐faceted strategies and that effective interventions were more likely to involve active rather than passive strategies.16

The major strengths of this study were the large number of patients reviewed, the sustained interventions over a 4‐year period, and the consistency of our results. The Department of Risk Management systematically reviewed all discharge ICD‐9 codes and all relevant imaging studies of 32,293 patients for the presence of hospital‐acquired DVTs. The data provided was all‐inclusive regardless of outcome and was acquired continuously over a 4‐year period rather than at a single point.

Our department continues to seek methods to increase the rate of thromboprophylaxis, and so, noting that computer alert programs have been shown to increase the appropriate use of thromboprophylaxis,14 our institution has designed an admission computer order entry program specific for DVT prophylaxis. This program prompts physicians to perform a DVT risk assessment of each admitted patient and to order the appropriate thromboprophylaxis regimen if indicated. This program was implemented in May 2006.

Limitations

Several weaknesses are inherent in a before‐and‐after study such as ours. These include the presence of background factors that can produce significant changes in processes or outcomes of interest regardless of quality improvement interventions. Another weakness is that for any given period studied, multiple unaccounted changes typically occur in a health care system and in its socioeconomic environment that might also produce the desired improvements.17 An attempt was made to mitigate the presence of background factors by including a large number of patients in our analysis, by conducting the study over 4 years rather than over a shorter period, and by analyzing data continuously throughout each year rather than at a single point. These weaknesses could be further ameliorated by a controlled before‐and‐after study design in which there would be analysis of data from 2 hospitals, one that implemented the quality improvement interventions and one that did not.

Several authority gradients were used in this initiative, including the supervising faculty attending assigned to each medical team, who was required to cosign each of the DVT risk assessment sheets in the admitting database, providing a powerful tool in the promotion of provider reminder and decision support in this initiative. The other authority gradients included the chief of medicine and the director of inpatient services, who both presided over the monthly morbidity and mortality conferences where performance feedback of the initiative was presented. The authority gradients at these performance feedback sessions were useful in promoting discussion and gaining valuable feedback, as well as in garnering ideas for improvement from the house staff. However, although these authority gradients were important in carrying out this initiative, having them may not be possible at other institutions, particularly nonacademic hospitals, and as such could potentially limit reproducibility.

Another limitation of our study is that we included only patients with DVT. Patients with PE without an identified DVT were not included. In addition, there was no specific, systematic review of complications such as heparin‐induced thrombocytopenia (HIT) and bleeding. However, our departmental and hospitalwide quality improvement programs do attempt to identify complications of treatment and adverse drug reactions. There was no observed increase in bleeding complications and only 2 cases of HIT were identified in our department during the 4‐year period studied. Reported rates of HIT and bleeding in medical patients receiving LMWH or UFH for DVT prophylaxis have been low.57, 18

The DVT cases identified from 2002 to 2005 were those that were clinically relevant. Asymptomatic, clinically silent cases were not included in this report because routine screening for subclinical DVT is not presently a part of routine general medicine inpatient care.

CONCLUSIONS

The multifaceted layered combination of provider education, provider reminders with decision support, and audit and feedback implemented at our institution could be reproduced and utilized at other institutions, particularly teaching hospitals, to address the underutilization of DVT prophylaxis in medically ill patients and to bring about a decrease in hospital‐acquired DVTs.

References
  1. Alikhan R,Peters F,Wilmott R,Cohen AT.Fatal pulmonary embolism in hospitalised patients: a necropsy review.J Clin Pathol.2004;57:12541257.
  2. Goldhaber SZ,Dunn K,MacDougall RC.New onset of venous thromboembolism among hospitalized patients at Brigham and Women's Hospital is caused more often by prophylaxis failure than by withholding treatment.Chest.2000;118:16801684.
  3. Leizorovicz A,Mismetti P.Preventing venous thromboembolism in medical patients.Circulation.2004;110(24 Suppl 1):IV13IV19.
  4. Stein PD,Beemath A,Olson RE.Trends in the incidence of pulmonary embolism and deep venous thrombosis in hospitalized patients.Am J Cardiol.2005;95:15251526.
  5. Samama MM,Cohen AT,Darmon JY, et al.A comparison of enoxaparin with placebo for the prevention of venous thromboembolism in acutely ill medical patients.N Engl J Med.1999;341:793800.
  6. Mismetti P,Laporte‐Simitsidis S,Tardy B, et al.Prevention of venous thromboembolism in internal medicine with unfractionated or low‐molecular‐weight heparins: a meta‐analysis of randomised clinical trials.Thromb Haemost.2000;83(1):1419.
  7. Leizorovicz A,Cohen AT,Darmon JY, et al.Randomized, placebo‐controlled trial of dalteparin for the prevention of venous thromboembolism in acutely ill medical patients.Circulation.2004;110:874879.
  8. Geerts WH,Pineo GF,Heit JA, et al.Prevention of venous thromboembolism: the Seventh ACCP Conference on Antithrombotic and Thrombolytic Therapy.Chest.2004;126(3 Suppl):338S400S.
  9. Yu HT,Dylan ML,Lin J,Dubois RW.Hospitals' compliance with prophylaxis guidelines for venous thromboembolism.Am J Health Syst Pharm.2007;64(1):6976.
  10. Kahn SR,Panju A,Geerts W, et al.Multicenter evaluation of the use of venous thromboembolism prophylaxis in acutely ill medical patients in Canada.Thromb Res.2007;119(2):145155.
  11. Kakkar AK,Davidson BL,Haas SK.Compliance with recommended prophylaxis for venous thromboembolism: improving the use and rate of uptake of clinical practice guidelines.J Thromb Haemost.2004;2:221227.
  12. Dobesh PP,Stacy ZA.Effect of a clinical pharmacy education program on improvement in the quantity and quality of venous thromboembolism prophylaxis for medically ill patients.J Manag Care Pharm.2005;11:755762.
  13. Cohn SL,Adekile A,Mahabir V.Improved use of thromboprophylaxis for deep vein thrombosis following an educational intervention.J Hosp Med.2006;1:331338.
  14. Kucher N,Koo S,Quiroz R, et al.Electronic alerts to prevent venous thromboembolism among hospitalized patients.N Engl J Med.2005;352:969977.
  15. Shojania KG,McDonald KM,Wachter RM,Owens DK.Closing the Quality Gap: A Critical Analysis of Quality Improvement Strategies.Rockville, MD:Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality;2004.
  16. Oxman AD,Thomson MA,Davis DA,Haynes RB.No magic bullets: a systematic review of 102 trials of interventions to improve professional practice.CMAJ.1995;153:14231431.
  17. Shojania KG,Grimshaw JM.Evidence‐based quality improvement: the state of the science.Health Aff (Millwood).2005;24(1):138150.
  18. Creekmore FM,Oderda GM,Pendleton RC,Brixner DI.Incidence and economic implications of heparin‐induced thrombocytopenia in medical patients receiving prophylaxis for venous thromboembolism.Pharmacotherapy.2006;26:14381445.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
148-155
Legacy Keywords
DVT prophylaxis, quality improvement, outcomes measurement, patient safety, disease prevention
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Hospital‐acquired venous thromboembolic events (VTEs) in medically ill patients account for a significant percentage of in‐hospital mortality.1 There have been reports that 50%75% of symptomatic VTEs related to hospitalization occur in medical patients.2, 3 The incidence of hospital‐acquired pulmonary embolism (PE) and deep vein thrombosis (DVT) has been reported nationally as 0.4% and 1.3% of all hospital admissions, respectively.4 The incidence of hospital‐acquired VTEs in patients not on prophylaxis reported in the MEDENOX trial was approximately 15%, although these were predominantly asymptomatic cases.5

Several studies including the MEDENOX and PREVENT trials have supported the use of low‐molecular‐weight heparin (LMWH) and unfractionated heparin (UFH) in the prevention of VTEs.57 Based on this evidence, the American College of Chest Physicians (ACCP) developed guidelines for the use of LMWH and UFH in the prevention of VTEs in patients with acute medical illnesses.8 Despite the promulgation of these guidelines, several studies have indicated that the use of these medications remains suboptimal. Two recent studies showed that the rate of thromboprophylaxis in hospitalized medically ill patients at risk for VTEs was 15%16%.9, 10

A review by Kakkar et al. stated that the underutilization of thromboprophylaxis may be a result of lack of awareness by physicians, disagreement with the guidelines, and lack of outcome data.11 Studies have demonstrated improvement in the use of thromboprophylaxis in hospitalized patients using several strategies. One of these strategies was the use of a hospitalwide clinical pharmacy education program, resulting in the thromboprophylaxis rate improving from 11% to 44% (P < .001).12 Another strategy studied was the use of a combination of physician education, a decision support tool, and regular audit and feedback, which resulted in the rate of thromboprophylaxis increasing from 43% to 85% after 18 months.13 The use of computer alert programs was also studied and was shown to increase the use of thromboprophylaxis among hospitalized patients from 13% to 23.6% (P < 0.001).14

The objective of this article is to report the impact of a continuous quality improvement (CQI) project on adherence to the DVT prophylaxis guidelines as well as the subsequent incidence of hospital‐acquired DVT in medical patients at a large urban teaching hospital between 2002 and 2005.

METHODS

In November 2002, the Kings County Hospital Center Department of Medicine embarked on a CQI project to increase adherence to thromboprophylaxis guidelines. A 3‐tiered approach of provider education, provider reminders with decision support, and audit and feedback was taken. This cycle was repeated each month with the start of a new group of house staff and faculty attendings. This 3‐tiered approach was developed, implemented, and maintained over a 4‐year period from 2002 to 2005. The measured outcomes were rate of DVT prophylaxis and incidence of hospital‐acquired DVT.

Provider Education and Reminders with Decision Support

The first approach was the inclusion of DVT prophylaxis in the Assessment and Plan section of the preprinted admission database. This section on DVT prophylaxis, which required a physician to indicate if a patient required prophylaxis and the type of prophylaxis chosen, was initiated in November 2002 (Fig. 1, arrow A).

Figure 1
A control chart representing the monthly DVT prophylaxis rate on the General Medicine House staff service at Kings County Hospital Center from May 2002 to December 2005. (UCL ‐ upper control limit, LCL ‐ lower control limit).

In December 2002, DVT prophylaxis was included in the learning goals and objectives handout given to house staff at the start of each inpatient rotation (Fig. 1, arrow B).

Pocket DVT prophylaxis guideline cards that outlined the indications and suggested regimens for DVT prophylaxis in the medically ill patient were issued to members of the house staff and their supervising faculty attendings at the start of each month beginning in March 2003 (Fig. 1, arrow C).

Preprinted admission orders were developed in July 2004 (Fig. 1, arrow F) that included DVT prophylaxis options. The admitting physician was required to indicate the need for DVT prophylaxis and type of prophylaxis chosen for every patient admitted.

In February 2005, a standardized DVT algorithm was included in the preprinted admission database (Figs. 13). The admitting physician was required to follow this algorithm to assess for indications for DVT prophylaxis and, if needed, type of prophylaxis chosen. The signatures of the house officer who completed the form and the supervising attending were required.

Figure 2
The DVT algorithm (Page 1) included in the preprinted admission database that required the physician to assess the indication for DVT prophylaxis and to indicate the type of prophylaxis chosen.
Figure 3
The DVT algorithm (Page 2) included in the preprinted admission database that required the physician to assess the indication for DVT prophylaxis and to indicate the type of prophylaxis chosen.

Auditing

Starting in December 2003, each house‐staff medicine service team was assessed for its rate of DVT prophylaxis on a monthly basis. Two chief residents would review 7 randomly selected charts from each of the 10 general medicine house‐staff teams. The data collected included number of patients at increased risk of developing DVT who were receiving DVT prophylaxis defined as UFH, LMWH, and/or intermittent pneumatic compression. Patients were considered at increased risk of developing DVT if they had heart failure, myocardial infarction, cancer, systemic infection, a hypercoagulable state, respiratory failure, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pulmonary hypertension, hip or other lower extremity fracture, stroke, catatonia, or a history of previous DVT or PE. In addition, patients for whom bed rest was ordered or who were expected or observed to be immobile (ie, not get out of bed) were considered at increased risk of DVT. The DVT prophylaxis rate was the percentage of patients identified as at increased risk of developing DVT who were receiving DVT prophylaxis. The reviewers used standardized review sheets to collect the data. Each month they reviewed a total of 70 charts, which represented approximately 14% of all medicine house‐staff discharges and approximately 60% of the average daily census of the house‐staff service.

Hospital‐acquired DVT cases were actively identified and reviewed independently by the Department of Risk Management. This activity resulted from the requirement to report all hospital‐acquired DVTs to the New York State Department of Health Patient Outcome Reporting Tracking System. The risk management staff systematically reviewed all discharge International Classification of Diseases Ninth Edition (ICD‐9) codes, as well as the reports of all duplex scans of the upper and lower extremities. A review of the medical record was triggered by report of a DVT on an imaging study or the finding of either ICD‐9 code 453.8 (embolism and thrombosis of the vein) or ICD‐9 code 453.9 (embolism and thrombosis of unspecified site). The purpose of the chart review was to confirm the diagnosis of DVT and to determine if the DVT was indeed hospital acquired. Hospital‐acquired DVTs were defined as those that developed while admitted or within 30 days of discharge from Kings County Hospital Center. Developed during admission was defined as a diagnosis of DVT not being suspected at original presentation at the hospital. If DVT was suspected on admission and the patient had not been hospitalized at Kings County Hospital Center in the preceding 30 days, the case was excluded.

Feedback

Reporting of the DVT prophylaxis rate was initiated in December 2003 (Fig. 1, arrow D). During the last week of each month, the rate of DVT prophylaxis on the general medicine house‐staff service was reported at the morbidity and mortality (M&M) conference. Attendance at the M&M conference was expected of all members of the house staff and faculty attendings assigned to the general medicine service for that particular month. The conference was chaired by the chief medical residents and was attended by the chief of the department of medicine and the director of inpatient services, who actively supported the project and acknowledged the importance of DVT prophylaxis.

Starting in March 2004, team‐specific DVT prophylaxis rates were reported at the monthly M&M conference rather than a single rate for the entire house‐staff service (Fig. 1, arrow E). This feedback enabled assessment of individual team performance and created a sense of competition. Each team was composed of an attending physician, a postgraduate year 3 resident, and a postgraduate year 1 resident. The feedback was presented as a focal point of the conference each month, one of the department's continuous quality improvement measures. The annual hospital‐acquired DVT rates observed from 2002 onward were also reported at this conference. Opportunity was given for discussion, comments, and feedback at the end of each conference, and occasionally new ideas for improvement were generated.

Statistical Analysis

A generalized linear model was used to estimate 95% confidence intervals for annual DVT incidence rates and to compare rates for 20032005 with that of 2002. Bonferroni corrections were applied to P values in order to control the overall type I error rate. Calendar year was the only independent variable in the analysis.

RESULTS

Table 1 provides cumulative yearly data for DVT prophylaxis rate, number of hospital‐acquired DVTs, and number of discharges from the general medicine house‐staff service for the 4 years of the observational period, 20022005. The baseline DVT prophylaxis rate from May 2002 to December 2002 was 63% (Fig. 4 and Table 1) and increased to 73%, 90%, and 96% over the succeeding years. In 2002, the number of hospital‐acquired DVTs on the general medicine house‐staff service was 14, followed by 16, 7, and 1 for 2003 through 2005 (Table 1). Twenty‐four of these 38 cases had not received DVT prophylaxis.

Figure 4
A graphic representation of the DVT prophylaxis rate (%) at Kings County Hospital Center, Department of Medicine House staff service (striped bars) 2002 to 2005 in comparison to the rate of hospital acquired DVTs (line graph) in the Department of Medicine. (* statistically significant).
Comparison of Deep Vein Thrombosis Prophylaxis Rate with Hospital‐Acquired Deep Vein Thrombosis Rate from 2002 to 2005
YearDVT prophylaxis rateHospital‐acquired DVTs (n)Discharges (n)Hospital‐acquired DVT rate (DVTs per 1000 discharges)95% Confidence intervalP value
  • DVT, deep vein thrombosis.

  • P value relative to the baseline hospital‐acquired DVT rate in 2002.

  • Statistically significant.

2002 (Year 1)63%1453662.61.54.4 
2003 (Year 2)73%1660982.61.64.3.988
2004 (Year 3)90%764601.10.52.3.058
2005 (Year 4)96%162960.20.01.1.007*

When adjusted for each 1000 discharges (Fig. 4 and Table 1), the rates of hospital‐acquired DVT significantly decreased, from 2.6 per 1000 discharges (95% CI 1.54.4) in 2002 to 1.1 per 1000 discharges (95% CI 0.52.3, P = .058) in 2004 and to 0.2 per 1000 discharges (95% CI 0.01.1, P = .007) in 2005. During these years, particularly 20042005, the monthly DVT prophylaxis rate in the sample reviewed was consistently 90% or better (Fig. 1).

DISCUSSION

Our study involved active multifaceted interventions with a layered combination of provider education, provider reminders with decision support, and audit and feedback. This layered approach increased the DVT prophylaxis rate in our department, resulting in a significant decline in clinically evident hospital‐acquired DVTs from a baseline rate of 2.6 per 1000 discharges (0.26%) in 2002 to a rate of 0.2 per 1000 discharges (0.02%) in 2005 (95% CI 0.01.1, P = .007). Our baseline rate was low compared to the nationally reported incidence of 1.3%.4 Had the study not been extended over 4 years, it is likely that the statistical significance of this decline would have been missed. The rate of decrease in hospital0acquired DVTs accelerated with each year, showing no decline between 2002 and 2003, a 58% decline from 2003 to 2004, and an 82% decline from 2004 to 2005.

The acceleration in this decline coincided with the use of pocket DVT prophylaxis guideline cards and monthly audits with feedback starting in 2003 and the implementation of preprinted admission orders in 2004. This acceleration peaked in 2005 with the addition of the DVT algorithm to the admission database.

Despite the ACCP guidelines on thromboprophylaxis,8 several studies have suggested that only approximately 15%16% of medically ill patients at increased risk of VTE receive adequate thromboprophylaxis.9, 10 The 3 barriers identified by Kakkar et al. were lack of physician awareness, disagreement with the guidelines, and lack of outcome data.11 Our interventions addressed these barriers. Lack of physician awareness was addressed by provider education and reminder systems with decision support. Audit with team‐specific feedback provided the outcome data needed to demonstrate and reinforce effective change.

A critical analysis by Shojania et al. analyzed the effectiveness of each of these strategies when implemented alone. Provider education was effective in increasing provider knowledge but was generally ineffective when judged on the basis of improving patient outcomes. When provider reminders were well integrated with work flow, they were more likely to be effective. The effectiveness of decision support was variable, as it sometimes brought about change but was less likely to do so in complex situations. Various forms of audit and feedback produced small to modest effective changes.15 A systematic review by Oxman et al. suggested that there were some benefits when these strategies were implemented in a layered manner compared with single‐faceted strategies and that effective interventions were more likely to involve active rather than passive strategies.16

The major strengths of this study were the large number of patients reviewed, the sustained interventions over a 4‐year period, and the consistency of our results. The Department of Risk Management systematically reviewed all discharge ICD‐9 codes and all relevant imaging studies of 32,293 patients for the presence of hospital‐acquired DVTs. The data provided was all‐inclusive regardless of outcome and was acquired continuously over a 4‐year period rather than at a single point.

Our department continues to seek methods to increase the rate of thromboprophylaxis, and so, noting that computer alert programs have been shown to increase the appropriate use of thromboprophylaxis,14 our institution has designed an admission computer order entry program specific for DVT prophylaxis. This program prompts physicians to perform a DVT risk assessment of each admitted patient and to order the appropriate thromboprophylaxis regimen if indicated. This program was implemented in May 2006.

Limitations

Several weaknesses are inherent in a before‐and‐after study such as ours. These include the presence of background factors that can produce significant changes in processes or outcomes of interest regardless of quality improvement interventions. Another weakness is that for any given period studied, multiple unaccounted changes typically occur in a health care system and in its socioeconomic environment that might also produce the desired improvements.17 An attempt was made to mitigate the presence of background factors by including a large number of patients in our analysis, by conducting the study over 4 years rather than over a shorter period, and by analyzing data continuously throughout each year rather than at a single point. These weaknesses could be further ameliorated by a controlled before‐and‐after study design in which there would be analysis of data from 2 hospitals, one that implemented the quality improvement interventions and one that did not.

Several authority gradients were used in this initiative, including the supervising faculty attending assigned to each medical team, who was required to cosign each of the DVT risk assessment sheets in the admitting database, providing a powerful tool in the promotion of provider reminder and decision support in this initiative. The other authority gradients included the chief of medicine and the director of inpatient services, who both presided over the monthly morbidity and mortality conferences where performance feedback of the initiative was presented. The authority gradients at these performance feedback sessions were useful in promoting discussion and gaining valuable feedback, as well as in garnering ideas for improvement from the house staff. However, although these authority gradients were important in carrying out this initiative, having them may not be possible at other institutions, particularly nonacademic hospitals, and as such could potentially limit reproducibility.

Another limitation of our study is that we included only patients with DVT. Patients with PE without an identified DVT were not included. In addition, there was no specific, systematic review of complications such as heparin‐induced thrombocytopenia (HIT) and bleeding. However, our departmental and hospitalwide quality improvement programs do attempt to identify complications of treatment and adverse drug reactions. There was no observed increase in bleeding complications and only 2 cases of HIT were identified in our department during the 4‐year period studied. Reported rates of HIT and bleeding in medical patients receiving LMWH or UFH for DVT prophylaxis have been low.57, 18

The DVT cases identified from 2002 to 2005 were those that were clinically relevant. Asymptomatic, clinically silent cases were not included in this report because routine screening for subclinical DVT is not presently a part of routine general medicine inpatient care.

CONCLUSIONS

The multifaceted layered combination of provider education, provider reminders with decision support, and audit and feedback implemented at our institution could be reproduced and utilized at other institutions, particularly teaching hospitals, to address the underutilization of DVT prophylaxis in medically ill patients and to bring about a decrease in hospital‐acquired DVTs.

Hospital‐acquired venous thromboembolic events (VTEs) in medically ill patients account for a significant percentage of in‐hospital mortality.1 There have been reports that 50%75% of symptomatic VTEs related to hospitalization occur in medical patients.2, 3 The incidence of hospital‐acquired pulmonary embolism (PE) and deep vein thrombosis (DVT) has been reported nationally as 0.4% and 1.3% of all hospital admissions, respectively.4 The incidence of hospital‐acquired VTEs in patients not on prophylaxis reported in the MEDENOX trial was approximately 15%, although these were predominantly asymptomatic cases.5

Several studies including the MEDENOX and PREVENT trials have supported the use of low‐molecular‐weight heparin (LMWH) and unfractionated heparin (UFH) in the prevention of VTEs.57 Based on this evidence, the American College of Chest Physicians (ACCP) developed guidelines for the use of LMWH and UFH in the prevention of VTEs in patients with acute medical illnesses.8 Despite the promulgation of these guidelines, several studies have indicated that the use of these medications remains suboptimal. Two recent studies showed that the rate of thromboprophylaxis in hospitalized medically ill patients at risk for VTEs was 15%16%.9, 10

A review by Kakkar et al. stated that the underutilization of thromboprophylaxis may be a result of lack of awareness by physicians, disagreement with the guidelines, and lack of outcome data.11 Studies have demonstrated improvement in the use of thromboprophylaxis in hospitalized patients using several strategies. One of these strategies was the use of a hospitalwide clinical pharmacy education program, resulting in the thromboprophylaxis rate improving from 11% to 44% (P < .001).12 Another strategy studied was the use of a combination of physician education, a decision support tool, and regular audit and feedback, which resulted in the rate of thromboprophylaxis increasing from 43% to 85% after 18 months.13 The use of computer alert programs was also studied and was shown to increase the use of thromboprophylaxis among hospitalized patients from 13% to 23.6% (P < 0.001).14

The objective of this article is to report the impact of a continuous quality improvement (CQI) project on adherence to the DVT prophylaxis guidelines as well as the subsequent incidence of hospital‐acquired DVT in medical patients at a large urban teaching hospital between 2002 and 2005.

METHODS

In November 2002, the Kings County Hospital Center Department of Medicine embarked on a CQI project to increase adherence to thromboprophylaxis guidelines. A 3‐tiered approach of provider education, provider reminders with decision support, and audit and feedback was taken. This cycle was repeated each month with the start of a new group of house staff and faculty attendings. This 3‐tiered approach was developed, implemented, and maintained over a 4‐year period from 2002 to 2005. The measured outcomes were rate of DVT prophylaxis and incidence of hospital‐acquired DVT.

Provider Education and Reminders with Decision Support

The first approach was the inclusion of DVT prophylaxis in the Assessment and Plan section of the preprinted admission database. This section on DVT prophylaxis, which required a physician to indicate if a patient required prophylaxis and the type of prophylaxis chosen, was initiated in November 2002 (Fig. 1, arrow A).

Figure 1
A control chart representing the monthly DVT prophylaxis rate on the General Medicine House staff service at Kings County Hospital Center from May 2002 to December 2005. (UCL ‐ upper control limit, LCL ‐ lower control limit).

In December 2002, DVT prophylaxis was included in the learning goals and objectives handout given to house staff at the start of each inpatient rotation (Fig. 1, arrow B).

Pocket DVT prophylaxis guideline cards that outlined the indications and suggested regimens for DVT prophylaxis in the medically ill patient were issued to members of the house staff and their supervising faculty attendings at the start of each month beginning in March 2003 (Fig. 1, arrow C).

Preprinted admission orders were developed in July 2004 (Fig. 1, arrow F) that included DVT prophylaxis options. The admitting physician was required to indicate the need for DVT prophylaxis and type of prophylaxis chosen for every patient admitted.

In February 2005, a standardized DVT algorithm was included in the preprinted admission database (Figs. 13). The admitting physician was required to follow this algorithm to assess for indications for DVT prophylaxis and, if needed, type of prophylaxis chosen. The signatures of the house officer who completed the form and the supervising attending were required.

Figure 2
The DVT algorithm (Page 1) included in the preprinted admission database that required the physician to assess the indication for DVT prophylaxis and to indicate the type of prophylaxis chosen.
Figure 3
The DVT algorithm (Page 2) included in the preprinted admission database that required the physician to assess the indication for DVT prophylaxis and to indicate the type of prophylaxis chosen.

Auditing

Starting in December 2003, each house‐staff medicine service team was assessed for its rate of DVT prophylaxis on a monthly basis. Two chief residents would review 7 randomly selected charts from each of the 10 general medicine house‐staff teams. The data collected included number of patients at increased risk of developing DVT who were receiving DVT prophylaxis defined as UFH, LMWH, and/or intermittent pneumatic compression. Patients were considered at increased risk of developing DVT if they had heart failure, myocardial infarction, cancer, systemic infection, a hypercoagulable state, respiratory failure, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pulmonary hypertension, hip or other lower extremity fracture, stroke, catatonia, or a history of previous DVT or PE. In addition, patients for whom bed rest was ordered or who were expected or observed to be immobile (ie, not get out of bed) were considered at increased risk of DVT. The DVT prophylaxis rate was the percentage of patients identified as at increased risk of developing DVT who were receiving DVT prophylaxis. The reviewers used standardized review sheets to collect the data. Each month they reviewed a total of 70 charts, which represented approximately 14% of all medicine house‐staff discharges and approximately 60% of the average daily census of the house‐staff service.

Hospital‐acquired DVT cases were actively identified and reviewed independently by the Department of Risk Management. This activity resulted from the requirement to report all hospital‐acquired DVTs to the New York State Department of Health Patient Outcome Reporting Tracking System. The risk management staff systematically reviewed all discharge International Classification of Diseases Ninth Edition (ICD‐9) codes, as well as the reports of all duplex scans of the upper and lower extremities. A review of the medical record was triggered by report of a DVT on an imaging study or the finding of either ICD‐9 code 453.8 (embolism and thrombosis of the vein) or ICD‐9 code 453.9 (embolism and thrombosis of unspecified site). The purpose of the chart review was to confirm the diagnosis of DVT and to determine if the DVT was indeed hospital acquired. Hospital‐acquired DVTs were defined as those that developed while admitted or within 30 days of discharge from Kings County Hospital Center. Developed during admission was defined as a diagnosis of DVT not being suspected at original presentation at the hospital. If DVT was suspected on admission and the patient had not been hospitalized at Kings County Hospital Center in the preceding 30 days, the case was excluded.

Feedback

Reporting of the DVT prophylaxis rate was initiated in December 2003 (Fig. 1, arrow D). During the last week of each month, the rate of DVT prophylaxis on the general medicine house‐staff service was reported at the morbidity and mortality (M&M) conference. Attendance at the M&M conference was expected of all members of the house staff and faculty attendings assigned to the general medicine service for that particular month. The conference was chaired by the chief medical residents and was attended by the chief of the department of medicine and the director of inpatient services, who actively supported the project and acknowledged the importance of DVT prophylaxis.

Starting in March 2004, team‐specific DVT prophylaxis rates were reported at the monthly M&M conference rather than a single rate for the entire house‐staff service (Fig. 1, arrow E). This feedback enabled assessment of individual team performance and created a sense of competition. Each team was composed of an attending physician, a postgraduate year 3 resident, and a postgraduate year 1 resident. The feedback was presented as a focal point of the conference each month, one of the department's continuous quality improvement measures. The annual hospital‐acquired DVT rates observed from 2002 onward were also reported at this conference. Opportunity was given for discussion, comments, and feedback at the end of each conference, and occasionally new ideas for improvement were generated.

Statistical Analysis

A generalized linear model was used to estimate 95% confidence intervals for annual DVT incidence rates and to compare rates for 20032005 with that of 2002. Bonferroni corrections were applied to P values in order to control the overall type I error rate. Calendar year was the only independent variable in the analysis.

RESULTS

Table 1 provides cumulative yearly data for DVT prophylaxis rate, number of hospital‐acquired DVTs, and number of discharges from the general medicine house‐staff service for the 4 years of the observational period, 20022005. The baseline DVT prophylaxis rate from May 2002 to December 2002 was 63% (Fig. 4 and Table 1) and increased to 73%, 90%, and 96% over the succeeding years. In 2002, the number of hospital‐acquired DVTs on the general medicine house‐staff service was 14, followed by 16, 7, and 1 for 2003 through 2005 (Table 1). Twenty‐four of these 38 cases had not received DVT prophylaxis.

Figure 4
A graphic representation of the DVT prophylaxis rate (%) at Kings County Hospital Center, Department of Medicine House staff service (striped bars) 2002 to 2005 in comparison to the rate of hospital acquired DVTs (line graph) in the Department of Medicine. (* statistically significant).
Comparison of Deep Vein Thrombosis Prophylaxis Rate with Hospital‐Acquired Deep Vein Thrombosis Rate from 2002 to 2005
YearDVT prophylaxis rateHospital‐acquired DVTs (n)Discharges (n)Hospital‐acquired DVT rate (DVTs per 1000 discharges)95% Confidence intervalP value
  • DVT, deep vein thrombosis.

  • P value relative to the baseline hospital‐acquired DVT rate in 2002.

  • Statistically significant.

2002 (Year 1)63%1453662.61.54.4 
2003 (Year 2)73%1660982.61.64.3.988
2004 (Year 3)90%764601.10.52.3.058
2005 (Year 4)96%162960.20.01.1.007*

When adjusted for each 1000 discharges (Fig. 4 and Table 1), the rates of hospital‐acquired DVT significantly decreased, from 2.6 per 1000 discharges (95% CI 1.54.4) in 2002 to 1.1 per 1000 discharges (95% CI 0.52.3, P = .058) in 2004 and to 0.2 per 1000 discharges (95% CI 0.01.1, P = .007) in 2005. During these years, particularly 20042005, the monthly DVT prophylaxis rate in the sample reviewed was consistently 90% or better (Fig. 1).

DISCUSSION

Our study involved active multifaceted interventions with a layered combination of provider education, provider reminders with decision support, and audit and feedback. This layered approach increased the DVT prophylaxis rate in our department, resulting in a significant decline in clinically evident hospital‐acquired DVTs from a baseline rate of 2.6 per 1000 discharges (0.26%) in 2002 to a rate of 0.2 per 1000 discharges (0.02%) in 2005 (95% CI 0.01.1, P = .007). Our baseline rate was low compared to the nationally reported incidence of 1.3%.4 Had the study not been extended over 4 years, it is likely that the statistical significance of this decline would have been missed. The rate of decrease in hospital0acquired DVTs accelerated with each year, showing no decline between 2002 and 2003, a 58% decline from 2003 to 2004, and an 82% decline from 2004 to 2005.

The acceleration in this decline coincided with the use of pocket DVT prophylaxis guideline cards and monthly audits with feedback starting in 2003 and the implementation of preprinted admission orders in 2004. This acceleration peaked in 2005 with the addition of the DVT algorithm to the admission database.

Despite the ACCP guidelines on thromboprophylaxis,8 several studies have suggested that only approximately 15%16% of medically ill patients at increased risk of VTE receive adequate thromboprophylaxis.9, 10 The 3 barriers identified by Kakkar et al. were lack of physician awareness, disagreement with the guidelines, and lack of outcome data.11 Our interventions addressed these barriers. Lack of physician awareness was addressed by provider education and reminder systems with decision support. Audit with team‐specific feedback provided the outcome data needed to demonstrate and reinforce effective change.

A critical analysis by Shojania et al. analyzed the effectiveness of each of these strategies when implemented alone. Provider education was effective in increasing provider knowledge but was generally ineffective when judged on the basis of improving patient outcomes. When provider reminders were well integrated with work flow, they were more likely to be effective. The effectiveness of decision support was variable, as it sometimes brought about change but was less likely to do so in complex situations. Various forms of audit and feedback produced small to modest effective changes.15 A systematic review by Oxman et al. suggested that there were some benefits when these strategies were implemented in a layered manner compared with single‐faceted strategies and that effective interventions were more likely to involve active rather than passive strategies.16

The major strengths of this study were the large number of patients reviewed, the sustained interventions over a 4‐year period, and the consistency of our results. The Department of Risk Management systematically reviewed all discharge ICD‐9 codes and all relevant imaging studies of 32,293 patients for the presence of hospital‐acquired DVTs. The data provided was all‐inclusive regardless of outcome and was acquired continuously over a 4‐year period rather than at a single point.

Our department continues to seek methods to increase the rate of thromboprophylaxis, and so, noting that computer alert programs have been shown to increase the appropriate use of thromboprophylaxis,14 our institution has designed an admission computer order entry program specific for DVT prophylaxis. This program prompts physicians to perform a DVT risk assessment of each admitted patient and to order the appropriate thromboprophylaxis regimen if indicated. This program was implemented in May 2006.

Limitations

Several weaknesses are inherent in a before‐and‐after study such as ours. These include the presence of background factors that can produce significant changes in processes or outcomes of interest regardless of quality improvement interventions. Another weakness is that for any given period studied, multiple unaccounted changes typically occur in a health care system and in its socioeconomic environment that might also produce the desired improvements.17 An attempt was made to mitigate the presence of background factors by including a large number of patients in our analysis, by conducting the study over 4 years rather than over a shorter period, and by analyzing data continuously throughout each year rather than at a single point. These weaknesses could be further ameliorated by a controlled before‐and‐after study design in which there would be analysis of data from 2 hospitals, one that implemented the quality improvement interventions and one that did not.

Several authority gradients were used in this initiative, including the supervising faculty attending assigned to each medical team, who was required to cosign each of the DVT risk assessment sheets in the admitting database, providing a powerful tool in the promotion of provider reminder and decision support in this initiative. The other authority gradients included the chief of medicine and the director of inpatient services, who both presided over the monthly morbidity and mortality conferences where performance feedback of the initiative was presented. The authority gradients at these performance feedback sessions were useful in promoting discussion and gaining valuable feedback, as well as in garnering ideas for improvement from the house staff. However, although these authority gradients were important in carrying out this initiative, having them may not be possible at other institutions, particularly nonacademic hospitals, and as such could potentially limit reproducibility.

Another limitation of our study is that we included only patients with DVT. Patients with PE without an identified DVT were not included. In addition, there was no specific, systematic review of complications such as heparin‐induced thrombocytopenia (HIT) and bleeding. However, our departmental and hospitalwide quality improvement programs do attempt to identify complications of treatment and adverse drug reactions. There was no observed increase in bleeding complications and only 2 cases of HIT were identified in our department during the 4‐year period studied. Reported rates of HIT and bleeding in medical patients receiving LMWH or UFH for DVT prophylaxis have been low.57, 18

The DVT cases identified from 2002 to 2005 were those that were clinically relevant. Asymptomatic, clinically silent cases were not included in this report because routine screening for subclinical DVT is not presently a part of routine general medicine inpatient care.

CONCLUSIONS

The multifaceted layered combination of provider education, provider reminders with decision support, and audit and feedback implemented at our institution could be reproduced and utilized at other institutions, particularly teaching hospitals, to address the underutilization of DVT prophylaxis in medically ill patients and to bring about a decrease in hospital‐acquired DVTs.

References
  1. Alikhan R,Peters F,Wilmott R,Cohen AT.Fatal pulmonary embolism in hospitalised patients: a necropsy review.J Clin Pathol.2004;57:12541257.
  2. Goldhaber SZ,Dunn K,MacDougall RC.New onset of venous thromboembolism among hospitalized patients at Brigham and Women's Hospital is caused more often by prophylaxis failure than by withholding treatment.Chest.2000;118:16801684.
  3. Leizorovicz A,Mismetti P.Preventing venous thromboembolism in medical patients.Circulation.2004;110(24 Suppl 1):IV13IV19.
  4. Stein PD,Beemath A,Olson RE.Trends in the incidence of pulmonary embolism and deep venous thrombosis in hospitalized patients.Am J Cardiol.2005;95:15251526.
  5. Samama MM,Cohen AT,Darmon JY, et al.A comparison of enoxaparin with placebo for the prevention of venous thromboembolism in acutely ill medical patients.N Engl J Med.1999;341:793800.
  6. Mismetti P,Laporte‐Simitsidis S,Tardy B, et al.Prevention of venous thromboembolism in internal medicine with unfractionated or low‐molecular‐weight heparins: a meta‐analysis of randomised clinical trials.Thromb Haemost.2000;83(1):1419.
  7. Leizorovicz A,Cohen AT,Darmon JY, et al.Randomized, placebo‐controlled trial of dalteparin for the prevention of venous thromboembolism in acutely ill medical patients.Circulation.2004;110:874879.
  8. Geerts WH,Pineo GF,Heit JA, et al.Prevention of venous thromboembolism: the Seventh ACCP Conference on Antithrombotic and Thrombolytic Therapy.Chest.2004;126(3 Suppl):338S400S.
  9. Yu HT,Dylan ML,Lin J,Dubois RW.Hospitals' compliance with prophylaxis guidelines for venous thromboembolism.Am J Health Syst Pharm.2007;64(1):6976.
  10. Kahn SR,Panju A,Geerts W, et al.Multicenter evaluation of the use of venous thromboembolism prophylaxis in acutely ill medical patients in Canada.Thromb Res.2007;119(2):145155.
  11. Kakkar AK,Davidson BL,Haas SK.Compliance with recommended prophylaxis for venous thromboembolism: improving the use and rate of uptake of clinical practice guidelines.J Thromb Haemost.2004;2:221227.
  12. Dobesh PP,Stacy ZA.Effect of a clinical pharmacy education program on improvement in the quantity and quality of venous thromboembolism prophylaxis for medically ill patients.J Manag Care Pharm.2005;11:755762.
  13. Cohn SL,Adekile A,Mahabir V.Improved use of thromboprophylaxis for deep vein thrombosis following an educational intervention.J Hosp Med.2006;1:331338.
  14. Kucher N,Koo S,Quiroz R, et al.Electronic alerts to prevent venous thromboembolism among hospitalized patients.N Engl J Med.2005;352:969977.
  15. Shojania KG,McDonald KM,Wachter RM,Owens DK.Closing the Quality Gap: A Critical Analysis of Quality Improvement Strategies.Rockville, MD:Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality;2004.
  16. Oxman AD,Thomson MA,Davis DA,Haynes RB.No magic bullets: a systematic review of 102 trials of interventions to improve professional practice.CMAJ.1995;153:14231431.
  17. Shojania KG,Grimshaw JM.Evidence‐based quality improvement: the state of the science.Health Aff (Millwood).2005;24(1):138150.
  18. Creekmore FM,Oderda GM,Pendleton RC,Brixner DI.Incidence and economic implications of heparin‐induced thrombocytopenia in medical patients receiving prophylaxis for venous thromboembolism.Pharmacotherapy.2006;26:14381445.
References
  1. Alikhan R,Peters F,Wilmott R,Cohen AT.Fatal pulmonary embolism in hospitalised patients: a necropsy review.J Clin Pathol.2004;57:12541257.
  2. Goldhaber SZ,Dunn K,MacDougall RC.New onset of venous thromboembolism among hospitalized patients at Brigham and Women's Hospital is caused more often by prophylaxis failure than by withholding treatment.Chest.2000;118:16801684.
  3. Leizorovicz A,Mismetti P.Preventing venous thromboembolism in medical patients.Circulation.2004;110(24 Suppl 1):IV13IV19.
  4. Stein PD,Beemath A,Olson RE.Trends in the incidence of pulmonary embolism and deep venous thrombosis in hospitalized patients.Am J Cardiol.2005;95:15251526.
  5. Samama MM,Cohen AT,Darmon JY, et al.A comparison of enoxaparin with placebo for the prevention of venous thromboembolism in acutely ill medical patients.N Engl J Med.1999;341:793800.
  6. Mismetti P,Laporte‐Simitsidis S,Tardy B, et al.Prevention of venous thromboembolism in internal medicine with unfractionated or low‐molecular‐weight heparins: a meta‐analysis of randomised clinical trials.Thromb Haemost.2000;83(1):1419.
  7. Leizorovicz A,Cohen AT,Darmon JY, et al.Randomized, placebo‐controlled trial of dalteparin for the prevention of venous thromboembolism in acutely ill medical patients.Circulation.2004;110:874879.
  8. Geerts WH,Pineo GF,Heit JA, et al.Prevention of venous thromboembolism: the Seventh ACCP Conference on Antithrombotic and Thrombolytic Therapy.Chest.2004;126(3 Suppl):338S400S.
  9. Yu HT,Dylan ML,Lin J,Dubois RW.Hospitals' compliance with prophylaxis guidelines for venous thromboembolism.Am J Health Syst Pharm.2007;64(1):6976.
  10. Kahn SR,Panju A,Geerts W, et al.Multicenter evaluation of the use of venous thromboembolism prophylaxis in acutely ill medical patients in Canada.Thromb Res.2007;119(2):145155.
  11. Kakkar AK,Davidson BL,Haas SK.Compliance with recommended prophylaxis for venous thromboembolism: improving the use and rate of uptake of clinical practice guidelines.J Thromb Haemost.2004;2:221227.
  12. Dobesh PP,Stacy ZA.Effect of a clinical pharmacy education program on improvement in the quantity and quality of venous thromboembolism prophylaxis for medically ill patients.J Manag Care Pharm.2005;11:755762.
  13. Cohn SL,Adekile A,Mahabir V.Improved use of thromboprophylaxis for deep vein thrombosis following an educational intervention.J Hosp Med.2006;1:331338.
  14. Kucher N,Koo S,Quiroz R, et al.Electronic alerts to prevent venous thromboembolism among hospitalized patients.N Engl J Med.2005;352:969977.
  15. Shojania KG,McDonald KM,Wachter RM,Owens DK.Closing the Quality Gap: A Critical Analysis of Quality Improvement Strategies.Rockville, MD:Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality;2004.
  16. Oxman AD,Thomson MA,Davis DA,Haynes RB.No magic bullets: a systematic review of 102 trials of interventions to improve professional practice.CMAJ.1995;153:14231431.
  17. Shojania KG,Grimshaw JM.Evidence‐based quality improvement: the state of the science.Health Aff (Millwood).2005;24(1):138150.
  18. Creekmore FM,Oderda GM,Pendleton RC,Brixner DI.Incidence and economic implications of heparin‐induced thrombocytopenia in medical patients receiving prophylaxis for venous thromboembolism.Pharmacotherapy.2006;26:14381445.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
148-155
Page Number
148-155
Article Type
Display Headline
Innovative approaches to increase deep vein thrombosis prophylaxis rate resulting in a decrease in hospital‐acquired deep vein thrombosis at a tertiary‐care teaching hospital
Display Headline
Innovative approaches to increase deep vein thrombosis prophylaxis rate resulting in a decrease in hospital‐acquired deep vein thrombosis at a tertiary‐care teaching hospital
Legacy Keywords
DVT prophylaxis, quality improvement, outcomes measurement, patient safety, disease prevention
Legacy Keywords
DVT prophylaxis, quality improvement, outcomes measurement, patient safety, disease prevention
Sections
Article Source

Copyright © 2008 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Kings County Hospital Center, State University of New York–Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY 11203
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Delays in Diagnosis and Treatment

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
Diagnostic and treatment delays in recurrent clostridium difficile–associated disease

Clostridium difficileassociated disease (CDAD) is a well‐known complication of hospitalization and is the most frequently identified cause of nosocomial diarrhea that hospitalists encounter. Despite widespread epidemiologic attempts to control the disease, its prevalence and clinical severity appear to be increasing.1 The resulting social and economic consequences are profound. The estimated 3 million inpatient cases of CDAD a year result in an average increase in the length of stay of 3.6 days at a cost in inpatient health care of more than $1 billion.2

Early diagnosis of index cases is crucial. A diagnostic delay can result in a treatment delay for the index case, as well as in a delay in implementing isolation procedures to prevent horizontal transmission. Acquisition of CDAD is time dependent and occurs in 20% to 30% of hospitalized patients at a rate of approximately 8% per week.3, 4 This transmission is primarily a result of environmental contamination with CDAD spores, found on 59% of the hands of hospital personnel caring for infected patients, in 49% of rooms of symptomatic patients, and in 29% of rooms of asymptomatic carriers.5 Despite the need for early diagnosis, a study from the United Kingdom documented that the average time from the onset of diarrhea to sampling of CDAD patients is 4.7 days.6 An additional challenge for early diagnosis is the delay in microbiological confirmation of CDAD in a suspected patient. Cytotoxic assays, which have become the standard diagnostic technique for CDAD, exhibit excellent sensitivity and specificity but have a lengthy processing time, between 2 and 4 days. Although antigen detection assays can be rapidly performed, many have inadequate sensitivity and specificity.7

These issues of diagnostic and treatment delays are compounded in patients with recurrent CDAD. As many as 15%35% of patients with an initial CDAD infection will experience a recurrence, usually within 2 months. At least half these infections are a result of reinfection, not relapse.8 This implies that early detection and strict isolation of infected patients is essential for reducing the exposure of at‐risk patients to the disease. There is evidence that the burden of patients on the same ward simultaneously having CDAD increases a patient's risk of acquiring the disease.9 It is currently unknown if recurrent CDAD cases are diagnosed or treated earlier than initial cases. If not, this is a potentially important patient population for hospitalists to target for aggressive containment strategies. This study sought to determine the mean time to sampling and treatment in patients with recurrent CDAD infection compared with those in patients who are initially infected.

Design

The study cohort consisted of all adult patients more than 18 years old with CDAD (by ICD9 code) who had been hospitalized at Brigham and Women's Hospital between 1997 and 2004. Retrospectively, patients were identified through the Partners Healthcare Research Patient Data Repository (RPDR). The RPDR is a centralized clinical data registry that gathers data from various hospital legacy systems and was used to determine the patient demographics and first date of treatment (with vancomycin or metronidazole). Medical and microbiologic records were reviewed to determine the dates of cytotoxic assay submission and symptom onset. Symptoms were defined as diarrhea, abdominal pain/cramping, or radiological/colonoscopic evidence of colitis. Recurrence was defined as any repeat inpatient CDAD diagnosis within 2 months (regardless of admission diagnosis). Baseline characteristics in the recurrence and no‐recurrence populations were compared by the 2‐sided Student t test or the chi‐square test (for continuous and categorical variables, respectively). Mean time from symptom to sampling, from symptom to treatment, and from sampling to treatment were compared between initial and recurrent disease episodes by the 2‐sided Student t test. All P values < .05 were considered significant. Institutional review board approval was obtained by Partners Healthcare.

RESULTS

Between 1997 and 2004 there were 1309 patients with an ICD9 code for CDAD, 151 of whom (12%) had a recurrence. Of these, 125 had 1 recurrence, 23 had 2 recurrences, and 3 had 3 recurrences. There were no significant differences between the groups in basic demographics (Table 1). The mean time to sampling was not significantly different between initial and recurrent CDAD hospital episodes (Table 2). However, the mean time to treatment (from symptoms and sampling) was shorter in recurrent episodes (Table 2). From 1997 to 2004 there was no significant reduction in time to sampling, but there was a significant reduction in time to treatment, from 3.89 days (19972000) to 2.30 days (2001 2004), P = .0012.

Demographics of Patients with and without Recurrent Disease
Characteristic Patients without recurrent disease (n = 1158) Patients with recurrent disease (n = 151) P value
Sex (% male) 45% 45% .98
Age (mean) 68.3 years 69.9 years .72
Race (% white) 80% 80% .97
Language (English) 94% 92% .83
Mean (Range) Time to Sampling and Time to Treatment in Initial and Recurrent Episodes of Disease
First episode (n = 1309) Recurrence (n = 180)* P value
  • 125 Patients with 1 recurrence (125 episodes) + 23 patients with 2 recurrences (46 episodes) + 3 patients with 3 recurrences (9 episodes) = 151 patients with 180 recurrent episodes.

Symptoms to sampling 2.24 days (117 days) 2.09 days (116 days) 0.700
Symptoms to treatment 3.64 days (118 days) 2.52 days (119 days) 0.024
Sampling to treatment 3.76 days (119 days) 2.57 days (119 days) 0.006

DISCUSSION

Clostridium difficileassociated disease (CDAD) has become a significant nosocomial infection in medical institutions, and recurrent CDAD is emerging as a disease of concern for hospitalists. Diagnostic delays represent a major epidemiologic problem, resulting in both delay of treatment delay of the index case and delay in implementing isolation procedures to prevent horizontal transmission. In this study, patients with recurrent disease did not have stool collected any earlier than did patients with their initial episode of CDAD, and these diagnostic delays did not change in successive eras. Recurrent disease patients did receive treatment earlier than did patients with initial episodes. Although this empiric treatment strategy is encouraging and likely reflects heightened awareness of the disease over time, the 2.5‐day span from symptoms to treatment is still a clinically significant delay. Also of concern is the range of time from symptoms to treatment, as long as 19 days in the recurrent treatment group. Although most patients were treated within 12 days, this variability represents the burden of infectious patients with the potential for infecting others. Targeting recurrent CDAD populations for early diagnosis, treatment, and isolation would almost certainly reduce the morbidity associated with horizontal transmission rates.9

This study had several limitations. Our data found a lower incidence of recurrent CDAD than previously published in the literature. This can be accounted for by the identification of cases by ICD9 code, which previously has been documented to underestimate true disease.10, 11 We also were not able to capture recurrent episodes in outpatients or episodes that occurred after the 2004 cohort, which underestimated the true frequency of recurrence. At worst, this underestimation could bias the results toward the null hypothesis. An additional limitation of the study was the assumption that time to treatment was accurately reflected by time to prescription of either vancomycin or flagyl. Some patients may have been treated by suspending treatment with the offending antibiotic along with watchful waiting, which is a reasonable strategy for patients with mild disease and is endorsed by the American College of Gastroenterology and the Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America.12, 13 This would overestimate time to treatment for those individuals and would make time to treatment appear longer, but would not affect time to sampling. In addition, the symptoms collected from chart review were assumed to be a result of the patient's CDAD, but there is a chance that these symptoms such as diarrhea, abdominal pain, and cramping may have been a result of a different diagnosis. These data were also limited to a cohort from a single institution and may not reflect the patient characteristics or practice patterns at other institutions.

In conclusion, CDAD is a major contributor to morbidity from nosocomial infections, and recurrent CDAD patients are a likely source of horizontal disease transmission. This study documented that there are significant diagnostic and treatment delays, even in populations with recurrent disease. It is especially important that hospitalists take measures to improve the early diagnosis, treatment, and isolation of these patients in order to improve these deficiencies in care.

References
  1. Olson MM,Shanholtzer CJ,Lee JT,Gerding DN.Ten years of prospective Clostridium difficile‐associated disease surveillance and treatment at the Minneapolis VA Medical Center, 1982–1991.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol.1994;15:371381.
  2. Kyne L,Hamel MB,Polavaram R,Kelly CP.Health care costs and mortality associated with nosocomial diarrhea due to clostridium difficile.Clin Infect Dis.2002;34:346353.
  3. Johnson S,Clabots CR,Linn FV, et al.Nosocomial Clostridium difficile colonization and disease.Lancet.1990;336:97100.
  4. Kyne L,Warny M,Qamar A,Kelly CP.Asymptomatic carriage of Clostridium difficile and serum levels of IgG antibody against Toxin A.N Engl J Med.2000;342:390397.
  5. McFarland LV,Mulligan ME,Kwok RY,Stamm WE.Nosocomial acquisition of Clostridium difficile infection.N Engl J Med.1989;320:204210.
  6. Frenz MB,McIntyre AS.Reducing delays in the diagnosis and treatment of Clostridium difficile diarrhoea.QJM.2003;96:579582.
  7. Staneck JL,Wichback LS,Allen SD, et al.Multicenter evaluation of four methods for Clostridium difficile detection: ImmunoCard C. difficile, cytotoxin assay, culture, and latex agglutination.J Clin Microbiol.1996;34:27182721.
  8. Barbut F,Richard A,Hamadi K, et al.Epidemiology of recurrences or reinfections of Clostridium difficile–associated diarrhea.J Clin Microbiol.2000;38:23862388.
  9. Dubberke ER,Reske KA,Olsen MA, et al.Evaluation of Clostridium difficile‐associated disease pressure as a risk factor for C difficile–associated disease.Arch Intern Med.2007;167:10921097.
  10. Scheurer DB,Hicks LS,Cook EF,Schnipper JL.Accuracy of ICD9 coding for Clostridium difficile infections.Epidemiol Infect.2006;135:10101013.
  11. Emerging Infectious Diseases online publication Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/EID/vol12no10/06‐0016.htm. Accessed July 12,2007.
  12. Fekety R.Guidelines for the diagnosis and management of Clostridium difficile–associated diarrhea and colitis.American College of Gastroenterology, Practice Parameters Committee.Am J Gastroenterol.1997;92:739750.
  13. Gerding DN,Johnson S,Peterson LR,Mulligan ME,Silva J.SHEA position paper. Clostridium difficile associated diarrhea and colitis.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol.1995;16:459477.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
156-159
Legacy Keywords
, patient isolation, recurrent disease, hospitalists
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Clostridium difficileassociated disease (CDAD) is a well‐known complication of hospitalization and is the most frequently identified cause of nosocomial diarrhea that hospitalists encounter. Despite widespread epidemiologic attempts to control the disease, its prevalence and clinical severity appear to be increasing.1 The resulting social and economic consequences are profound. The estimated 3 million inpatient cases of CDAD a year result in an average increase in the length of stay of 3.6 days at a cost in inpatient health care of more than $1 billion.2

Early diagnosis of index cases is crucial. A diagnostic delay can result in a treatment delay for the index case, as well as in a delay in implementing isolation procedures to prevent horizontal transmission. Acquisition of CDAD is time dependent and occurs in 20% to 30% of hospitalized patients at a rate of approximately 8% per week.3, 4 This transmission is primarily a result of environmental contamination with CDAD spores, found on 59% of the hands of hospital personnel caring for infected patients, in 49% of rooms of symptomatic patients, and in 29% of rooms of asymptomatic carriers.5 Despite the need for early diagnosis, a study from the United Kingdom documented that the average time from the onset of diarrhea to sampling of CDAD patients is 4.7 days.6 An additional challenge for early diagnosis is the delay in microbiological confirmation of CDAD in a suspected patient. Cytotoxic assays, which have become the standard diagnostic technique for CDAD, exhibit excellent sensitivity and specificity but have a lengthy processing time, between 2 and 4 days. Although antigen detection assays can be rapidly performed, many have inadequate sensitivity and specificity.7

These issues of diagnostic and treatment delays are compounded in patients with recurrent CDAD. As many as 15%35% of patients with an initial CDAD infection will experience a recurrence, usually within 2 months. At least half these infections are a result of reinfection, not relapse.8 This implies that early detection and strict isolation of infected patients is essential for reducing the exposure of at‐risk patients to the disease. There is evidence that the burden of patients on the same ward simultaneously having CDAD increases a patient's risk of acquiring the disease.9 It is currently unknown if recurrent CDAD cases are diagnosed or treated earlier than initial cases. If not, this is a potentially important patient population for hospitalists to target for aggressive containment strategies. This study sought to determine the mean time to sampling and treatment in patients with recurrent CDAD infection compared with those in patients who are initially infected.

Design

The study cohort consisted of all adult patients more than 18 years old with CDAD (by ICD9 code) who had been hospitalized at Brigham and Women's Hospital between 1997 and 2004. Retrospectively, patients were identified through the Partners Healthcare Research Patient Data Repository (RPDR). The RPDR is a centralized clinical data registry that gathers data from various hospital legacy systems and was used to determine the patient demographics and first date of treatment (with vancomycin or metronidazole). Medical and microbiologic records were reviewed to determine the dates of cytotoxic assay submission and symptom onset. Symptoms were defined as diarrhea, abdominal pain/cramping, or radiological/colonoscopic evidence of colitis. Recurrence was defined as any repeat inpatient CDAD diagnosis within 2 months (regardless of admission diagnosis). Baseline characteristics in the recurrence and no‐recurrence populations were compared by the 2‐sided Student t test or the chi‐square test (for continuous and categorical variables, respectively). Mean time from symptom to sampling, from symptom to treatment, and from sampling to treatment were compared between initial and recurrent disease episodes by the 2‐sided Student t test. All P values < .05 were considered significant. Institutional review board approval was obtained by Partners Healthcare.

RESULTS

Between 1997 and 2004 there were 1309 patients with an ICD9 code for CDAD, 151 of whom (12%) had a recurrence. Of these, 125 had 1 recurrence, 23 had 2 recurrences, and 3 had 3 recurrences. There were no significant differences between the groups in basic demographics (Table 1). The mean time to sampling was not significantly different between initial and recurrent CDAD hospital episodes (Table 2). However, the mean time to treatment (from symptoms and sampling) was shorter in recurrent episodes (Table 2). From 1997 to 2004 there was no significant reduction in time to sampling, but there was a significant reduction in time to treatment, from 3.89 days (19972000) to 2.30 days (2001 2004), P = .0012.

Demographics of Patients with and without Recurrent Disease
Characteristic Patients without recurrent disease (n = 1158) Patients with recurrent disease (n = 151) P value
Sex (% male) 45% 45% .98
Age (mean) 68.3 years 69.9 years .72
Race (% white) 80% 80% .97
Language (English) 94% 92% .83
Mean (Range) Time to Sampling and Time to Treatment in Initial and Recurrent Episodes of Disease
First episode (n = 1309) Recurrence (n = 180)* P value
  • 125 Patients with 1 recurrence (125 episodes) + 23 patients with 2 recurrences (46 episodes) + 3 patients with 3 recurrences (9 episodes) = 151 patients with 180 recurrent episodes.

Symptoms to sampling 2.24 days (117 days) 2.09 days (116 days) 0.700
Symptoms to treatment 3.64 days (118 days) 2.52 days (119 days) 0.024
Sampling to treatment 3.76 days (119 days) 2.57 days (119 days) 0.006

DISCUSSION

Clostridium difficileassociated disease (CDAD) has become a significant nosocomial infection in medical institutions, and recurrent CDAD is emerging as a disease of concern for hospitalists. Diagnostic delays represent a major epidemiologic problem, resulting in both delay of treatment delay of the index case and delay in implementing isolation procedures to prevent horizontal transmission. In this study, patients with recurrent disease did not have stool collected any earlier than did patients with their initial episode of CDAD, and these diagnostic delays did not change in successive eras. Recurrent disease patients did receive treatment earlier than did patients with initial episodes. Although this empiric treatment strategy is encouraging and likely reflects heightened awareness of the disease over time, the 2.5‐day span from symptoms to treatment is still a clinically significant delay. Also of concern is the range of time from symptoms to treatment, as long as 19 days in the recurrent treatment group. Although most patients were treated within 12 days, this variability represents the burden of infectious patients with the potential for infecting others. Targeting recurrent CDAD populations for early diagnosis, treatment, and isolation would almost certainly reduce the morbidity associated with horizontal transmission rates.9

This study had several limitations. Our data found a lower incidence of recurrent CDAD than previously published in the literature. This can be accounted for by the identification of cases by ICD9 code, which previously has been documented to underestimate true disease.10, 11 We also were not able to capture recurrent episodes in outpatients or episodes that occurred after the 2004 cohort, which underestimated the true frequency of recurrence. At worst, this underestimation could bias the results toward the null hypothesis. An additional limitation of the study was the assumption that time to treatment was accurately reflected by time to prescription of either vancomycin or flagyl. Some patients may have been treated by suspending treatment with the offending antibiotic along with watchful waiting, which is a reasonable strategy for patients with mild disease and is endorsed by the American College of Gastroenterology and the Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America.12, 13 This would overestimate time to treatment for those individuals and would make time to treatment appear longer, but would not affect time to sampling. In addition, the symptoms collected from chart review were assumed to be a result of the patient's CDAD, but there is a chance that these symptoms such as diarrhea, abdominal pain, and cramping may have been a result of a different diagnosis. These data were also limited to a cohort from a single institution and may not reflect the patient characteristics or practice patterns at other institutions.

In conclusion, CDAD is a major contributor to morbidity from nosocomial infections, and recurrent CDAD patients are a likely source of horizontal disease transmission. This study documented that there are significant diagnostic and treatment delays, even in populations with recurrent disease. It is especially important that hospitalists take measures to improve the early diagnosis, treatment, and isolation of these patients in order to improve these deficiencies in care.

Clostridium difficileassociated disease (CDAD) is a well‐known complication of hospitalization and is the most frequently identified cause of nosocomial diarrhea that hospitalists encounter. Despite widespread epidemiologic attempts to control the disease, its prevalence and clinical severity appear to be increasing.1 The resulting social and economic consequences are profound. The estimated 3 million inpatient cases of CDAD a year result in an average increase in the length of stay of 3.6 days at a cost in inpatient health care of more than $1 billion.2

Early diagnosis of index cases is crucial. A diagnostic delay can result in a treatment delay for the index case, as well as in a delay in implementing isolation procedures to prevent horizontal transmission. Acquisition of CDAD is time dependent and occurs in 20% to 30% of hospitalized patients at a rate of approximately 8% per week.3, 4 This transmission is primarily a result of environmental contamination with CDAD spores, found on 59% of the hands of hospital personnel caring for infected patients, in 49% of rooms of symptomatic patients, and in 29% of rooms of asymptomatic carriers.5 Despite the need for early diagnosis, a study from the United Kingdom documented that the average time from the onset of diarrhea to sampling of CDAD patients is 4.7 days.6 An additional challenge for early diagnosis is the delay in microbiological confirmation of CDAD in a suspected patient. Cytotoxic assays, which have become the standard diagnostic technique for CDAD, exhibit excellent sensitivity and specificity but have a lengthy processing time, between 2 and 4 days. Although antigen detection assays can be rapidly performed, many have inadequate sensitivity and specificity.7

These issues of diagnostic and treatment delays are compounded in patients with recurrent CDAD. As many as 15%35% of patients with an initial CDAD infection will experience a recurrence, usually within 2 months. At least half these infections are a result of reinfection, not relapse.8 This implies that early detection and strict isolation of infected patients is essential for reducing the exposure of at‐risk patients to the disease. There is evidence that the burden of patients on the same ward simultaneously having CDAD increases a patient's risk of acquiring the disease.9 It is currently unknown if recurrent CDAD cases are diagnosed or treated earlier than initial cases. If not, this is a potentially important patient population for hospitalists to target for aggressive containment strategies. This study sought to determine the mean time to sampling and treatment in patients with recurrent CDAD infection compared with those in patients who are initially infected.

Design

The study cohort consisted of all adult patients more than 18 years old with CDAD (by ICD9 code) who had been hospitalized at Brigham and Women's Hospital between 1997 and 2004. Retrospectively, patients were identified through the Partners Healthcare Research Patient Data Repository (RPDR). The RPDR is a centralized clinical data registry that gathers data from various hospital legacy systems and was used to determine the patient demographics and first date of treatment (with vancomycin or metronidazole). Medical and microbiologic records were reviewed to determine the dates of cytotoxic assay submission and symptom onset. Symptoms were defined as diarrhea, abdominal pain/cramping, or radiological/colonoscopic evidence of colitis. Recurrence was defined as any repeat inpatient CDAD diagnosis within 2 months (regardless of admission diagnosis). Baseline characteristics in the recurrence and no‐recurrence populations were compared by the 2‐sided Student t test or the chi‐square test (for continuous and categorical variables, respectively). Mean time from symptom to sampling, from symptom to treatment, and from sampling to treatment were compared between initial and recurrent disease episodes by the 2‐sided Student t test. All P values < .05 were considered significant. Institutional review board approval was obtained by Partners Healthcare.

RESULTS

Between 1997 and 2004 there were 1309 patients with an ICD9 code for CDAD, 151 of whom (12%) had a recurrence. Of these, 125 had 1 recurrence, 23 had 2 recurrences, and 3 had 3 recurrences. There were no significant differences between the groups in basic demographics (Table 1). The mean time to sampling was not significantly different between initial and recurrent CDAD hospital episodes (Table 2). However, the mean time to treatment (from symptoms and sampling) was shorter in recurrent episodes (Table 2). From 1997 to 2004 there was no significant reduction in time to sampling, but there was a significant reduction in time to treatment, from 3.89 days (19972000) to 2.30 days (2001 2004), P = .0012.

Demographics of Patients with and without Recurrent Disease
Characteristic Patients without recurrent disease (n = 1158) Patients with recurrent disease (n = 151) P value
Sex (% male) 45% 45% .98
Age (mean) 68.3 years 69.9 years .72
Race (% white) 80% 80% .97
Language (English) 94% 92% .83
Mean (Range) Time to Sampling and Time to Treatment in Initial and Recurrent Episodes of Disease
First episode (n = 1309) Recurrence (n = 180)* P value
  • 125 Patients with 1 recurrence (125 episodes) + 23 patients with 2 recurrences (46 episodes) + 3 patients with 3 recurrences (9 episodes) = 151 patients with 180 recurrent episodes.

Symptoms to sampling 2.24 days (117 days) 2.09 days (116 days) 0.700
Symptoms to treatment 3.64 days (118 days) 2.52 days (119 days) 0.024
Sampling to treatment 3.76 days (119 days) 2.57 days (119 days) 0.006

DISCUSSION

Clostridium difficileassociated disease (CDAD) has become a significant nosocomial infection in medical institutions, and recurrent CDAD is emerging as a disease of concern for hospitalists. Diagnostic delays represent a major epidemiologic problem, resulting in both delay of treatment delay of the index case and delay in implementing isolation procedures to prevent horizontal transmission. In this study, patients with recurrent disease did not have stool collected any earlier than did patients with their initial episode of CDAD, and these diagnostic delays did not change in successive eras. Recurrent disease patients did receive treatment earlier than did patients with initial episodes. Although this empiric treatment strategy is encouraging and likely reflects heightened awareness of the disease over time, the 2.5‐day span from symptoms to treatment is still a clinically significant delay. Also of concern is the range of time from symptoms to treatment, as long as 19 days in the recurrent treatment group. Although most patients were treated within 12 days, this variability represents the burden of infectious patients with the potential for infecting others. Targeting recurrent CDAD populations for early diagnosis, treatment, and isolation would almost certainly reduce the morbidity associated with horizontal transmission rates.9

This study had several limitations. Our data found a lower incidence of recurrent CDAD than previously published in the literature. This can be accounted for by the identification of cases by ICD9 code, which previously has been documented to underestimate true disease.10, 11 We also were not able to capture recurrent episodes in outpatients or episodes that occurred after the 2004 cohort, which underestimated the true frequency of recurrence. At worst, this underestimation could bias the results toward the null hypothesis. An additional limitation of the study was the assumption that time to treatment was accurately reflected by time to prescription of either vancomycin or flagyl. Some patients may have been treated by suspending treatment with the offending antibiotic along with watchful waiting, which is a reasonable strategy for patients with mild disease and is endorsed by the American College of Gastroenterology and the Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America.12, 13 This would overestimate time to treatment for those individuals and would make time to treatment appear longer, but would not affect time to sampling. In addition, the symptoms collected from chart review were assumed to be a result of the patient's CDAD, but there is a chance that these symptoms such as diarrhea, abdominal pain, and cramping may have been a result of a different diagnosis. These data were also limited to a cohort from a single institution and may not reflect the patient characteristics or practice patterns at other institutions.

In conclusion, CDAD is a major contributor to morbidity from nosocomial infections, and recurrent CDAD patients are a likely source of horizontal disease transmission. This study documented that there are significant diagnostic and treatment delays, even in populations with recurrent disease. It is especially important that hospitalists take measures to improve the early diagnosis, treatment, and isolation of these patients in order to improve these deficiencies in care.

References
  1. Olson MM,Shanholtzer CJ,Lee JT,Gerding DN.Ten years of prospective Clostridium difficile‐associated disease surveillance and treatment at the Minneapolis VA Medical Center, 1982–1991.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol.1994;15:371381.
  2. Kyne L,Hamel MB,Polavaram R,Kelly CP.Health care costs and mortality associated with nosocomial diarrhea due to clostridium difficile.Clin Infect Dis.2002;34:346353.
  3. Johnson S,Clabots CR,Linn FV, et al.Nosocomial Clostridium difficile colonization and disease.Lancet.1990;336:97100.
  4. Kyne L,Warny M,Qamar A,Kelly CP.Asymptomatic carriage of Clostridium difficile and serum levels of IgG antibody against Toxin A.N Engl J Med.2000;342:390397.
  5. McFarland LV,Mulligan ME,Kwok RY,Stamm WE.Nosocomial acquisition of Clostridium difficile infection.N Engl J Med.1989;320:204210.
  6. Frenz MB,McIntyre AS.Reducing delays in the diagnosis and treatment of Clostridium difficile diarrhoea.QJM.2003;96:579582.
  7. Staneck JL,Wichback LS,Allen SD, et al.Multicenter evaluation of four methods for Clostridium difficile detection: ImmunoCard C. difficile, cytotoxin assay, culture, and latex agglutination.J Clin Microbiol.1996;34:27182721.
  8. Barbut F,Richard A,Hamadi K, et al.Epidemiology of recurrences or reinfections of Clostridium difficile–associated diarrhea.J Clin Microbiol.2000;38:23862388.
  9. Dubberke ER,Reske KA,Olsen MA, et al.Evaluation of Clostridium difficile‐associated disease pressure as a risk factor for C difficile–associated disease.Arch Intern Med.2007;167:10921097.
  10. Scheurer DB,Hicks LS,Cook EF,Schnipper JL.Accuracy of ICD9 coding for Clostridium difficile infections.Epidemiol Infect.2006;135:10101013.
  11. Emerging Infectious Diseases online publication Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/EID/vol12no10/06‐0016.htm. Accessed July 12,2007.
  12. Fekety R.Guidelines for the diagnosis and management of Clostridium difficile–associated diarrhea and colitis.American College of Gastroenterology, Practice Parameters Committee.Am J Gastroenterol.1997;92:739750.
  13. Gerding DN,Johnson S,Peterson LR,Mulligan ME,Silva J.SHEA position paper. Clostridium difficile associated diarrhea and colitis.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol.1995;16:459477.
References
  1. Olson MM,Shanholtzer CJ,Lee JT,Gerding DN.Ten years of prospective Clostridium difficile‐associated disease surveillance and treatment at the Minneapolis VA Medical Center, 1982–1991.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol.1994;15:371381.
  2. Kyne L,Hamel MB,Polavaram R,Kelly CP.Health care costs and mortality associated with nosocomial diarrhea due to clostridium difficile.Clin Infect Dis.2002;34:346353.
  3. Johnson S,Clabots CR,Linn FV, et al.Nosocomial Clostridium difficile colonization and disease.Lancet.1990;336:97100.
  4. Kyne L,Warny M,Qamar A,Kelly CP.Asymptomatic carriage of Clostridium difficile and serum levels of IgG antibody against Toxin A.N Engl J Med.2000;342:390397.
  5. McFarland LV,Mulligan ME,Kwok RY,Stamm WE.Nosocomial acquisition of Clostridium difficile infection.N Engl J Med.1989;320:204210.
  6. Frenz MB,McIntyre AS.Reducing delays in the diagnosis and treatment of Clostridium difficile diarrhoea.QJM.2003;96:579582.
  7. Staneck JL,Wichback LS,Allen SD, et al.Multicenter evaluation of four methods for Clostridium difficile detection: ImmunoCard C. difficile, cytotoxin assay, culture, and latex agglutination.J Clin Microbiol.1996;34:27182721.
  8. Barbut F,Richard A,Hamadi K, et al.Epidemiology of recurrences or reinfections of Clostridium difficile–associated diarrhea.J Clin Microbiol.2000;38:23862388.
  9. Dubberke ER,Reske KA,Olsen MA, et al.Evaluation of Clostridium difficile‐associated disease pressure as a risk factor for C difficile–associated disease.Arch Intern Med.2007;167:10921097.
  10. Scheurer DB,Hicks LS,Cook EF,Schnipper JL.Accuracy of ICD9 coding for Clostridium difficile infections.Epidemiol Infect.2006;135:10101013.
  11. Emerging Infectious Diseases online publication Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/EID/vol12no10/06‐0016.htm. Accessed July 12,2007.
  12. Fekety R.Guidelines for the diagnosis and management of Clostridium difficile–associated diarrhea and colitis.American College of Gastroenterology, Practice Parameters Committee.Am J Gastroenterol.1997;92:739750.
  13. Gerding DN,Johnson S,Peterson LR,Mulligan ME,Silva J.SHEA position paper. Clostridium difficile associated diarrhea and colitis.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol.1995;16:459477.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
156-159
Page Number
156-159
Article Type
Display Headline
Diagnostic and treatment delays in recurrent clostridium difficile–associated disease
Display Headline
Diagnostic and treatment delays in recurrent clostridium difficile–associated disease
Legacy Keywords
, patient isolation, recurrent disease, hospitalists
Legacy Keywords
, patient isolation, recurrent disease, hospitalists
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2008 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Brigham and Women's Hospital, 75 Francis Street, PB/B4/424, Boston, MA 02115
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Asthmatic Inpatient Influenza Immunization

Article Type
Changed
Sun, 05/28/2017 - 22:17
Display Headline
Cost effectiveness of an inpatient influenza immunization assessment and delivery program for children with asthma

Influenza is estimated to infect up to 40%‐54% of school‐age children during an influenza season.1, 2 Influenza infections result in missed school days, visits to primary care providers, prescriptions for antibiotics, hospitalizations, and secondary infections.310 Although influenza‐related mortality of pediatric patients is rare, influenza‐related morbidity of children and those secondarily infected is common and partially preventable.11

For at‐risk individuals, immunization against influenza is the best method of preventing morbidity. The Centers for Disease Control's Advisory Committee on Immunization Practice (CDC/ACIP) considers children with asthma at high risk of morbidity from influenza and since 1964 has recommended delivery of inactivated influenza vaccination to this population of patients. Even with this recommendation, the current level of adherence to yearly influenza vaccination of children with asthma is approximately 29%, according to the CDC analysis of the National Health Interview Survey.12 Although pediatric providers may prefer to provide preventive care in an ambulatory setting, the CDC/ACIP emphasizes the need for vaccination delivery wherever possible, including in acute‐care hospitals.11 Particularly in an acute‐care setting, vaccinating patients who are having an exacerbation of their asthma and who may have a compromised immune response may raise concerns. However, the vaccine has been shown to be efficacious even with pediatric asthmatics on a short course of corticosteroids.13, 14 Utilization of the inpatient visit as an opportunity to implement evidence‐based preventive care to pediatric asthmatics could have a beneficial effect on patient outcomes. Group‐based settings (school or health fair) are more cost effective than individual‐initiated settings (primary care) for influenza vaccination of pediatric patients.15 However, we found no studies investigating the effectiveness of vaccinating high‐risk patients in an acute‐care setting.

This study used established modeling techniques (decision and cost‐effectiveness analyses) to determine the potential clinical and cost benefits of vaccinating children against influenza during an asthma exacerbation in an acute‐care setting. We used decision analysis to determine the effectiveness of the intervention in improving the up‐to‐date (UTD) status of a hypothetical population. Based on this improvement in vaccination delivery, we completed a cost‐effectiveness analysis to determine direct and indirect costs, improvement in clinical outcomes attributable to influenza (clinic visits, antibiotic use, hospitalization, and secondary infections), and cost savings attributable to the intervention.

METHODS

Decision Analysis

We generated a decision tree to represent an inpatient intervention to assess and deliver influenza vaccination to children with asthma in acute‐care hospitals (Fig. 1). The design of the decision tree intentionally began with a decision node in order to introduce different assessment rates. This approach was used in order to accurately represent an inpatient intervention (where 100% assessment is not always attained) and to assess how less‐than‐perfect rates of assessment of influenza vaccine status would affect the success of the intervention. Once the decision tree was created, we surveyed the literature to obtain data on the assumptions of the decision tree (See Table 1 for assumptions of decision analysis with corresponding numbering in Figure 1 Decision Tree) including percentage of children with asthma who receive the influenza vaccine (29%),12 percentages of patients and caregivers who would agree to be vaccinated in an acute‐care settings (71%),16 and rates of response to vaccine reminder recall systems in a primary care setting (30%)17 in order to account for populations that need a second dose of vaccine to become UTD. To estimate the percentage of children who would require a second vaccination at 4 weeks, we utilized the Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project Kids Inpatient Database (HCUP KID).18 Seventy‐three percent of children younger than 9 years old in the HCUP KID were discharged with a diagnosis of asthma. These patients would require a second vaccination after 4 weeks if they had not previously been immunized. After all the estimates were placed in the decision tree, a hypothetical cohort of children with asthma was introduced, and improvement in UTD status after the intervention was determined.

Figure 1
Decision tree for an inpatient influenza immunization assessment and delivery program for children with asthma.
Key Assumptions for the Model
  Reference
Decision analysis
1. Percentage of asthmatics UTD with influenza vaccination without increased inpatient assessment29%12
2. Percentage of caregivers who agree with vaccination in an acute‐care setting71%16
3. Percentage of asthma exacerbation discharges <9 years old73%18
4. Percentage of caregivers who respond to reminder‐recall systems for outpatient vaccination30%17
Cost‐effectiveness analysis
5. Prevalence of influenza in school‐age children over 1 season45%1
6. Vaccine efficacy 15
Best case43% 
Base case56% 
Worst case75% 
7. Risk of secondary transmission18%31, 32
8. Missed school days (per child per year) attributed to influenza0.7929, 30
9. Percentage of caregivers who miss work to care for sick child53%6

Cost‐Effectiveness Analysis

The purpose of the cost‐effectiveness analysis was to evaluate potential cost savings attributable to improvement in vaccination delivery (UTD status). Direct and indirect costs were obtained by review of the current published literature pertaining to costs of influenza and influenza vaccination. The key assumptions for the cost‐effectiveness analysis are present in Table 1.

Vaccine Efficacy and Cost

Studies of influenza vaccine efficacy in those with asthma have had widely variable results on clinical outcomes.1923 Therefore, for the purpose of these analyses, we used a best‐case, worst‐case, base‐case vaccine efficacy approach as previously described.15 The vaccine efficacy base case was estimated as 56%, best case as 75%, and worst case as 43%. The primary cost‐effectiveness analysis was performed with the base‐case efficacy. Sensitivity analysis was performed by varying the vaccine efficacy between worst‐case efficacy and best‐case efficacy in order to determine effects on clinical outcomes and cost savings.

We determined the cost associated with vaccination assessment and delivery. Cost of only assessing a patient for vaccination without delivery was calculated as $5.32 on the basis of the assumption that a registered nurse (RN) would print a form (2 minutes), ask screening questions and wait for replies (5 minutes), and fax the form/order to the pharmacy and/or place it in the medical record (1 minute) at an RN salary of $40/hour. Assessment and administration of the vaccination was assumed to cost $18.84. This was based on additional nursing time of 10 minutes (1 minute to check arrival of the vaccination, 2 minutes to prepare it, 5 minutes to inject and dispose of it, and 1 minute to record delivery of the vaccination in the medical record) plus the cost of the vaccine (estimated as $6.75)24 and related supplies (estimated as $0.67 for the safety syringe, $0.01 for cotton balls, $0.01 for alcohol preps, and $0.065 for rubber gloves).25 The cost of vaccine and supplies was determined by reviewing pharmaceutical reference books and medical equipment billing Web sites. The indirect cost of delivery of the second vaccination in the outpatient setting to patients requiring 2 shots to become UTD was 3 hours of missed work per caregiver.

Influenza Prevalence and Morbidity

The prevalence of influenza in school‐age children is estimated at 40%54% among those not at high risk during influenza season.1 For this analysis we used 45%. Morbidity associated with influenza has been estimated as 120200 clinic visits and 65140 antibiotic prescriptions per 1000 children per year.9 This analysis used 150 clinic visits and 100 antibiotic prescriptions per 1000 children. The rate of hospitalization for influenza of high‐risk children per 100,000 is 1900 for those aged 0‐11 months, 800 for those aged 12 years, 320 for those aged 34 years, and 92 for those aged 514 years.8, 11 The risk of hospitalization for the model's hypothetical cohort was age‐adjusted using the age distribution found in the HCUP KID for children discharged with a primary diagnosis of asthma. The age distribution of children in the HCUP KID was 34% were 12 years, 15% were 34 years, and 51% were 514 years.18 Children aged 011 months were excluded because of the low likelihood that this age group was at risk for influenza complicated by asthma. The age‐adjusted risk for the hypothetical cohort in this analysis was 360 hospitalizations/100,000 children.

To investigate the effect of year‐to‐year variation in influenza prevalence and morbidity, the lowest and then highest estimates for these measures from previous studies were used in the model to determine the effect on the outcomes of cost per vaccination and cost per assessment. During this analysis all the measures were simultaneously entered at their lowest estimates to simulate a less active influenza season and then at their highest estimates to simulate a more active influenza season. The lowest and highest estimates of these assumptions were: influenza prevalence, 31% and 54%3; number of clinic visits, 120 to 200 per 1000 children8; and number of antibiotic prescriptions, 65 to 140 per 1000 children.8 No range was found in the literature for risk of hospitalization. Therefore, the standard 25% decrease and 25% increase were used as the lowest and highest estimates. The results of this analysis demonstrated the range of cost savings per year based on the prevalence and morbidity of influenza.

Direct and Indirect Cost of Influenza

Cost data were collected from multiple studies and inflated to 2006 dollars using the Bureau of Labor Statistics consumer price index for medical care and medical care services.26 The costs of a clinic visit and antibiotic prescription were assumed to be $5127 and $9.91,28 which were inflated to 2006 dollars: $70.09 and $13.76, respectively. Used as the mean cost for hospitalization in this analysis ($15,2695) was the more conservative estimate from 2 recent articles on determining the cost of hospitalization of high‐risk pediatric patients with influenza‐related illness.4, 5 Number of school days missed by children attributed to influenza has been previously established as 0.79 days per child per year.29, 30 The cost of a caregiver missing work to care for a child was assumed to be the median hourly wage of a child care provider according to the Bureau of Labor and Statistics 2005, which was $9.47/hour, or $9.94/hour in 2006 dollars. The model assumed that there was a 53% chance that a caregiver would need to miss work for a sick child.6 In addition, there was a risk of secondary transmission of 18%31, 32 to an average of 1.72 adults (percentage of 2‐parent households = 72%15). The cost of an adult secondary infection was $65.25, inflated to $99.49 in 2006 dollars. The estimate for the cost of a secondary infection was derived from a article by Nichol et al., who investigated the cost of influenza for healthy working adults.33 The total savings per vaccination of a healthy working adult was estimated as $46.85. This estimate included $10, the cost of the vaccination; $0.69, the cost of the side effects of the vaccine; and $7.71, the cost of missing work in order to receive the vaccination. A secondary case of influenza would be prevented without incurring these additional costs of vaccination, and therefore $65.25 (inflated to $99.49) was used in this analysis.

RESULTS

With existing data showing that only 29% of those with asthma are UTD on influenza vaccine in a given year, our decision analysis demonstrated that even modest increases in the rate of screening for influenza vaccine status among hospitalized patients with asthma can result in clinically significant increases in the rate of vaccine delivery. For example, screening of just 20% of hospitalized patients with asthma would result in 35% of the children ultimately being up to date for that influenza season, a 20% overall improvement. In the same manner, a 40% assessment rate would result in 41% of children ultimately becoming UTD, a 60% assessment rate in 47% ultimately becoming UTD, an 80% assessment rate in 53% ultimately becoming UTD, and a 100% assessment in 59% ultimately becoming UTD, which is double the baseline rate (Table 2 ).

Percentage of Hospital Cohort Assessed for Influenza Vaccination, Predicted Number of Vaccinations Delivered by Intervention, and Resulting Percentage of Patients in Cohort UTD
Percent assessmentVaccinations delivered (per 1000 patients)Postintervention UTD
  • UTD, up to date.

No increased assessmentNone inpatient29%
10%5932%
20%11935%
30%17838%
40%23741%
50%25244%
60%35647%
70%41550%
80%47553%
90%53456%
100%59359%
Direct and Indirect Cost Savings of the Intervention to Increase Assessment and Delivery of Influenza Vaccination Compared with No Increased Assessment of Influenza Vaccination ($/Child Assessed)
 Direct cost of influenzaIndirect cost of influenzaCost of inpatient vaccinationTotalSavings
No increased assessment$56.48$39.51$ 0$95.99Base
Intervention to increase assessment$45.24$31.64$13.66$90.54$5.45

This cost analysis demonstrated cost savings of $5.45 per child assessed and $9.19 per child vaccinated (Table 3). The cost savings per child assessed was lower than per child vaccinated because of including the costs of assessment without delivery of vaccination. This estimated savings is lower than the previously published $34.79 per vaccination of school‐age children in a group setting but more comparable to the cost savings of $3.99 in an individual‐initiated setting.15

The cost savings with this intervention depends on the vaccine's efficacy, and efficacy can vary as a function of whether it is an epidemic season and the degree of matching between the prevalent influenza strains and the vaccine strains. At higher predicted levels of vaccination efficacy, UTD patients have improved, less negative outcomes from influenza, and the intervention results in higher cost savings (cost savings with base‐case vaccine efficacy of $5.45/child assessed increases to $11.93/child assessed with best‐case vaccine efficacy). No current research accurately predicts vaccine efficacy for each outcome in pediatric patients with asthma. Therefore, this study design varied vaccine efficacy during sensitivity analyses among 3 potential vaccine efficacy scenarios (best‐, base‐, and worst‐case scenarios).15 Varying the vaccine efficacy to the best‐case scenario resulted in a cost savings of $11.93 per child assessed and $20.13 per child vaccinated. Dropping the efficacy to the worst‐case scenario resulted in cost savings of $1.01 per child assessed and $1.71 per child vaccinated. If the vaccine efficacy was 40%, the intervention was cost neutral. It should be remembered that the goal of the health care system is to generate good health. A project that is cost neutral (cost of vaccination intervention = cost savings from illness prevention), such as this intervention with a vaccine efficacy of 40%, may still be considered cost effective because of the improvement in clinical outcomes. At a vaccine efficacy of 40%, this model predicts that clinic visits will decrease by 19/1000 children, unwarranted antibiotics will decrease by 12/1000 children, hospitalizations will decrease by 4/10,000 children, and secondary infections of adult caregivers will decrease by 17/1000 children, suggesting an overall benefit to the health care system and to patients.

The clinical improvement predicted by this model with base‐case vaccine efficacy and 100% assessment include: a decrease in clinic visits of 27/1000 children, decrease in antibiotic use of 75/1000 children, decrease in hospitalizations of 6/10,000 children, decrease in missed school days of 132/1000 children, and a decrease in secondary infections of adult caregivers of 23/1000 children assessed.

The total cost of vaccination in this intervention was estimated as $10,593 per 1000 children. A hospital that discharges fewer than 1000 children with asthma per year would accrue less direct cost yearly with this intervention ($1059 per 100 children). A portion of this cost could be recuperated through reimbursement for influenza vaccination via insurance payers and/or government programs to reimburse for childhood vaccinations.

The results from the investigation into the effect of year‐to‐year variation in influenza prevalence and morbidity (by using the lowest and highest estimates found in the literature) demonstrated the model to be sensitive to these estimates, but the intervention maintained a cost savings. In a year with low influenza prevalence and morbidity, the cost savings decreases to $1.89 per child assessed and $3.20 per child vaccinated. In a year with high influenza prevalence and morbidity, the cost savings would increase to $8.75 per child assessed and $14.77 per child vaccinated. This finding of cost savings even with low influenza prevalence and morbidity is consistent with previous studies of influenza vaccination of pediatric patients in group‐based settings.15

For all other estimates, traditional sensitivity analysis was performed, and the results continued to show cost savings during this procedure, suggesting that the conclusions based on this model are generalizable and robust.

DISCUSSION

Universal screening for influenza vaccine status and then delivery of the vaccine to those not UTD among hospitalized children with asthma has the potential to increase the percentage of these children receiving the influenza vaccine and to reduce costs. This model suggests that with 100% assessment of this difficult‐to‐reach population for being UTD with the influenza vaccine, it would be possible to achieve a vaccination rate of 59%, doubling the current yearly receipt of influenza vaccination of children admitted secondary to asthma. However, universal screening is not imperative to achieve significant clinical improvement and cost savings. The cost‐effectiveness analysis demonstrated that the cost savings would be $5.45 per child assessed and $9.19 per child vaccinated.

The cost savings in this analysis ($9.19/child vaccinated) is favorable but lower than a previous analysis of influenza vaccination of children in an unspecified group‐based setting ($34.79/child vaccinated).15 Multiple factors contributed to our lower cost savings. First, our model accounts for the cost of children becoming partially vaccinated, incurring the full cost for 1 vaccination without the resulting clinical benefit. Second, the model accommodates for nursing assessment without vaccination delivery. Most importantly, this model estimates direct cost of vaccination delivery more conservatively than other group‐based estimates ($18.84 vs. $4.31).15 Previous cost‐effective analyses of influenza vaccination referenced 2 articles from the mid‐1990s that used a direct cost for 1 vaccination of $4 for group‐based vaccination in an HMO34 and $10 for individual‐initiated vaccination.33 Our estimate of vaccine cost is more conservative than these studies but more likely to represent the cost of vaccination assessment and delivery in an acute‐care hospital setting.

As the model was created, it became apparent that vaccination in the inpatient setting would accrue less indirect costs as compared with an individual‐initiated outpatient setting. This is a result of there not being any incrementally increased loss of work by the family/caregiver in order to be vaccinated above that lost because of hospitalization of the child for asthma. This finding supports that there is cost savings by vaccinating pediatric patients while hospitalized and is consistent with previous literature on this subject.15

The use of modeling techniques to evaluate inpatient interventions has many benefits. Modeling techniques permit the generation of synthetic trials by utilizing the combined published data from multiple studies. This permits the investigator to apply findings to other populations with different risks or prognoses and to other settings, to extend the impact over time, and to display multiple outcomes together. This technique has the potential to be used in investigations of the theoretical benefit of a specific quality improvement intervention in an inpatient setting without the extensive cost of a clinical trial. In fact, preliminary analysis with modeling could improve the cost efficiency of quality improvement research. Modeling studies could demonstrate which interventions are most likely to generate cost savings and direct clinical investigation and funding.

Limitations of this project included the possibility of vaccine efficacy changing from year to year depending on the similarity of the viruses in the vaccine with the predominant infectious strains circulating that year, as observed in previous studies.11 In a year with a poor match, the cost savings would be reduced compared with that in years with a good match. In addition, influenza prevalence and morbidity affects this model and the cost savings of the intervention, but the analysis using the lowest estimates of prevalence and morbidity continued to demonstrate that the intervention was saving costs. This continued cost savings for a group‐based vaccination intervention during years when there is low prevalence and morbidity is consistent with previous reports in the literature for pediatric patients.15 Modeling techniques decrease the effect of year‐to‐year variation in vaccination match, prevalence, and morbidity and estimate results based on an average over multiple influenza seasons.

For children with asthma, the data are not well established about influenza vaccination's ability to improve specific clinical outcomes attributed to influenza illness (missed school days, clinic visits, antibiotic prescriptions, hospitalizations, and secondary infections). Acknowledging the limitations of these data, our model estimates the intervention's improvement in clinical outcomes by using published data on vaccine efficacy and varying the vaccine efficacy from worst case to base case to best case. In addition, with a vaccine efficacy of 40%, this intervention would be cost neutral. Regardless of concerns about vaccine efficacy, the CDC/ACIP recommends finding missed opportunities for vaccination to improve vaccination delivery and the ultimate UTD status of high‐risk children. Recently, the CDC/ACIP stated that influenza vaccination coverage among children with asthma is inadequate and that opportunities for vaccination during health‐care provider visits likely are being missed.12 This intervention to assess and deliver influenza vaccination to pediatric patients while hospitalized for an asthma exacerbation would allow all hospitals that treat children to participate in reaching the goal of the CDC/ACIP to reduce missed opportunities for influenza vaccination.

The direct cost of inpatient vaccination in this intervention would fall primarily on the hospital implementing the intervention ($10,593 per 1000 children). However, the Vaccines for Children program exists to offset the cost of immunizations to both patients and providers for the uninsured and children receiving Medicaid.11 If properly implemented by participating hospitals, this program would improve reimbursement for vaccination and therefore shift the cost away from the individual hospital. For example, if the intervention cost borne by a hospital were decreased by the direct cost of vaccination alone ($6.75), this model predicts the cost of a program per 1000 children would decrease from $10,593 to $7190. This cost reduction would depend on the percentage of patients uninsured or on Medicaid at a given hospital. Another approach to shifting cost from individual hospitals would be for policy makers to consider influenza vaccination of these high‐risk pediatric patients as a performance/quality measure and associate the measure with improved reimbursement to hospitals in order to compensate for the cost of the vaccination intervention.

CONCLUSIONS

Influenza immunization is an accepted method of prevention and is underutilized in children with asthma.12 This model suggests that an inpatient program to deliver influenza vaccination to hospitalized pediatric patients with asthma would be beneficial by producing better health outcomes and reducing health care costs. Further research should be performed to verify the assumptions used in this analysis for children with asthma.

Acknowledgements

The authors acknowledge all the individuals who participated in the Academic Generalist Fellowship in Health Services Research at the Medical University of South Carolina for their direct and indirect participation in the study.

References
  1. Foy HM,Cooney MK,Allan I.Longitudinal studies of types a and b influenza among Seattle schoolchildren and families.J Infect Dis.1976;134:362369.
  2. Glezen WP,Taber LH,Frank AL,Gruber WC,Piedra PA.Influenza virus infections in infants.Pediatr Infect Dis J.1997;16:10651068.
  3. Cohen GM,Nettleman MD.Economic impact of influenza vaccination in preschool children.Pediatrics.2000;106:973976.
  4. Hall JL,Katz BZ.Cost of influenza hospitalization at a tertiary care children's hospital and its impact on the cost‐benefit analysis of the recommendation for universal influenza immunization in children age 6 to 23 months.J Pediatr.2005;147:807811.
  5. Keren R,Zaoutis TE,Saddlemire S,Luan XQ,Coffin SE.Direct medical cost of influenza‐related hospitalizations in children.Pediatrics.2006;118:e1321e1327.
  6. Nettleman MD,White T,Lavoie S,Chafin C.School absenteeism, parental work loss, and acceptance of childhood influenza vaccination.Am J Med Sci.2001;321:178180.
  7. Neuzil KM,Hohlbein C,Zhu Y.Illness among schoolchildren during influenza season: effect on school absenteeism, parental absenteeism from work, and secondary illness in families.Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med.2002;156:986991.
  8. Neuzil KM,Mellen BG,Wright PF,Mitchel EF,Griffin MR.The effect of influenza on hospitalizations, outpatient visits, and courses of antibiotics in children.N Engl J Med.2000;342:225231.
  9. Neuzil KM,Wright PF,Mitchel EF,Griffin MR.The burden of influenza illness in children with asthma and other chronic medical conditions.J Pediatr.2000;137:856864.
  10. Poehling KA,Edwards KM,Weinberg GA, et al.The underrecognized burden of influenza in young children.N Engl J Med.2006;355(1):3140.
  11. Smith NM,Bresee JS,Shay DK,Uyeki TM,Cox NJ,Strikas RA.Prevention and control of influenza: recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP).MMWR Recomm Rep.2006;55(RR‐10):142.
  12. Brim SN,Rudd RA,Funk RH,Callahan DB.Influenza vaccination coverage among children with asthma—United States, 2004–05 influenza season.MMWR Weekly.2007;56(9):193196.
  13. Fairchok MP,Trementozzi DP,Carter PS,Regnery HL,Carter ER.Effect of prednisone on response to influenza virus vaccine in asthmatic children.Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med.1998;152:11911195.
  14. Park CL,Frank AL,Sullivan M,Jindal P,Baxter BD.Influenza vaccination of children during acute asthma exacerbation and concurrent prednisone therapy.Pediatrics.1996;98(2 Pt 1):196200.
  15. White T,Lavoie S,Nettleman MD.Potential cost savings attributable to influenza vaccination of school‐aged children.Pediatrics.1999;103:e73.
  16. Cunningham SJ.Providing immunizations in a pediatric emergency department: underimmunization rates and parental acceptance.Pediatr Emerg Care.1999;15:255259.
  17. Szilagyi P RL,Savageau J,Yoos L,Doane C.Improving influenza vaccination rates in children with asthma: a test of a computerized reminder system and an analysis of factors predicting vaccination compliance.Pediatrics.1992;90:871875.
  18. HealthCare Cost and Utilization Project: Kids' Inpatient Database (KID)2000. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.
  19. Abadoglu O,Mungan D,Pasaoglu G,Celik G,Misirligil Z.Influenza vaccination in patients with asthma: effect on the frequency of upper respiratory tract infections and exacerbations.J Asthma.2004;41:279283.
  20. Smits AJ,Hak E,Stalman WA,van Essen GA,Hoes AW,Verheij TJ.Clinical effectiveness of conventional influenza vaccination in asthmatic children.Epidemiol Infect.2002;128:205211.
  21. Bueving HJ,van der Wouden JC,Raat H, et al.Influenza vaccination in asthmatic children: effects on quality of life and symptoms.Eur Respir J.2004;24:925931.
  22. Bueving HJ,Bernsen RM,de Jongste JC, et al.Influenza vaccination in children with asthma: randomized double‐blind placebo‐controlled trial.Am J Respir Crit Care Med.2004;169:488493.
  23. Kramarz P,Destefano F,Gargiullo PM, et al.Does influenza vaccination prevent asthma exacerbations in children?J Pediatr.2001;138:306310.
  24. Red Book: Pharmacy's Fundamental Reference.2006 ed: Thomson Healthcare2006.
  25. Flu Vaccine Pre‐Book 2007‐08. Dubin Medical Incorporation. Available at: http://www.dubinmedical.com/news/index.htm. Accessed June 21,2007.
  26. Bureau of Labor Statistics Data. U.S. Department of Labor: Bureau of Labor Statistics; 2006. Available at: http://www.bls.gov. Accessed May 18,2007.
  27. Association Medical Association.Socioeconomics of medical practice, 1997.Am Med Assoc.1997;69(89):107.
  28. Mainous AG,Hueston WJ.The Cost of antibiotics in treating respiratory tract infections in a Medicaid population.Arch Fam Med.1998;7:4549.
  29. Khan AS,Polezhaev F,Vasiljeva R.Comparison of US inactivated split‐virus and Russian attenuated, cold‐adapted trivalent influenza vaccines in Russian schoolchildren.JInfect Dis.1996;173:453456.
  30. Adams PF,Marano MA.Current estimates from the National Health Interview Survey, 1994. National Health Statistics.Vital Health Stat.1995;10:193.
  31. Frank AL,Taber LH,Glezen WP,Geyer EA,McIlwain S,Paredes A.Influenza B virus infections in the community and the family. The epidemics of 1976‐1977 and 1979‐1980 in Houston, Texas.Am J Epidemiol.1983;118:313325.
  32. Hayden F,Belshe RB,Cloer RD,Hay AJ,Oakes MG,Soo W.Emergence and apparent transmission of rimantidine‐resistant influenza a virus in families.N Engl J Med.1989;321:16961702.
  33. Nichol KL,Lind A,Margolis KL, et al.The effectiveness ofvaccination against influenza in healthy, working adults.N Engl J Med.1995;333:889893.
  34. Nichol KL,Margolis KL,Wuorenma J,Von Sternberg T.The efficacy and cost effectiveness of vaccination against influenza among elderly persons living in the community.N Engl J Med.1994;331:778784.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
134-141
Legacy Keywords
asthma, vaccination, quality improvement, outcomes measurement, influenza, cost‐effective analysis
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Influenza is estimated to infect up to 40%‐54% of school‐age children during an influenza season.1, 2 Influenza infections result in missed school days, visits to primary care providers, prescriptions for antibiotics, hospitalizations, and secondary infections.310 Although influenza‐related mortality of pediatric patients is rare, influenza‐related morbidity of children and those secondarily infected is common and partially preventable.11

For at‐risk individuals, immunization against influenza is the best method of preventing morbidity. The Centers for Disease Control's Advisory Committee on Immunization Practice (CDC/ACIP) considers children with asthma at high risk of morbidity from influenza and since 1964 has recommended delivery of inactivated influenza vaccination to this population of patients. Even with this recommendation, the current level of adherence to yearly influenza vaccination of children with asthma is approximately 29%, according to the CDC analysis of the National Health Interview Survey.12 Although pediatric providers may prefer to provide preventive care in an ambulatory setting, the CDC/ACIP emphasizes the need for vaccination delivery wherever possible, including in acute‐care hospitals.11 Particularly in an acute‐care setting, vaccinating patients who are having an exacerbation of their asthma and who may have a compromised immune response may raise concerns. However, the vaccine has been shown to be efficacious even with pediatric asthmatics on a short course of corticosteroids.13, 14 Utilization of the inpatient visit as an opportunity to implement evidence‐based preventive care to pediatric asthmatics could have a beneficial effect on patient outcomes. Group‐based settings (school or health fair) are more cost effective than individual‐initiated settings (primary care) for influenza vaccination of pediatric patients.15 However, we found no studies investigating the effectiveness of vaccinating high‐risk patients in an acute‐care setting.

This study used established modeling techniques (decision and cost‐effectiveness analyses) to determine the potential clinical and cost benefits of vaccinating children against influenza during an asthma exacerbation in an acute‐care setting. We used decision analysis to determine the effectiveness of the intervention in improving the up‐to‐date (UTD) status of a hypothetical population. Based on this improvement in vaccination delivery, we completed a cost‐effectiveness analysis to determine direct and indirect costs, improvement in clinical outcomes attributable to influenza (clinic visits, antibiotic use, hospitalization, and secondary infections), and cost savings attributable to the intervention.

METHODS

Decision Analysis

We generated a decision tree to represent an inpatient intervention to assess and deliver influenza vaccination to children with asthma in acute‐care hospitals (Fig. 1). The design of the decision tree intentionally began with a decision node in order to introduce different assessment rates. This approach was used in order to accurately represent an inpatient intervention (where 100% assessment is not always attained) and to assess how less‐than‐perfect rates of assessment of influenza vaccine status would affect the success of the intervention. Once the decision tree was created, we surveyed the literature to obtain data on the assumptions of the decision tree (See Table 1 for assumptions of decision analysis with corresponding numbering in Figure 1 Decision Tree) including percentage of children with asthma who receive the influenza vaccine (29%),12 percentages of patients and caregivers who would agree to be vaccinated in an acute‐care settings (71%),16 and rates of response to vaccine reminder recall systems in a primary care setting (30%)17 in order to account for populations that need a second dose of vaccine to become UTD. To estimate the percentage of children who would require a second vaccination at 4 weeks, we utilized the Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project Kids Inpatient Database (HCUP KID).18 Seventy‐three percent of children younger than 9 years old in the HCUP KID were discharged with a diagnosis of asthma. These patients would require a second vaccination after 4 weeks if they had not previously been immunized. After all the estimates were placed in the decision tree, a hypothetical cohort of children with asthma was introduced, and improvement in UTD status after the intervention was determined.

Figure 1
Decision tree for an inpatient influenza immunization assessment and delivery program for children with asthma.
Key Assumptions for the Model
  Reference
Decision analysis
1. Percentage of asthmatics UTD with influenza vaccination without increased inpatient assessment29%12
2. Percentage of caregivers who agree with vaccination in an acute‐care setting71%16
3. Percentage of asthma exacerbation discharges <9 years old73%18
4. Percentage of caregivers who respond to reminder‐recall systems for outpatient vaccination30%17
Cost‐effectiveness analysis
5. Prevalence of influenza in school‐age children over 1 season45%1
6. Vaccine efficacy 15
Best case43% 
Base case56% 
Worst case75% 
7. Risk of secondary transmission18%31, 32
8. Missed school days (per child per year) attributed to influenza0.7929, 30
9. Percentage of caregivers who miss work to care for sick child53%6

Cost‐Effectiveness Analysis

The purpose of the cost‐effectiveness analysis was to evaluate potential cost savings attributable to improvement in vaccination delivery (UTD status). Direct and indirect costs were obtained by review of the current published literature pertaining to costs of influenza and influenza vaccination. The key assumptions for the cost‐effectiveness analysis are present in Table 1.

Vaccine Efficacy and Cost

Studies of influenza vaccine efficacy in those with asthma have had widely variable results on clinical outcomes.1923 Therefore, for the purpose of these analyses, we used a best‐case, worst‐case, base‐case vaccine efficacy approach as previously described.15 The vaccine efficacy base case was estimated as 56%, best case as 75%, and worst case as 43%. The primary cost‐effectiveness analysis was performed with the base‐case efficacy. Sensitivity analysis was performed by varying the vaccine efficacy between worst‐case efficacy and best‐case efficacy in order to determine effects on clinical outcomes and cost savings.

We determined the cost associated with vaccination assessment and delivery. Cost of only assessing a patient for vaccination without delivery was calculated as $5.32 on the basis of the assumption that a registered nurse (RN) would print a form (2 minutes), ask screening questions and wait for replies (5 minutes), and fax the form/order to the pharmacy and/or place it in the medical record (1 minute) at an RN salary of $40/hour. Assessment and administration of the vaccination was assumed to cost $18.84. This was based on additional nursing time of 10 minutes (1 minute to check arrival of the vaccination, 2 minutes to prepare it, 5 minutes to inject and dispose of it, and 1 minute to record delivery of the vaccination in the medical record) plus the cost of the vaccine (estimated as $6.75)24 and related supplies (estimated as $0.67 for the safety syringe, $0.01 for cotton balls, $0.01 for alcohol preps, and $0.065 for rubber gloves).25 The cost of vaccine and supplies was determined by reviewing pharmaceutical reference books and medical equipment billing Web sites. The indirect cost of delivery of the second vaccination in the outpatient setting to patients requiring 2 shots to become UTD was 3 hours of missed work per caregiver.

Influenza Prevalence and Morbidity

The prevalence of influenza in school‐age children is estimated at 40%54% among those not at high risk during influenza season.1 For this analysis we used 45%. Morbidity associated with influenza has been estimated as 120200 clinic visits and 65140 antibiotic prescriptions per 1000 children per year.9 This analysis used 150 clinic visits and 100 antibiotic prescriptions per 1000 children. The rate of hospitalization for influenza of high‐risk children per 100,000 is 1900 for those aged 0‐11 months, 800 for those aged 12 years, 320 for those aged 34 years, and 92 for those aged 514 years.8, 11 The risk of hospitalization for the model's hypothetical cohort was age‐adjusted using the age distribution found in the HCUP KID for children discharged with a primary diagnosis of asthma. The age distribution of children in the HCUP KID was 34% were 12 years, 15% were 34 years, and 51% were 514 years.18 Children aged 011 months were excluded because of the low likelihood that this age group was at risk for influenza complicated by asthma. The age‐adjusted risk for the hypothetical cohort in this analysis was 360 hospitalizations/100,000 children.

To investigate the effect of year‐to‐year variation in influenza prevalence and morbidity, the lowest and then highest estimates for these measures from previous studies were used in the model to determine the effect on the outcomes of cost per vaccination and cost per assessment. During this analysis all the measures were simultaneously entered at their lowest estimates to simulate a less active influenza season and then at their highest estimates to simulate a more active influenza season. The lowest and highest estimates of these assumptions were: influenza prevalence, 31% and 54%3; number of clinic visits, 120 to 200 per 1000 children8; and number of antibiotic prescriptions, 65 to 140 per 1000 children.8 No range was found in the literature for risk of hospitalization. Therefore, the standard 25% decrease and 25% increase were used as the lowest and highest estimates. The results of this analysis demonstrated the range of cost savings per year based on the prevalence and morbidity of influenza.

Direct and Indirect Cost of Influenza

Cost data were collected from multiple studies and inflated to 2006 dollars using the Bureau of Labor Statistics consumer price index for medical care and medical care services.26 The costs of a clinic visit and antibiotic prescription were assumed to be $5127 and $9.91,28 which were inflated to 2006 dollars: $70.09 and $13.76, respectively. Used as the mean cost for hospitalization in this analysis ($15,2695) was the more conservative estimate from 2 recent articles on determining the cost of hospitalization of high‐risk pediatric patients with influenza‐related illness.4, 5 Number of school days missed by children attributed to influenza has been previously established as 0.79 days per child per year.29, 30 The cost of a caregiver missing work to care for a child was assumed to be the median hourly wage of a child care provider according to the Bureau of Labor and Statistics 2005, which was $9.47/hour, or $9.94/hour in 2006 dollars. The model assumed that there was a 53% chance that a caregiver would need to miss work for a sick child.6 In addition, there was a risk of secondary transmission of 18%31, 32 to an average of 1.72 adults (percentage of 2‐parent households = 72%15). The cost of an adult secondary infection was $65.25, inflated to $99.49 in 2006 dollars. The estimate for the cost of a secondary infection was derived from a article by Nichol et al., who investigated the cost of influenza for healthy working adults.33 The total savings per vaccination of a healthy working adult was estimated as $46.85. This estimate included $10, the cost of the vaccination; $0.69, the cost of the side effects of the vaccine; and $7.71, the cost of missing work in order to receive the vaccination. A secondary case of influenza would be prevented without incurring these additional costs of vaccination, and therefore $65.25 (inflated to $99.49) was used in this analysis.

RESULTS

With existing data showing that only 29% of those with asthma are UTD on influenza vaccine in a given year, our decision analysis demonstrated that even modest increases in the rate of screening for influenza vaccine status among hospitalized patients with asthma can result in clinically significant increases in the rate of vaccine delivery. For example, screening of just 20% of hospitalized patients with asthma would result in 35% of the children ultimately being up to date for that influenza season, a 20% overall improvement. In the same manner, a 40% assessment rate would result in 41% of children ultimately becoming UTD, a 60% assessment rate in 47% ultimately becoming UTD, an 80% assessment rate in 53% ultimately becoming UTD, and a 100% assessment in 59% ultimately becoming UTD, which is double the baseline rate (Table 2 ).

Percentage of Hospital Cohort Assessed for Influenza Vaccination, Predicted Number of Vaccinations Delivered by Intervention, and Resulting Percentage of Patients in Cohort UTD
Percent assessmentVaccinations delivered (per 1000 patients)Postintervention UTD
  • UTD, up to date.

No increased assessmentNone inpatient29%
10%5932%
20%11935%
30%17838%
40%23741%
50%25244%
60%35647%
70%41550%
80%47553%
90%53456%
100%59359%
Direct and Indirect Cost Savings of the Intervention to Increase Assessment and Delivery of Influenza Vaccination Compared with No Increased Assessment of Influenza Vaccination ($/Child Assessed)
 Direct cost of influenzaIndirect cost of influenzaCost of inpatient vaccinationTotalSavings
No increased assessment$56.48$39.51$ 0$95.99Base
Intervention to increase assessment$45.24$31.64$13.66$90.54$5.45

This cost analysis demonstrated cost savings of $5.45 per child assessed and $9.19 per child vaccinated (Table 3). The cost savings per child assessed was lower than per child vaccinated because of including the costs of assessment without delivery of vaccination. This estimated savings is lower than the previously published $34.79 per vaccination of school‐age children in a group setting but more comparable to the cost savings of $3.99 in an individual‐initiated setting.15

The cost savings with this intervention depends on the vaccine's efficacy, and efficacy can vary as a function of whether it is an epidemic season and the degree of matching between the prevalent influenza strains and the vaccine strains. At higher predicted levels of vaccination efficacy, UTD patients have improved, less negative outcomes from influenza, and the intervention results in higher cost savings (cost savings with base‐case vaccine efficacy of $5.45/child assessed increases to $11.93/child assessed with best‐case vaccine efficacy). No current research accurately predicts vaccine efficacy for each outcome in pediatric patients with asthma. Therefore, this study design varied vaccine efficacy during sensitivity analyses among 3 potential vaccine efficacy scenarios (best‐, base‐, and worst‐case scenarios).15 Varying the vaccine efficacy to the best‐case scenario resulted in a cost savings of $11.93 per child assessed and $20.13 per child vaccinated. Dropping the efficacy to the worst‐case scenario resulted in cost savings of $1.01 per child assessed and $1.71 per child vaccinated. If the vaccine efficacy was 40%, the intervention was cost neutral. It should be remembered that the goal of the health care system is to generate good health. A project that is cost neutral (cost of vaccination intervention = cost savings from illness prevention), such as this intervention with a vaccine efficacy of 40%, may still be considered cost effective because of the improvement in clinical outcomes. At a vaccine efficacy of 40%, this model predicts that clinic visits will decrease by 19/1000 children, unwarranted antibiotics will decrease by 12/1000 children, hospitalizations will decrease by 4/10,000 children, and secondary infections of adult caregivers will decrease by 17/1000 children, suggesting an overall benefit to the health care system and to patients.

The clinical improvement predicted by this model with base‐case vaccine efficacy and 100% assessment include: a decrease in clinic visits of 27/1000 children, decrease in antibiotic use of 75/1000 children, decrease in hospitalizations of 6/10,000 children, decrease in missed school days of 132/1000 children, and a decrease in secondary infections of adult caregivers of 23/1000 children assessed.

The total cost of vaccination in this intervention was estimated as $10,593 per 1000 children. A hospital that discharges fewer than 1000 children with asthma per year would accrue less direct cost yearly with this intervention ($1059 per 100 children). A portion of this cost could be recuperated through reimbursement for influenza vaccination via insurance payers and/or government programs to reimburse for childhood vaccinations.

The results from the investigation into the effect of year‐to‐year variation in influenza prevalence and morbidity (by using the lowest and highest estimates found in the literature) demonstrated the model to be sensitive to these estimates, but the intervention maintained a cost savings. In a year with low influenza prevalence and morbidity, the cost savings decreases to $1.89 per child assessed and $3.20 per child vaccinated. In a year with high influenza prevalence and morbidity, the cost savings would increase to $8.75 per child assessed and $14.77 per child vaccinated. This finding of cost savings even with low influenza prevalence and morbidity is consistent with previous studies of influenza vaccination of pediatric patients in group‐based settings.15

For all other estimates, traditional sensitivity analysis was performed, and the results continued to show cost savings during this procedure, suggesting that the conclusions based on this model are generalizable and robust.

DISCUSSION

Universal screening for influenza vaccine status and then delivery of the vaccine to those not UTD among hospitalized children with asthma has the potential to increase the percentage of these children receiving the influenza vaccine and to reduce costs. This model suggests that with 100% assessment of this difficult‐to‐reach population for being UTD with the influenza vaccine, it would be possible to achieve a vaccination rate of 59%, doubling the current yearly receipt of influenza vaccination of children admitted secondary to asthma. However, universal screening is not imperative to achieve significant clinical improvement and cost savings. The cost‐effectiveness analysis demonstrated that the cost savings would be $5.45 per child assessed and $9.19 per child vaccinated.

The cost savings in this analysis ($9.19/child vaccinated) is favorable but lower than a previous analysis of influenza vaccination of children in an unspecified group‐based setting ($34.79/child vaccinated).15 Multiple factors contributed to our lower cost savings. First, our model accounts for the cost of children becoming partially vaccinated, incurring the full cost for 1 vaccination without the resulting clinical benefit. Second, the model accommodates for nursing assessment without vaccination delivery. Most importantly, this model estimates direct cost of vaccination delivery more conservatively than other group‐based estimates ($18.84 vs. $4.31).15 Previous cost‐effective analyses of influenza vaccination referenced 2 articles from the mid‐1990s that used a direct cost for 1 vaccination of $4 for group‐based vaccination in an HMO34 and $10 for individual‐initiated vaccination.33 Our estimate of vaccine cost is more conservative than these studies but more likely to represent the cost of vaccination assessment and delivery in an acute‐care hospital setting.

As the model was created, it became apparent that vaccination in the inpatient setting would accrue less indirect costs as compared with an individual‐initiated outpatient setting. This is a result of there not being any incrementally increased loss of work by the family/caregiver in order to be vaccinated above that lost because of hospitalization of the child for asthma. This finding supports that there is cost savings by vaccinating pediatric patients while hospitalized and is consistent with previous literature on this subject.15

The use of modeling techniques to evaluate inpatient interventions has many benefits. Modeling techniques permit the generation of synthetic trials by utilizing the combined published data from multiple studies. This permits the investigator to apply findings to other populations with different risks or prognoses and to other settings, to extend the impact over time, and to display multiple outcomes together. This technique has the potential to be used in investigations of the theoretical benefit of a specific quality improvement intervention in an inpatient setting without the extensive cost of a clinical trial. In fact, preliminary analysis with modeling could improve the cost efficiency of quality improvement research. Modeling studies could demonstrate which interventions are most likely to generate cost savings and direct clinical investigation and funding.

Limitations of this project included the possibility of vaccine efficacy changing from year to year depending on the similarity of the viruses in the vaccine with the predominant infectious strains circulating that year, as observed in previous studies.11 In a year with a poor match, the cost savings would be reduced compared with that in years with a good match. In addition, influenza prevalence and morbidity affects this model and the cost savings of the intervention, but the analysis using the lowest estimates of prevalence and morbidity continued to demonstrate that the intervention was saving costs. This continued cost savings for a group‐based vaccination intervention during years when there is low prevalence and morbidity is consistent with previous reports in the literature for pediatric patients.15 Modeling techniques decrease the effect of year‐to‐year variation in vaccination match, prevalence, and morbidity and estimate results based on an average over multiple influenza seasons.

For children with asthma, the data are not well established about influenza vaccination's ability to improve specific clinical outcomes attributed to influenza illness (missed school days, clinic visits, antibiotic prescriptions, hospitalizations, and secondary infections). Acknowledging the limitations of these data, our model estimates the intervention's improvement in clinical outcomes by using published data on vaccine efficacy and varying the vaccine efficacy from worst case to base case to best case. In addition, with a vaccine efficacy of 40%, this intervention would be cost neutral. Regardless of concerns about vaccine efficacy, the CDC/ACIP recommends finding missed opportunities for vaccination to improve vaccination delivery and the ultimate UTD status of high‐risk children. Recently, the CDC/ACIP stated that influenza vaccination coverage among children with asthma is inadequate and that opportunities for vaccination during health‐care provider visits likely are being missed.12 This intervention to assess and deliver influenza vaccination to pediatric patients while hospitalized for an asthma exacerbation would allow all hospitals that treat children to participate in reaching the goal of the CDC/ACIP to reduce missed opportunities for influenza vaccination.

The direct cost of inpatient vaccination in this intervention would fall primarily on the hospital implementing the intervention ($10,593 per 1000 children). However, the Vaccines for Children program exists to offset the cost of immunizations to both patients and providers for the uninsured and children receiving Medicaid.11 If properly implemented by participating hospitals, this program would improve reimbursement for vaccination and therefore shift the cost away from the individual hospital. For example, if the intervention cost borne by a hospital were decreased by the direct cost of vaccination alone ($6.75), this model predicts the cost of a program per 1000 children would decrease from $10,593 to $7190. This cost reduction would depend on the percentage of patients uninsured or on Medicaid at a given hospital. Another approach to shifting cost from individual hospitals would be for policy makers to consider influenza vaccination of these high‐risk pediatric patients as a performance/quality measure and associate the measure with improved reimbursement to hospitals in order to compensate for the cost of the vaccination intervention.

CONCLUSIONS

Influenza immunization is an accepted method of prevention and is underutilized in children with asthma.12 This model suggests that an inpatient program to deliver influenza vaccination to hospitalized pediatric patients with asthma would be beneficial by producing better health outcomes and reducing health care costs. Further research should be performed to verify the assumptions used in this analysis for children with asthma.

Acknowledgements

The authors acknowledge all the individuals who participated in the Academic Generalist Fellowship in Health Services Research at the Medical University of South Carolina for their direct and indirect participation in the study.

Influenza is estimated to infect up to 40%‐54% of school‐age children during an influenza season.1, 2 Influenza infections result in missed school days, visits to primary care providers, prescriptions for antibiotics, hospitalizations, and secondary infections.310 Although influenza‐related mortality of pediatric patients is rare, influenza‐related morbidity of children and those secondarily infected is common and partially preventable.11

For at‐risk individuals, immunization against influenza is the best method of preventing morbidity. The Centers for Disease Control's Advisory Committee on Immunization Practice (CDC/ACIP) considers children with asthma at high risk of morbidity from influenza and since 1964 has recommended delivery of inactivated influenza vaccination to this population of patients. Even with this recommendation, the current level of adherence to yearly influenza vaccination of children with asthma is approximately 29%, according to the CDC analysis of the National Health Interview Survey.12 Although pediatric providers may prefer to provide preventive care in an ambulatory setting, the CDC/ACIP emphasizes the need for vaccination delivery wherever possible, including in acute‐care hospitals.11 Particularly in an acute‐care setting, vaccinating patients who are having an exacerbation of their asthma and who may have a compromised immune response may raise concerns. However, the vaccine has been shown to be efficacious even with pediatric asthmatics on a short course of corticosteroids.13, 14 Utilization of the inpatient visit as an opportunity to implement evidence‐based preventive care to pediatric asthmatics could have a beneficial effect on patient outcomes. Group‐based settings (school or health fair) are more cost effective than individual‐initiated settings (primary care) for influenza vaccination of pediatric patients.15 However, we found no studies investigating the effectiveness of vaccinating high‐risk patients in an acute‐care setting.

This study used established modeling techniques (decision and cost‐effectiveness analyses) to determine the potential clinical and cost benefits of vaccinating children against influenza during an asthma exacerbation in an acute‐care setting. We used decision analysis to determine the effectiveness of the intervention in improving the up‐to‐date (UTD) status of a hypothetical population. Based on this improvement in vaccination delivery, we completed a cost‐effectiveness analysis to determine direct and indirect costs, improvement in clinical outcomes attributable to influenza (clinic visits, antibiotic use, hospitalization, and secondary infections), and cost savings attributable to the intervention.

METHODS

Decision Analysis

We generated a decision tree to represent an inpatient intervention to assess and deliver influenza vaccination to children with asthma in acute‐care hospitals (Fig. 1). The design of the decision tree intentionally began with a decision node in order to introduce different assessment rates. This approach was used in order to accurately represent an inpatient intervention (where 100% assessment is not always attained) and to assess how less‐than‐perfect rates of assessment of influenza vaccine status would affect the success of the intervention. Once the decision tree was created, we surveyed the literature to obtain data on the assumptions of the decision tree (See Table 1 for assumptions of decision analysis with corresponding numbering in Figure 1 Decision Tree) including percentage of children with asthma who receive the influenza vaccine (29%),12 percentages of patients and caregivers who would agree to be vaccinated in an acute‐care settings (71%),16 and rates of response to vaccine reminder recall systems in a primary care setting (30%)17 in order to account for populations that need a second dose of vaccine to become UTD. To estimate the percentage of children who would require a second vaccination at 4 weeks, we utilized the Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project Kids Inpatient Database (HCUP KID).18 Seventy‐three percent of children younger than 9 years old in the HCUP KID were discharged with a diagnosis of asthma. These patients would require a second vaccination after 4 weeks if they had not previously been immunized. After all the estimates were placed in the decision tree, a hypothetical cohort of children with asthma was introduced, and improvement in UTD status after the intervention was determined.

Figure 1
Decision tree for an inpatient influenza immunization assessment and delivery program for children with asthma.
Key Assumptions for the Model
  Reference
Decision analysis
1. Percentage of asthmatics UTD with influenza vaccination without increased inpatient assessment29%12
2. Percentage of caregivers who agree with vaccination in an acute‐care setting71%16
3. Percentage of asthma exacerbation discharges <9 years old73%18
4. Percentage of caregivers who respond to reminder‐recall systems for outpatient vaccination30%17
Cost‐effectiveness analysis
5. Prevalence of influenza in school‐age children over 1 season45%1
6. Vaccine efficacy 15
Best case43% 
Base case56% 
Worst case75% 
7. Risk of secondary transmission18%31, 32
8. Missed school days (per child per year) attributed to influenza0.7929, 30
9. Percentage of caregivers who miss work to care for sick child53%6

Cost‐Effectiveness Analysis

The purpose of the cost‐effectiveness analysis was to evaluate potential cost savings attributable to improvement in vaccination delivery (UTD status). Direct and indirect costs were obtained by review of the current published literature pertaining to costs of influenza and influenza vaccination. The key assumptions for the cost‐effectiveness analysis are present in Table 1.

Vaccine Efficacy and Cost

Studies of influenza vaccine efficacy in those with asthma have had widely variable results on clinical outcomes.1923 Therefore, for the purpose of these analyses, we used a best‐case, worst‐case, base‐case vaccine efficacy approach as previously described.15 The vaccine efficacy base case was estimated as 56%, best case as 75%, and worst case as 43%. The primary cost‐effectiveness analysis was performed with the base‐case efficacy. Sensitivity analysis was performed by varying the vaccine efficacy between worst‐case efficacy and best‐case efficacy in order to determine effects on clinical outcomes and cost savings.

We determined the cost associated with vaccination assessment and delivery. Cost of only assessing a patient for vaccination without delivery was calculated as $5.32 on the basis of the assumption that a registered nurse (RN) would print a form (2 minutes), ask screening questions and wait for replies (5 minutes), and fax the form/order to the pharmacy and/or place it in the medical record (1 minute) at an RN salary of $40/hour. Assessment and administration of the vaccination was assumed to cost $18.84. This was based on additional nursing time of 10 minutes (1 minute to check arrival of the vaccination, 2 minutes to prepare it, 5 minutes to inject and dispose of it, and 1 minute to record delivery of the vaccination in the medical record) plus the cost of the vaccine (estimated as $6.75)24 and related supplies (estimated as $0.67 for the safety syringe, $0.01 for cotton balls, $0.01 for alcohol preps, and $0.065 for rubber gloves).25 The cost of vaccine and supplies was determined by reviewing pharmaceutical reference books and medical equipment billing Web sites. The indirect cost of delivery of the second vaccination in the outpatient setting to patients requiring 2 shots to become UTD was 3 hours of missed work per caregiver.

Influenza Prevalence and Morbidity

The prevalence of influenza in school‐age children is estimated at 40%54% among those not at high risk during influenza season.1 For this analysis we used 45%. Morbidity associated with influenza has been estimated as 120200 clinic visits and 65140 antibiotic prescriptions per 1000 children per year.9 This analysis used 150 clinic visits and 100 antibiotic prescriptions per 1000 children. The rate of hospitalization for influenza of high‐risk children per 100,000 is 1900 for those aged 0‐11 months, 800 for those aged 12 years, 320 for those aged 34 years, and 92 for those aged 514 years.8, 11 The risk of hospitalization for the model's hypothetical cohort was age‐adjusted using the age distribution found in the HCUP KID for children discharged with a primary diagnosis of asthma. The age distribution of children in the HCUP KID was 34% were 12 years, 15% were 34 years, and 51% were 514 years.18 Children aged 011 months were excluded because of the low likelihood that this age group was at risk for influenza complicated by asthma. The age‐adjusted risk for the hypothetical cohort in this analysis was 360 hospitalizations/100,000 children.

To investigate the effect of year‐to‐year variation in influenza prevalence and morbidity, the lowest and then highest estimates for these measures from previous studies were used in the model to determine the effect on the outcomes of cost per vaccination and cost per assessment. During this analysis all the measures were simultaneously entered at their lowest estimates to simulate a less active influenza season and then at their highest estimates to simulate a more active influenza season. The lowest and highest estimates of these assumptions were: influenza prevalence, 31% and 54%3; number of clinic visits, 120 to 200 per 1000 children8; and number of antibiotic prescriptions, 65 to 140 per 1000 children.8 No range was found in the literature for risk of hospitalization. Therefore, the standard 25% decrease and 25% increase were used as the lowest and highest estimates. The results of this analysis demonstrated the range of cost savings per year based on the prevalence and morbidity of influenza.

Direct and Indirect Cost of Influenza

Cost data were collected from multiple studies and inflated to 2006 dollars using the Bureau of Labor Statistics consumer price index for medical care and medical care services.26 The costs of a clinic visit and antibiotic prescription were assumed to be $5127 and $9.91,28 which were inflated to 2006 dollars: $70.09 and $13.76, respectively. Used as the mean cost for hospitalization in this analysis ($15,2695) was the more conservative estimate from 2 recent articles on determining the cost of hospitalization of high‐risk pediatric patients with influenza‐related illness.4, 5 Number of school days missed by children attributed to influenza has been previously established as 0.79 days per child per year.29, 30 The cost of a caregiver missing work to care for a child was assumed to be the median hourly wage of a child care provider according to the Bureau of Labor and Statistics 2005, which was $9.47/hour, or $9.94/hour in 2006 dollars. The model assumed that there was a 53% chance that a caregiver would need to miss work for a sick child.6 In addition, there was a risk of secondary transmission of 18%31, 32 to an average of 1.72 adults (percentage of 2‐parent households = 72%15). The cost of an adult secondary infection was $65.25, inflated to $99.49 in 2006 dollars. The estimate for the cost of a secondary infection was derived from a article by Nichol et al., who investigated the cost of influenza for healthy working adults.33 The total savings per vaccination of a healthy working adult was estimated as $46.85. This estimate included $10, the cost of the vaccination; $0.69, the cost of the side effects of the vaccine; and $7.71, the cost of missing work in order to receive the vaccination. A secondary case of influenza would be prevented without incurring these additional costs of vaccination, and therefore $65.25 (inflated to $99.49) was used in this analysis.

RESULTS

With existing data showing that only 29% of those with asthma are UTD on influenza vaccine in a given year, our decision analysis demonstrated that even modest increases in the rate of screening for influenza vaccine status among hospitalized patients with asthma can result in clinically significant increases in the rate of vaccine delivery. For example, screening of just 20% of hospitalized patients with asthma would result in 35% of the children ultimately being up to date for that influenza season, a 20% overall improvement. In the same manner, a 40% assessment rate would result in 41% of children ultimately becoming UTD, a 60% assessment rate in 47% ultimately becoming UTD, an 80% assessment rate in 53% ultimately becoming UTD, and a 100% assessment in 59% ultimately becoming UTD, which is double the baseline rate (Table 2 ).

Percentage of Hospital Cohort Assessed for Influenza Vaccination, Predicted Number of Vaccinations Delivered by Intervention, and Resulting Percentage of Patients in Cohort UTD
Percent assessmentVaccinations delivered (per 1000 patients)Postintervention UTD
  • UTD, up to date.

No increased assessmentNone inpatient29%
10%5932%
20%11935%
30%17838%
40%23741%
50%25244%
60%35647%
70%41550%
80%47553%
90%53456%
100%59359%
Direct and Indirect Cost Savings of the Intervention to Increase Assessment and Delivery of Influenza Vaccination Compared with No Increased Assessment of Influenza Vaccination ($/Child Assessed)
 Direct cost of influenzaIndirect cost of influenzaCost of inpatient vaccinationTotalSavings
No increased assessment$56.48$39.51$ 0$95.99Base
Intervention to increase assessment$45.24$31.64$13.66$90.54$5.45

This cost analysis demonstrated cost savings of $5.45 per child assessed and $9.19 per child vaccinated (Table 3). The cost savings per child assessed was lower than per child vaccinated because of including the costs of assessment without delivery of vaccination. This estimated savings is lower than the previously published $34.79 per vaccination of school‐age children in a group setting but more comparable to the cost savings of $3.99 in an individual‐initiated setting.15

The cost savings with this intervention depends on the vaccine's efficacy, and efficacy can vary as a function of whether it is an epidemic season and the degree of matching between the prevalent influenza strains and the vaccine strains. At higher predicted levels of vaccination efficacy, UTD patients have improved, less negative outcomes from influenza, and the intervention results in higher cost savings (cost savings with base‐case vaccine efficacy of $5.45/child assessed increases to $11.93/child assessed with best‐case vaccine efficacy). No current research accurately predicts vaccine efficacy for each outcome in pediatric patients with asthma. Therefore, this study design varied vaccine efficacy during sensitivity analyses among 3 potential vaccine efficacy scenarios (best‐, base‐, and worst‐case scenarios).15 Varying the vaccine efficacy to the best‐case scenario resulted in a cost savings of $11.93 per child assessed and $20.13 per child vaccinated. Dropping the efficacy to the worst‐case scenario resulted in cost savings of $1.01 per child assessed and $1.71 per child vaccinated. If the vaccine efficacy was 40%, the intervention was cost neutral. It should be remembered that the goal of the health care system is to generate good health. A project that is cost neutral (cost of vaccination intervention = cost savings from illness prevention), such as this intervention with a vaccine efficacy of 40%, may still be considered cost effective because of the improvement in clinical outcomes. At a vaccine efficacy of 40%, this model predicts that clinic visits will decrease by 19/1000 children, unwarranted antibiotics will decrease by 12/1000 children, hospitalizations will decrease by 4/10,000 children, and secondary infections of adult caregivers will decrease by 17/1000 children, suggesting an overall benefit to the health care system and to patients.

The clinical improvement predicted by this model with base‐case vaccine efficacy and 100% assessment include: a decrease in clinic visits of 27/1000 children, decrease in antibiotic use of 75/1000 children, decrease in hospitalizations of 6/10,000 children, decrease in missed school days of 132/1000 children, and a decrease in secondary infections of adult caregivers of 23/1000 children assessed.

The total cost of vaccination in this intervention was estimated as $10,593 per 1000 children. A hospital that discharges fewer than 1000 children with asthma per year would accrue less direct cost yearly with this intervention ($1059 per 100 children). A portion of this cost could be recuperated through reimbursement for influenza vaccination via insurance payers and/or government programs to reimburse for childhood vaccinations.

The results from the investigation into the effect of year‐to‐year variation in influenza prevalence and morbidity (by using the lowest and highest estimates found in the literature) demonstrated the model to be sensitive to these estimates, but the intervention maintained a cost savings. In a year with low influenza prevalence and morbidity, the cost savings decreases to $1.89 per child assessed and $3.20 per child vaccinated. In a year with high influenza prevalence and morbidity, the cost savings would increase to $8.75 per child assessed and $14.77 per child vaccinated. This finding of cost savings even with low influenza prevalence and morbidity is consistent with previous studies of influenza vaccination of pediatric patients in group‐based settings.15

For all other estimates, traditional sensitivity analysis was performed, and the results continued to show cost savings during this procedure, suggesting that the conclusions based on this model are generalizable and robust.

DISCUSSION

Universal screening for influenza vaccine status and then delivery of the vaccine to those not UTD among hospitalized children with asthma has the potential to increase the percentage of these children receiving the influenza vaccine and to reduce costs. This model suggests that with 100% assessment of this difficult‐to‐reach population for being UTD with the influenza vaccine, it would be possible to achieve a vaccination rate of 59%, doubling the current yearly receipt of influenza vaccination of children admitted secondary to asthma. However, universal screening is not imperative to achieve significant clinical improvement and cost savings. The cost‐effectiveness analysis demonstrated that the cost savings would be $5.45 per child assessed and $9.19 per child vaccinated.

The cost savings in this analysis ($9.19/child vaccinated) is favorable but lower than a previous analysis of influenza vaccination of children in an unspecified group‐based setting ($34.79/child vaccinated).15 Multiple factors contributed to our lower cost savings. First, our model accounts for the cost of children becoming partially vaccinated, incurring the full cost for 1 vaccination without the resulting clinical benefit. Second, the model accommodates for nursing assessment without vaccination delivery. Most importantly, this model estimates direct cost of vaccination delivery more conservatively than other group‐based estimates ($18.84 vs. $4.31).15 Previous cost‐effective analyses of influenza vaccination referenced 2 articles from the mid‐1990s that used a direct cost for 1 vaccination of $4 for group‐based vaccination in an HMO34 and $10 for individual‐initiated vaccination.33 Our estimate of vaccine cost is more conservative than these studies but more likely to represent the cost of vaccination assessment and delivery in an acute‐care hospital setting.

As the model was created, it became apparent that vaccination in the inpatient setting would accrue less indirect costs as compared with an individual‐initiated outpatient setting. This is a result of there not being any incrementally increased loss of work by the family/caregiver in order to be vaccinated above that lost because of hospitalization of the child for asthma. This finding supports that there is cost savings by vaccinating pediatric patients while hospitalized and is consistent with previous literature on this subject.15

The use of modeling techniques to evaluate inpatient interventions has many benefits. Modeling techniques permit the generation of synthetic trials by utilizing the combined published data from multiple studies. This permits the investigator to apply findings to other populations with different risks or prognoses and to other settings, to extend the impact over time, and to display multiple outcomes together. This technique has the potential to be used in investigations of the theoretical benefit of a specific quality improvement intervention in an inpatient setting without the extensive cost of a clinical trial. In fact, preliminary analysis with modeling could improve the cost efficiency of quality improvement research. Modeling studies could demonstrate which interventions are most likely to generate cost savings and direct clinical investigation and funding.

Limitations of this project included the possibility of vaccine efficacy changing from year to year depending on the similarity of the viruses in the vaccine with the predominant infectious strains circulating that year, as observed in previous studies.11 In a year with a poor match, the cost savings would be reduced compared with that in years with a good match. In addition, influenza prevalence and morbidity affects this model and the cost savings of the intervention, but the analysis using the lowest estimates of prevalence and morbidity continued to demonstrate that the intervention was saving costs. This continued cost savings for a group‐based vaccination intervention during years when there is low prevalence and morbidity is consistent with previous reports in the literature for pediatric patients.15 Modeling techniques decrease the effect of year‐to‐year variation in vaccination match, prevalence, and morbidity and estimate results based on an average over multiple influenza seasons.

For children with asthma, the data are not well established about influenza vaccination's ability to improve specific clinical outcomes attributed to influenza illness (missed school days, clinic visits, antibiotic prescriptions, hospitalizations, and secondary infections). Acknowledging the limitations of these data, our model estimates the intervention's improvement in clinical outcomes by using published data on vaccine efficacy and varying the vaccine efficacy from worst case to base case to best case. In addition, with a vaccine efficacy of 40%, this intervention would be cost neutral. Regardless of concerns about vaccine efficacy, the CDC/ACIP recommends finding missed opportunities for vaccination to improve vaccination delivery and the ultimate UTD status of high‐risk children. Recently, the CDC/ACIP stated that influenza vaccination coverage among children with asthma is inadequate and that opportunities for vaccination during health‐care provider visits likely are being missed.12 This intervention to assess and deliver influenza vaccination to pediatric patients while hospitalized for an asthma exacerbation would allow all hospitals that treat children to participate in reaching the goal of the CDC/ACIP to reduce missed opportunities for influenza vaccination.

The direct cost of inpatient vaccination in this intervention would fall primarily on the hospital implementing the intervention ($10,593 per 1000 children). However, the Vaccines for Children program exists to offset the cost of immunizations to both patients and providers for the uninsured and children receiving Medicaid.11 If properly implemented by participating hospitals, this program would improve reimbursement for vaccination and therefore shift the cost away from the individual hospital. For example, if the intervention cost borne by a hospital were decreased by the direct cost of vaccination alone ($6.75), this model predicts the cost of a program per 1000 children would decrease from $10,593 to $7190. This cost reduction would depend on the percentage of patients uninsured or on Medicaid at a given hospital. Another approach to shifting cost from individual hospitals would be for policy makers to consider influenza vaccination of these high‐risk pediatric patients as a performance/quality measure and associate the measure with improved reimbursement to hospitals in order to compensate for the cost of the vaccination intervention.

CONCLUSIONS

Influenza immunization is an accepted method of prevention and is underutilized in children with asthma.12 This model suggests that an inpatient program to deliver influenza vaccination to hospitalized pediatric patients with asthma would be beneficial by producing better health outcomes and reducing health care costs. Further research should be performed to verify the assumptions used in this analysis for children with asthma.

Acknowledgements

The authors acknowledge all the individuals who participated in the Academic Generalist Fellowship in Health Services Research at the Medical University of South Carolina for their direct and indirect participation in the study.

References
  1. Foy HM,Cooney MK,Allan I.Longitudinal studies of types a and b influenza among Seattle schoolchildren and families.J Infect Dis.1976;134:362369.
  2. Glezen WP,Taber LH,Frank AL,Gruber WC,Piedra PA.Influenza virus infections in infants.Pediatr Infect Dis J.1997;16:10651068.
  3. Cohen GM,Nettleman MD.Economic impact of influenza vaccination in preschool children.Pediatrics.2000;106:973976.
  4. Hall JL,Katz BZ.Cost of influenza hospitalization at a tertiary care children's hospital and its impact on the cost‐benefit analysis of the recommendation for universal influenza immunization in children age 6 to 23 months.J Pediatr.2005;147:807811.
  5. Keren R,Zaoutis TE,Saddlemire S,Luan XQ,Coffin SE.Direct medical cost of influenza‐related hospitalizations in children.Pediatrics.2006;118:e1321e1327.
  6. Nettleman MD,White T,Lavoie S,Chafin C.School absenteeism, parental work loss, and acceptance of childhood influenza vaccination.Am J Med Sci.2001;321:178180.
  7. Neuzil KM,Hohlbein C,Zhu Y.Illness among schoolchildren during influenza season: effect on school absenteeism, parental absenteeism from work, and secondary illness in families.Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med.2002;156:986991.
  8. Neuzil KM,Mellen BG,Wright PF,Mitchel EF,Griffin MR.The effect of influenza on hospitalizations, outpatient visits, and courses of antibiotics in children.N Engl J Med.2000;342:225231.
  9. Neuzil KM,Wright PF,Mitchel EF,Griffin MR.The burden of influenza illness in children with asthma and other chronic medical conditions.J Pediatr.2000;137:856864.
  10. Poehling KA,Edwards KM,Weinberg GA, et al.The underrecognized burden of influenza in young children.N Engl J Med.2006;355(1):3140.
  11. Smith NM,Bresee JS,Shay DK,Uyeki TM,Cox NJ,Strikas RA.Prevention and control of influenza: recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP).MMWR Recomm Rep.2006;55(RR‐10):142.
  12. Brim SN,Rudd RA,Funk RH,Callahan DB.Influenza vaccination coverage among children with asthma—United States, 2004–05 influenza season.MMWR Weekly.2007;56(9):193196.
  13. Fairchok MP,Trementozzi DP,Carter PS,Regnery HL,Carter ER.Effect of prednisone on response to influenza virus vaccine in asthmatic children.Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med.1998;152:11911195.
  14. Park CL,Frank AL,Sullivan M,Jindal P,Baxter BD.Influenza vaccination of children during acute asthma exacerbation and concurrent prednisone therapy.Pediatrics.1996;98(2 Pt 1):196200.
  15. White T,Lavoie S,Nettleman MD.Potential cost savings attributable to influenza vaccination of school‐aged children.Pediatrics.1999;103:e73.
  16. Cunningham SJ.Providing immunizations in a pediatric emergency department: underimmunization rates and parental acceptance.Pediatr Emerg Care.1999;15:255259.
  17. Szilagyi P RL,Savageau J,Yoos L,Doane C.Improving influenza vaccination rates in children with asthma: a test of a computerized reminder system and an analysis of factors predicting vaccination compliance.Pediatrics.1992;90:871875.
  18. HealthCare Cost and Utilization Project: Kids' Inpatient Database (KID)2000. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.
  19. Abadoglu O,Mungan D,Pasaoglu G,Celik G,Misirligil Z.Influenza vaccination in patients with asthma: effect on the frequency of upper respiratory tract infections and exacerbations.J Asthma.2004;41:279283.
  20. Smits AJ,Hak E,Stalman WA,van Essen GA,Hoes AW,Verheij TJ.Clinical effectiveness of conventional influenza vaccination in asthmatic children.Epidemiol Infect.2002;128:205211.
  21. Bueving HJ,van der Wouden JC,Raat H, et al.Influenza vaccination in asthmatic children: effects on quality of life and symptoms.Eur Respir J.2004;24:925931.
  22. Bueving HJ,Bernsen RM,de Jongste JC, et al.Influenza vaccination in children with asthma: randomized double‐blind placebo‐controlled trial.Am J Respir Crit Care Med.2004;169:488493.
  23. Kramarz P,Destefano F,Gargiullo PM, et al.Does influenza vaccination prevent asthma exacerbations in children?J Pediatr.2001;138:306310.
  24. Red Book: Pharmacy's Fundamental Reference.2006 ed: Thomson Healthcare2006.
  25. Flu Vaccine Pre‐Book 2007‐08. Dubin Medical Incorporation. Available at: http://www.dubinmedical.com/news/index.htm. Accessed June 21,2007.
  26. Bureau of Labor Statistics Data. U.S. Department of Labor: Bureau of Labor Statistics; 2006. Available at: http://www.bls.gov. Accessed May 18,2007.
  27. Association Medical Association.Socioeconomics of medical practice, 1997.Am Med Assoc.1997;69(89):107.
  28. Mainous AG,Hueston WJ.The Cost of antibiotics in treating respiratory tract infections in a Medicaid population.Arch Fam Med.1998;7:4549.
  29. Khan AS,Polezhaev F,Vasiljeva R.Comparison of US inactivated split‐virus and Russian attenuated, cold‐adapted trivalent influenza vaccines in Russian schoolchildren.JInfect Dis.1996;173:453456.
  30. Adams PF,Marano MA.Current estimates from the National Health Interview Survey, 1994. National Health Statistics.Vital Health Stat.1995;10:193.
  31. Frank AL,Taber LH,Glezen WP,Geyer EA,McIlwain S,Paredes A.Influenza B virus infections in the community and the family. The epidemics of 1976‐1977 and 1979‐1980 in Houston, Texas.Am J Epidemiol.1983;118:313325.
  32. Hayden F,Belshe RB,Cloer RD,Hay AJ,Oakes MG,Soo W.Emergence and apparent transmission of rimantidine‐resistant influenza a virus in families.N Engl J Med.1989;321:16961702.
  33. Nichol KL,Lind A,Margolis KL, et al.The effectiveness ofvaccination against influenza in healthy, working adults.N Engl J Med.1995;333:889893.
  34. Nichol KL,Margolis KL,Wuorenma J,Von Sternberg T.The efficacy and cost effectiveness of vaccination against influenza among elderly persons living in the community.N Engl J Med.1994;331:778784.
References
  1. Foy HM,Cooney MK,Allan I.Longitudinal studies of types a and b influenza among Seattle schoolchildren and families.J Infect Dis.1976;134:362369.
  2. Glezen WP,Taber LH,Frank AL,Gruber WC,Piedra PA.Influenza virus infections in infants.Pediatr Infect Dis J.1997;16:10651068.
  3. Cohen GM,Nettleman MD.Economic impact of influenza vaccination in preschool children.Pediatrics.2000;106:973976.
  4. Hall JL,Katz BZ.Cost of influenza hospitalization at a tertiary care children's hospital and its impact on the cost‐benefit analysis of the recommendation for universal influenza immunization in children age 6 to 23 months.J Pediatr.2005;147:807811.
  5. Keren R,Zaoutis TE,Saddlemire S,Luan XQ,Coffin SE.Direct medical cost of influenza‐related hospitalizations in children.Pediatrics.2006;118:e1321e1327.
  6. Nettleman MD,White T,Lavoie S,Chafin C.School absenteeism, parental work loss, and acceptance of childhood influenza vaccination.Am J Med Sci.2001;321:178180.
  7. Neuzil KM,Hohlbein C,Zhu Y.Illness among schoolchildren during influenza season: effect on school absenteeism, parental absenteeism from work, and secondary illness in families.Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med.2002;156:986991.
  8. Neuzil KM,Mellen BG,Wright PF,Mitchel EF,Griffin MR.The effect of influenza on hospitalizations, outpatient visits, and courses of antibiotics in children.N Engl J Med.2000;342:225231.
  9. Neuzil KM,Wright PF,Mitchel EF,Griffin MR.The burden of influenza illness in children with asthma and other chronic medical conditions.J Pediatr.2000;137:856864.
  10. Poehling KA,Edwards KM,Weinberg GA, et al.The underrecognized burden of influenza in young children.N Engl J Med.2006;355(1):3140.
  11. Smith NM,Bresee JS,Shay DK,Uyeki TM,Cox NJ,Strikas RA.Prevention and control of influenza: recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP).MMWR Recomm Rep.2006;55(RR‐10):142.
  12. Brim SN,Rudd RA,Funk RH,Callahan DB.Influenza vaccination coverage among children with asthma—United States, 2004–05 influenza season.MMWR Weekly.2007;56(9):193196.
  13. Fairchok MP,Trementozzi DP,Carter PS,Regnery HL,Carter ER.Effect of prednisone on response to influenza virus vaccine in asthmatic children.Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med.1998;152:11911195.
  14. Park CL,Frank AL,Sullivan M,Jindal P,Baxter BD.Influenza vaccination of children during acute asthma exacerbation and concurrent prednisone therapy.Pediatrics.1996;98(2 Pt 1):196200.
  15. White T,Lavoie S,Nettleman MD.Potential cost savings attributable to influenza vaccination of school‐aged children.Pediatrics.1999;103:e73.
  16. Cunningham SJ.Providing immunizations in a pediatric emergency department: underimmunization rates and parental acceptance.Pediatr Emerg Care.1999;15:255259.
  17. Szilagyi P RL,Savageau J,Yoos L,Doane C.Improving influenza vaccination rates in children with asthma: a test of a computerized reminder system and an analysis of factors predicting vaccination compliance.Pediatrics.1992;90:871875.
  18. HealthCare Cost and Utilization Project: Kids' Inpatient Database (KID)2000. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.
  19. Abadoglu O,Mungan D,Pasaoglu G,Celik G,Misirligil Z.Influenza vaccination in patients with asthma: effect on the frequency of upper respiratory tract infections and exacerbations.J Asthma.2004;41:279283.
  20. Smits AJ,Hak E,Stalman WA,van Essen GA,Hoes AW,Verheij TJ.Clinical effectiveness of conventional influenza vaccination in asthmatic children.Epidemiol Infect.2002;128:205211.
  21. Bueving HJ,van der Wouden JC,Raat H, et al.Influenza vaccination in asthmatic children: effects on quality of life and symptoms.Eur Respir J.2004;24:925931.
  22. Bueving HJ,Bernsen RM,de Jongste JC, et al.Influenza vaccination in children with asthma: randomized double‐blind placebo‐controlled trial.Am J Respir Crit Care Med.2004;169:488493.
  23. Kramarz P,Destefano F,Gargiullo PM, et al.Does influenza vaccination prevent asthma exacerbations in children?J Pediatr.2001;138:306310.
  24. Red Book: Pharmacy's Fundamental Reference.2006 ed: Thomson Healthcare2006.
  25. Flu Vaccine Pre‐Book 2007‐08. Dubin Medical Incorporation. Available at: http://www.dubinmedical.com/news/index.htm. Accessed June 21,2007.
  26. Bureau of Labor Statistics Data. U.S. Department of Labor: Bureau of Labor Statistics; 2006. Available at: http://www.bls.gov. Accessed May 18,2007.
  27. Association Medical Association.Socioeconomics of medical practice, 1997.Am Med Assoc.1997;69(89):107.
  28. Mainous AG,Hueston WJ.The Cost of antibiotics in treating respiratory tract infections in a Medicaid population.Arch Fam Med.1998;7:4549.
  29. Khan AS,Polezhaev F,Vasiljeva R.Comparison of US inactivated split‐virus and Russian attenuated, cold‐adapted trivalent influenza vaccines in Russian schoolchildren.JInfect Dis.1996;173:453456.
  30. Adams PF,Marano MA.Current estimates from the National Health Interview Survey, 1994. National Health Statistics.Vital Health Stat.1995;10:193.
  31. Frank AL,Taber LH,Glezen WP,Geyer EA,McIlwain S,Paredes A.Influenza B virus infections in the community and the family. The epidemics of 1976‐1977 and 1979‐1980 in Houston, Texas.Am J Epidemiol.1983;118:313325.
  32. Hayden F,Belshe RB,Cloer RD,Hay AJ,Oakes MG,Soo W.Emergence and apparent transmission of rimantidine‐resistant influenza a virus in families.N Engl J Med.1989;321:16961702.
  33. Nichol KL,Lind A,Margolis KL, et al.The effectiveness ofvaccination against influenza in healthy, working adults.N Engl J Med.1995;333:889893.
  34. Nichol KL,Margolis KL,Wuorenma J,Von Sternberg T.The efficacy and cost effectiveness of vaccination against influenza among elderly persons living in the community.N Engl J Med.1994;331:778784.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
134-141
Page Number
134-141
Article Type
Display Headline
Cost effectiveness of an inpatient influenza immunization assessment and delivery program for children with asthma
Display Headline
Cost effectiveness of an inpatient influenza immunization assessment and delivery program for children with asthma
Legacy Keywords
asthma, vaccination, quality improvement, outcomes measurement, influenza, cost‐effective analysis
Legacy Keywords
asthma, vaccination, quality improvement, outcomes measurement, influenza, cost‐effective analysis
Sections
Article Source

Copyright © 2008 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Medical University of South Carolina, 135 Rutledge Avenue, P.O. Box 25051, Charleston, SC 29425
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Diagnosis of Exclusion

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
A diagnosis of exclusion

A 26‐year‐old woman was brought to the emergency department following several episodes of seizures. The patient's friend witnessed several 15‐minute episodes of sudden jerks and tremors of her right arm during which the patient bit her tongue, had word‐finding difficulty, had horizontal eye deviation, and was incontinent of urine. She became unresponsive during the episodes, with incomplete recovery of consciousness between attacks. She was afebrile. Her neurologic exam 4 hours after several seizures revealed word‐finding difficulty and right arm weakness. A complete blood count, chemistry panel including renal and liver function tests, urine toxicology screen, and computed tomography (CT) of the head were normal. After a loading dose of fosphenytoin, the patient did not experience further seizures and was discharged on a maintenance dose of phenytoin.

Over the next week, the patient continued to note a sensation of heaviness in her right arm and felt fatigued. The patient's mother brought her back to the emergency department after witnessing a similar seizure episode that persisted for an hour. On arrival, the patient was no longer seizing.

Although it can sometimes be difficult to differentiate between seizure, stroke, syncope, and other causes of transient loss of consciousness, this constellation of symptoms strongly points to a seizure. I would classify the patient's focal arm movements associated with impaired consciousness as partial complex seizures. One of the first considerations is determining whether the seizure is caused by a systemic process or by an intrinsic central nervous system disorder. Common systemic illnesses include infections, metabolic disturbances, toxins, and malignancies, none of which are evident on the preliminary evaluation. The absence of fever is important as is the time frame (now extending over 1 week) in excluding acute bacterial meningitis. A negative urine toxicology is very helpful but does not exclude the possibility that the seizure is from unmeasured drug intoxication, for example, tricyclic antidepressants, or from drug withdrawal, for example, benzodiazepines, barbiturates, ethanol, and antiepileptic drugs. The persistent right arm heaviness and right arm jerking during the seizures suggest a left cortical focus that the CT scan did not detect. Without a clear diagnosis and with recurrent seizures despite antiepileptic drugs, hospitalization is warranted.

The patient experienced migraine headaches each month during menses. There was no family history of seizures. Her only medication was phenytoin. The mother was unaware of any use of tobacco, alcohol, or recreational drugs. The patient was raised in New Jersey and moved to the San Francisco Bay area 9 months ago. She had no pets and had traveled to Florida and Montreal in the past 6 months. She was a graduate student in performing arts. During the preceding 2 weeks she had been under significant stress and had not slept much in preparation for an upcoming production. The patient's mother was not aware of any head trauma, recent illness, fevers, chills, weight loss, photosensitivity, arthralgias, nausea, vomiting, or diarrhea.

Recent sleep deprivation could provoke seizures in a patient with a latent anatomic focus or metabolic predisposition. Nonadherence to antiepileptic drug therapy is the most common reason for patients to present to the ED with seizures; therefore, I would check a phenytoin level to assess whether she is at a therapeutic level and would consider administering another loading dose. In the absence of immunocompromise or unusual activities or exposures, North American travel does not bring to mind additional etiologies at this time.

On exam, temperature was 37.3C, blood pressure was 148/84 mm Hg, heart rate was 120 per minute, and respiratory rate was 16 per minute. The patient was stuporous and withdrew from painful stimuli. She was unable to speak. Pupils were 4 mm in diameter and reacted to light. No gaze preference or nystagmus was present. There was no meningismus. Deep tendon reflexes were 1+ and symmetrical in both upper and lower extremities. Plantar reflexes were extensor bilaterally. The tone in the right upper extremity was mildly increased compared to the left. The patient demonstrated semipurposeful movement of the limbs, such as reaching for the bed rails with her arms. Examination of the heart, lungs, abdomen, skin, and oropharynx was normal.

The white blood cell count was 22,300/mm3 with 50% neutrophils, 40% lymphocytes, 7% monocytes, and 3% eosinophils. Results of the chemistry panel including electrolytes, glucose, creatinine, and liver enzymes, urinalysis, and thyroid‐stimulating hormone were normal. Serum phenytoin level was 8.1 g/mL. Urine toxicology screen, obtained after the patient had received lorazepam, was positive only for benzodiazepines. A chest radiograph was normal.

The cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) was colorless, containing 35 white blood cells/mm3 (48% lymphocytes, 30% neutrophils, 22% monocytes), 3 red blood cells/mm3, 62 mg/dL protein, and 50 mg/dL glucose. There was no xanthochromia. The CSF was negative for cryptococcal antigen, antibodies to West Nile virus, PCR for herpes simplex viruses‐1 and ‐2, and PCR for Borrelia burgdorferi. CSF bacterial culture, cryptococcal antigen, and AFB stain were negative. The serum antinuclear antibody, rheumatoid factor, and rapid plasma reagin were negative. Serum antibodies to human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis B and C viruses, Borrelia burgdorferi, and herpes simplex viruses were negative. The erythrocyte sedimentation rate was 25 mm/hr. There was no growth in her blood cultures.

These CSF findings have to be interpreted in light of her clinical picture, as they are congruent with both an aseptic meningitis and encephalitis. In practice, these can be hard to distinguish, but the early and dominant cortical findings (focal neurologic deficits, prominent altered mental status, bilateral extensor plantar reflexes) and absence of meningeal signs favor encephalitis. This CSF profile can be seen in a variety of disease processes causing a meningoencephalitis, including partially treated bacterial meningitis; meningitis due to viruses, fungi, mycobacteria, or atypical bacteria (eg, Listeria); neurosarcoidosis; carcinomatous meningitis; and infection or inflammation from a parameningeal focus in the sinuses, epidural space, or brain parenchyma. Seizure itself can lead to a postictal pleocytosis in the CSF, although this degree of inflammation would be unusual. Many tests can be sent, and the clinicians appropriately focused on some of the most treatable and serious etiologies first. The negative HIV test limits the list of opportunistic pathogens. The negative ANA substantially lowers the likelihood of systemic lupus, an important consideration in a young woman with an inflammatory disorder involving the central nervous system.

Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) of the brain showed cortical T2 prolongation with significant enhancement with gadolinium in the cortex and leptomeninges of the left parietal and posterotemporal lobes and right cingulate gyrus region (Fig. 1). The patient was admitted to the intensive care unit, and phenytoin and levetiracetam were administered. Over the next several days, she remained afebrile, and her leukocytosis resolved. She continued to have seizures every day despite receiving phenytoin, levetiracetam, and lamotrigine. She was alert and complained about persistent right arm weakness and word‐finding difficulties. Posterior cervical lymphadenopathy at the base of her left occiput was detected on subsequent exam.

Figure 1
Brain MRI showed significant enhancement with gadolinium in the cortex and leptomeninges of left parietal and posterotemporal lobes and right cingulate gyrus region.

An excisional lymph node biopsy demonstrated extensive necrosis without evidence of granulomata, malignancy, or lymphoproliferative disease. Stains and cultures for bacteria, fungi, and mycobacteria were negative. The patient's electroencephalogram captured epileptiform activity over the left hemisphere 2 hours after a cluster of seizures. MR angiography and cerebral angiography demonstrated no abnormalities.

Despite this additional information, there is no distinguishing clue that points to a single diagnosis. This is a 26‐year‐old healthy, seemingly immunocompetent woman who has had a 2‐week progressive and refractory seizure disorder secondary to a multifocal neuroinvasive process with a CSF pleocytosis. She does not have evidence of a systemic underlying disorder, save for nonspecific localized lymphadenopathy and a transient episode of leukocytosis on admission, and has no distinguishing epidemiological factors or exposures.

Despite my initial concerns for infectious meningoencephalitis, the negative stains, serologies, and cultures of the blood, CSF, and lymph nodes in the setting of a normal immune system and no suspect exposure substantially lower this probability. Arthropod‐borne viruses are still possible, especially West Nile virus, because the serological tests are less sensitive early in the illness, acknowledging that the absence of fever, weakness, and known mosquito bites detracts from this diagnosis. Pathogens that cause regional lymphadenopathy and encephalitis such as Bartonella remain possibilities, as the history of exposure to a kitten can be easily overlooked.

Rheumatologic disorders merit close attention in a young woman, but the negative ANA makes lupus cerebritis unlikely, and the 2 angiograms did not detect evidence of vasculitis. Finally, there is the question of malignancy and other miscellaneous infiltrative disorders (such as sarcoid), which are of importance here because of the multifocal cortical involvement on imaging.

At this point, I would resample the CSF for viral etiologies (eg, West Nile virus) and cytology and would send serum Bartonella serologies. If these studies were negative, a brain biopsy, primarily to exclude malignancy but also to uncover an unsuspected process, would be indicated. I cannot make a definitive diagnosis or find a perfect fit here, but in the absence of strong evidence of an infection, I am concerned about a malignancy, perhaps a low‐grade primary brain tumor.

Brain biopsy of the leptomeninges and cortex of the left parietal lobe showed multiple blood vessels infiltrated by lymphocytes, neutrophils, and eosinophils (Fig. 2). The pattern of inflammation was consistent with primary angiitis of the central nervous system (PACNS). The patient received 1 g of intravenous methylprednisolone on 3 consecutive days, followed by oral prednisone and cyclophosphamide. The seizures ceased, and she made steady progress with rehabilitation therapy. Four months after discharge a cerebral angiogram (done to ensure there was no interval evidence of vasculitis prior to tapering therapy) demonstrated patency of all major intracranial arteries and venous sinuses.

Figure 2
Biopsy of the leptomeninges and cortex of the left parietal lobe showed multiple blood vessels infiltrated by lymphocytes, neutrophils, and eosinophils consistent with PACNS.

COMMENTARY

When a patient presents with symptoms or signs referable to the central nervous system (CNS), hospitalists must simultaneously consider primary neurologic disorders and systemic diseases that involve the CNS. Initial evaluation includes a thorough history and physical examination, basic lab studies, routine CSF analysis, and neuroimaging (often a CT scan of the head). Complicated neurologic cases may warrant more elaborate testing including EEG, brain MRI, cerebral angiography, and specialized blood and CSF studies. Clinicians may still find themselves faced with a patient who has clear CNS dysfunction but no obvious diagnosis despite an exhaustive and expensive evaluation. Several disorders match this profile including intravascular lymphoma, prion diseases, paraneoplastic syndromes, and cerebritis. Primary angiitis of the central nervous system (PACNS), a rare disorder characterized by inflammation of the medium‐sized and small arteries of the CNS, is among these disorders. Although the aforementioned diseases may sometimes have suggestive or even pathognomonic features (eg, the string of beads angiographic appearance in vasculitides), they are challenging to diagnose when such findings are absent.

Like any vasculitis of the CNS, PACNS may present with a wide spectrum of clinical features.12 Although headache and altered mental status are the most common complaints, paresis, seizures, ataxia, visual changes, and aphasia have all been described. The onset of symptoms ranges from acute to chronic, and neurologic deficits can be focal or diffuse. Systemic manifestations such as fever and weight loss are rare. The average age of onset is 42 years, with no significant sex preponderance. The histopathology of PACNS is granulomatous inflammation of arteries in the parenchyma and leptomeninges of the brain and less commonly in the spinal cord. The narrowing of the affected vessels causes cerebral ischemia and the associated neurologic deficits. The trigger for this focal inflammation is unknown.

After common disorders have been excluded in cases of CNS dysfunction, compatible CSF findings and imaging results may prompt consideration of PACNS. CSF analysis in patients with PACNS typically demonstrates a lymphocytic pleocytosis. MRI abnormalities in PACNS include multiple infarcts in the cortex, deep white matter, or leptomeninges.34 Less specific findings are contrast enhancement in the leptomeninges and white matter disease, both of which may direct the site for meningeal and brain biopsy.

Both brain MRA and cerebral angiography have a limited role in the diagnosis of vasculitis within the CNS. In 18 patients with CNS vasculitis due to autoimmune disease, all had parenchymal abnormalities on MRA but only 65% had evidence of vasculitis on angiography. In 2 retrospective studies of patients with suspected PACNS, abnormal angiograms had a specificity less than 30% for PACNS, whereas brain biopsies had a negative predictive value of 70%.57 Although in practice patients with compatible clinical features are sometimes diagnosed with CNS vasculitis on the basis of angiographic findings, brain biopsy is necessary to differentiate vasculitis from other vasculopathies and to establish a definitive diagnosis.

Before a diagnosis of PACNS is made, care must be taken to exclude infections, neoplasms, and autoimmune processes that cause angiitis of the CNS (Table 1). The presence of any extracranial abnormalities (which were not present in this case) should prompt consideration of an underlying systemic disorder causing a secondary CNS vasculitis and should cast doubt on the diagnosis of PACNS. Meningovascular syphilis and tuberculosis are among the long list of infections that may cause inflammation of the CNS vasculature. Autoimmune disorders that may cause vasculitis inside the brain include polyarteritis nodosa and Wegener's granulomatosis. Reversible cerebral vasoconstrictive disease, which is most commonly seen in women ages 20 to 50, and sympathomimetic toxins such as cocaine and amphetamine may exhibit clinical and angiographic abnormalities indistinguishable from PACNS.89

Systemic Diseases That Cause CNS Vasculopathy
Infection: Viruses (HIV, varicella‐zoster virus, hepatitis C virus), syphilis, Borrelia burgdorferi, Bartonella, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, fungi (Aspergillus, Coccidioides), bacteria.
Autoimmune: Polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, temporal arteritis, cryoglobulinemic vasculitis, lupus vasculitis, rheumatoid vasculitis.
Toxins: Amphetamine, cocaine, ephedrine, heroin.
Malignancy: Primary CNS lymphoma, angioimmunoproliferative disorders, infiltrating glioma.

There are no prospective trials investigating PACNS treatment. Aggressive immunosuppression with cyclophosphamide and glucocorticoids is the mainstay of treatment. The duration of treatment varies with the severity of the disease and response to therapy. One study suggests that treatment should be continued for 6 to 12 months.10 Neurologic deficits may remain irreversible because of scarring of the affected vessels. Serial brain MRI examinations are often used to follow radiographic resolution during and after the therapy, although radiographic changes do not predict clinical response.11 New abnormalities on MRI, however, delay any tapering of treatment. The availability of neuroimaging studies and immunosuppressive therapy has improved the prognosis of PACNS. One study reported a favorable outcome with a 29% relapse rate and a 10% mortality rate in 54 patients over a mean follow‐up period of 35 months.12

PACNS remains a challenging diagnosis because of its rarity, the wide range of neurologic manifestations, and the difficulty in establishing a diagnosis noninvasively. It is an extremely uncommon disease but should be considered in patients with unexplained neurologic deficits referable to the CNS alone after an exhaustive workup. Ultimately, the diagnosis is made by a thorough history and physical examination, exclusion of underlying conditions (particularly systemic vasculitides and infections), and histological confirmation.

Key Points for Hospitalists

  • Serious disorders that may present with CNS abnormalities and nondiagnostic abnormal findings on lumbar puncture, brain MRI, and cerebral angiography include intravascular lymphoma, prion diseases, cerebritis, paraneoplastic syndromes, and CNS vasculitis.

  • PACNS is a challenging diagnosis with varied clinical features and often normal angiographic findings. In particular, the specificity of brain MRA and cerebral angiography is low. Although PACNS is rare, it should be on the differential diagnosis, as the condition is fatal without prompt treatment.

  • A diagnosis of PACNS is made only after excluding secondary causes of CNS vasculitis such as infections, malignancies, autoimmune conditions, reversible cerebral vasoconstrictive disease, and medications. The diagnosis is confirmed with a biopsy of the brain and meninges.

References
  1. Jennette JC,Falk RJ.Medical progress: small‐vessel vasculitis.N Engl J Med.1997;337:15121523.
  2. Koopman WJ,Moreland LW.Arthritis and Allied Conditions: A Textbook of Rheumatology.15th ed.Philadelphia:Lippincott Williams 2005.
  3. Shoemaker EI,Lin ZS,Rae‐Grant AD,Little B.Primary angiitis of the central nervous system: unusual MR appearance.Am J Neuroradiol.1994;15:331334.
  4. Wynne PJ,Younger DS,Khandji A,Silver AJ.Radiographic features of central nervous system vasculitis.Neurol Clin.1997;15:779804.
  5. Kadkhodayan Y,Alreshaid A,Moran CJ,Cross DT,Powers WJ,Derdeyn CP.Primary angiitis of the central nervous system at conventional angiography.Radiology.2004;233:878882.
  6. Pomper MG,Miller TJ,Stone JH,Tidmore WC,Hellmann DB.CNS vasculitis in autoimmune disease: MR imaging findings and correlation with angiography.Am J Neuroradiol.1999;20:7585.
  7. Duna GF,Calabrese LH.Limitations of invasive modalities in the diagnosis of primary angiitis of the central nervous system.J Rheumatol.1995;22:662667.
  8. Buxton N,McConachie NS.Amphetamine abuse and intracranial haemorrhage.J R Soc Med.2000;93:472477.
  9. Calabrese LH,Duna GF.Drug‐induced vasculitis.Curr Opin Rheumatol.1996;8:3440.
  10. Calabrese LH,Duna GF,Lie JT.Vasculitis in the central nervous system.Arthritis Rheum.1997;40:11891201.
  11. Calabrese LH.Therapy of systemic vasculitis.Neurol Clin.1997;15:973991.
  12. Hajj‐Ali RA,Villa‐Forte A,Abou‐Chebel A, et al.Long‐term outcomes of patients with primary angiitis of the central nervous system.Arthritis Rheum.2000;43:S162.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
162-166
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

A 26‐year‐old woman was brought to the emergency department following several episodes of seizures. The patient's friend witnessed several 15‐minute episodes of sudden jerks and tremors of her right arm during which the patient bit her tongue, had word‐finding difficulty, had horizontal eye deviation, and was incontinent of urine. She became unresponsive during the episodes, with incomplete recovery of consciousness between attacks. She was afebrile. Her neurologic exam 4 hours after several seizures revealed word‐finding difficulty and right arm weakness. A complete blood count, chemistry panel including renal and liver function tests, urine toxicology screen, and computed tomography (CT) of the head were normal. After a loading dose of fosphenytoin, the patient did not experience further seizures and was discharged on a maintenance dose of phenytoin.

Over the next week, the patient continued to note a sensation of heaviness in her right arm and felt fatigued. The patient's mother brought her back to the emergency department after witnessing a similar seizure episode that persisted for an hour. On arrival, the patient was no longer seizing.

Although it can sometimes be difficult to differentiate between seizure, stroke, syncope, and other causes of transient loss of consciousness, this constellation of symptoms strongly points to a seizure. I would classify the patient's focal arm movements associated with impaired consciousness as partial complex seizures. One of the first considerations is determining whether the seizure is caused by a systemic process or by an intrinsic central nervous system disorder. Common systemic illnesses include infections, metabolic disturbances, toxins, and malignancies, none of which are evident on the preliminary evaluation. The absence of fever is important as is the time frame (now extending over 1 week) in excluding acute bacterial meningitis. A negative urine toxicology is very helpful but does not exclude the possibility that the seizure is from unmeasured drug intoxication, for example, tricyclic antidepressants, or from drug withdrawal, for example, benzodiazepines, barbiturates, ethanol, and antiepileptic drugs. The persistent right arm heaviness and right arm jerking during the seizures suggest a left cortical focus that the CT scan did not detect. Without a clear diagnosis and with recurrent seizures despite antiepileptic drugs, hospitalization is warranted.

The patient experienced migraine headaches each month during menses. There was no family history of seizures. Her only medication was phenytoin. The mother was unaware of any use of tobacco, alcohol, or recreational drugs. The patient was raised in New Jersey and moved to the San Francisco Bay area 9 months ago. She had no pets and had traveled to Florida and Montreal in the past 6 months. She was a graduate student in performing arts. During the preceding 2 weeks she had been under significant stress and had not slept much in preparation for an upcoming production. The patient's mother was not aware of any head trauma, recent illness, fevers, chills, weight loss, photosensitivity, arthralgias, nausea, vomiting, or diarrhea.

Recent sleep deprivation could provoke seizures in a patient with a latent anatomic focus or metabolic predisposition. Nonadherence to antiepileptic drug therapy is the most common reason for patients to present to the ED with seizures; therefore, I would check a phenytoin level to assess whether she is at a therapeutic level and would consider administering another loading dose. In the absence of immunocompromise or unusual activities or exposures, North American travel does not bring to mind additional etiologies at this time.

On exam, temperature was 37.3C, blood pressure was 148/84 mm Hg, heart rate was 120 per minute, and respiratory rate was 16 per minute. The patient was stuporous and withdrew from painful stimuli. She was unable to speak. Pupils were 4 mm in diameter and reacted to light. No gaze preference or nystagmus was present. There was no meningismus. Deep tendon reflexes were 1+ and symmetrical in both upper and lower extremities. Plantar reflexes were extensor bilaterally. The tone in the right upper extremity was mildly increased compared to the left. The patient demonstrated semipurposeful movement of the limbs, such as reaching for the bed rails with her arms. Examination of the heart, lungs, abdomen, skin, and oropharynx was normal.

The white blood cell count was 22,300/mm3 with 50% neutrophils, 40% lymphocytes, 7% monocytes, and 3% eosinophils. Results of the chemistry panel including electrolytes, glucose, creatinine, and liver enzymes, urinalysis, and thyroid‐stimulating hormone were normal. Serum phenytoin level was 8.1 g/mL. Urine toxicology screen, obtained after the patient had received lorazepam, was positive only for benzodiazepines. A chest radiograph was normal.

The cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) was colorless, containing 35 white blood cells/mm3 (48% lymphocytes, 30% neutrophils, 22% monocytes), 3 red blood cells/mm3, 62 mg/dL protein, and 50 mg/dL glucose. There was no xanthochromia. The CSF was negative for cryptococcal antigen, antibodies to West Nile virus, PCR for herpes simplex viruses‐1 and ‐2, and PCR for Borrelia burgdorferi. CSF bacterial culture, cryptococcal antigen, and AFB stain were negative. The serum antinuclear antibody, rheumatoid factor, and rapid plasma reagin were negative. Serum antibodies to human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis B and C viruses, Borrelia burgdorferi, and herpes simplex viruses were negative. The erythrocyte sedimentation rate was 25 mm/hr. There was no growth in her blood cultures.

These CSF findings have to be interpreted in light of her clinical picture, as they are congruent with both an aseptic meningitis and encephalitis. In practice, these can be hard to distinguish, but the early and dominant cortical findings (focal neurologic deficits, prominent altered mental status, bilateral extensor plantar reflexes) and absence of meningeal signs favor encephalitis. This CSF profile can be seen in a variety of disease processes causing a meningoencephalitis, including partially treated bacterial meningitis; meningitis due to viruses, fungi, mycobacteria, or atypical bacteria (eg, Listeria); neurosarcoidosis; carcinomatous meningitis; and infection or inflammation from a parameningeal focus in the sinuses, epidural space, or brain parenchyma. Seizure itself can lead to a postictal pleocytosis in the CSF, although this degree of inflammation would be unusual. Many tests can be sent, and the clinicians appropriately focused on some of the most treatable and serious etiologies first. The negative HIV test limits the list of opportunistic pathogens. The negative ANA substantially lowers the likelihood of systemic lupus, an important consideration in a young woman with an inflammatory disorder involving the central nervous system.

Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) of the brain showed cortical T2 prolongation with significant enhancement with gadolinium in the cortex and leptomeninges of the left parietal and posterotemporal lobes and right cingulate gyrus region (Fig. 1). The patient was admitted to the intensive care unit, and phenytoin and levetiracetam were administered. Over the next several days, she remained afebrile, and her leukocytosis resolved. She continued to have seizures every day despite receiving phenytoin, levetiracetam, and lamotrigine. She was alert and complained about persistent right arm weakness and word‐finding difficulties. Posterior cervical lymphadenopathy at the base of her left occiput was detected on subsequent exam.

Figure 1
Brain MRI showed significant enhancement with gadolinium in the cortex and leptomeninges of left parietal and posterotemporal lobes and right cingulate gyrus region.

An excisional lymph node biopsy demonstrated extensive necrosis without evidence of granulomata, malignancy, or lymphoproliferative disease. Stains and cultures for bacteria, fungi, and mycobacteria were negative. The patient's electroencephalogram captured epileptiform activity over the left hemisphere 2 hours after a cluster of seizures. MR angiography and cerebral angiography demonstrated no abnormalities.

Despite this additional information, there is no distinguishing clue that points to a single diagnosis. This is a 26‐year‐old healthy, seemingly immunocompetent woman who has had a 2‐week progressive and refractory seizure disorder secondary to a multifocal neuroinvasive process with a CSF pleocytosis. She does not have evidence of a systemic underlying disorder, save for nonspecific localized lymphadenopathy and a transient episode of leukocytosis on admission, and has no distinguishing epidemiological factors or exposures.

Despite my initial concerns for infectious meningoencephalitis, the negative stains, serologies, and cultures of the blood, CSF, and lymph nodes in the setting of a normal immune system and no suspect exposure substantially lower this probability. Arthropod‐borne viruses are still possible, especially West Nile virus, because the serological tests are less sensitive early in the illness, acknowledging that the absence of fever, weakness, and known mosquito bites detracts from this diagnosis. Pathogens that cause regional lymphadenopathy and encephalitis such as Bartonella remain possibilities, as the history of exposure to a kitten can be easily overlooked.

Rheumatologic disorders merit close attention in a young woman, but the negative ANA makes lupus cerebritis unlikely, and the 2 angiograms did not detect evidence of vasculitis. Finally, there is the question of malignancy and other miscellaneous infiltrative disorders (such as sarcoid), which are of importance here because of the multifocal cortical involvement on imaging.

At this point, I would resample the CSF for viral etiologies (eg, West Nile virus) and cytology and would send serum Bartonella serologies. If these studies were negative, a brain biopsy, primarily to exclude malignancy but also to uncover an unsuspected process, would be indicated. I cannot make a definitive diagnosis or find a perfect fit here, but in the absence of strong evidence of an infection, I am concerned about a malignancy, perhaps a low‐grade primary brain tumor.

Brain biopsy of the leptomeninges and cortex of the left parietal lobe showed multiple blood vessels infiltrated by lymphocytes, neutrophils, and eosinophils (Fig. 2). The pattern of inflammation was consistent with primary angiitis of the central nervous system (PACNS). The patient received 1 g of intravenous methylprednisolone on 3 consecutive days, followed by oral prednisone and cyclophosphamide. The seizures ceased, and she made steady progress with rehabilitation therapy. Four months after discharge a cerebral angiogram (done to ensure there was no interval evidence of vasculitis prior to tapering therapy) demonstrated patency of all major intracranial arteries and venous sinuses.

Figure 2
Biopsy of the leptomeninges and cortex of the left parietal lobe showed multiple blood vessels infiltrated by lymphocytes, neutrophils, and eosinophils consistent with PACNS.

COMMENTARY

When a patient presents with symptoms or signs referable to the central nervous system (CNS), hospitalists must simultaneously consider primary neurologic disorders and systemic diseases that involve the CNS. Initial evaluation includes a thorough history and physical examination, basic lab studies, routine CSF analysis, and neuroimaging (often a CT scan of the head). Complicated neurologic cases may warrant more elaborate testing including EEG, brain MRI, cerebral angiography, and specialized blood and CSF studies. Clinicians may still find themselves faced with a patient who has clear CNS dysfunction but no obvious diagnosis despite an exhaustive and expensive evaluation. Several disorders match this profile including intravascular lymphoma, prion diseases, paraneoplastic syndromes, and cerebritis. Primary angiitis of the central nervous system (PACNS), a rare disorder characterized by inflammation of the medium‐sized and small arteries of the CNS, is among these disorders. Although the aforementioned diseases may sometimes have suggestive or even pathognomonic features (eg, the string of beads angiographic appearance in vasculitides), they are challenging to diagnose when such findings are absent.

Like any vasculitis of the CNS, PACNS may present with a wide spectrum of clinical features.12 Although headache and altered mental status are the most common complaints, paresis, seizures, ataxia, visual changes, and aphasia have all been described. The onset of symptoms ranges from acute to chronic, and neurologic deficits can be focal or diffuse. Systemic manifestations such as fever and weight loss are rare. The average age of onset is 42 years, with no significant sex preponderance. The histopathology of PACNS is granulomatous inflammation of arteries in the parenchyma and leptomeninges of the brain and less commonly in the spinal cord. The narrowing of the affected vessels causes cerebral ischemia and the associated neurologic deficits. The trigger for this focal inflammation is unknown.

After common disorders have been excluded in cases of CNS dysfunction, compatible CSF findings and imaging results may prompt consideration of PACNS. CSF analysis in patients with PACNS typically demonstrates a lymphocytic pleocytosis. MRI abnormalities in PACNS include multiple infarcts in the cortex, deep white matter, or leptomeninges.34 Less specific findings are contrast enhancement in the leptomeninges and white matter disease, both of which may direct the site for meningeal and brain biopsy.

Both brain MRA and cerebral angiography have a limited role in the diagnosis of vasculitis within the CNS. In 18 patients with CNS vasculitis due to autoimmune disease, all had parenchymal abnormalities on MRA but only 65% had evidence of vasculitis on angiography. In 2 retrospective studies of patients with suspected PACNS, abnormal angiograms had a specificity less than 30% for PACNS, whereas brain biopsies had a negative predictive value of 70%.57 Although in practice patients with compatible clinical features are sometimes diagnosed with CNS vasculitis on the basis of angiographic findings, brain biopsy is necessary to differentiate vasculitis from other vasculopathies and to establish a definitive diagnosis.

Before a diagnosis of PACNS is made, care must be taken to exclude infections, neoplasms, and autoimmune processes that cause angiitis of the CNS (Table 1). The presence of any extracranial abnormalities (which were not present in this case) should prompt consideration of an underlying systemic disorder causing a secondary CNS vasculitis and should cast doubt on the diagnosis of PACNS. Meningovascular syphilis and tuberculosis are among the long list of infections that may cause inflammation of the CNS vasculature. Autoimmune disorders that may cause vasculitis inside the brain include polyarteritis nodosa and Wegener's granulomatosis. Reversible cerebral vasoconstrictive disease, which is most commonly seen in women ages 20 to 50, and sympathomimetic toxins such as cocaine and amphetamine may exhibit clinical and angiographic abnormalities indistinguishable from PACNS.89

Systemic Diseases That Cause CNS Vasculopathy
Infection: Viruses (HIV, varicella‐zoster virus, hepatitis C virus), syphilis, Borrelia burgdorferi, Bartonella, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, fungi (Aspergillus, Coccidioides), bacteria.
Autoimmune: Polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, temporal arteritis, cryoglobulinemic vasculitis, lupus vasculitis, rheumatoid vasculitis.
Toxins: Amphetamine, cocaine, ephedrine, heroin.
Malignancy: Primary CNS lymphoma, angioimmunoproliferative disorders, infiltrating glioma.

There are no prospective trials investigating PACNS treatment. Aggressive immunosuppression with cyclophosphamide and glucocorticoids is the mainstay of treatment. The duration of treatment varies with the severity of the disease and response to therapy. One study suggests that treatment should be continued for 6 to 12 months.10 Neurologic deficits may remain irreversible because of scarring of the affected vessels. Serial brain MRI examinations are often used to follow radiographic resolution during and after the therapy, although radiographic changes do not predict clinical response.11 New abnormalities on MRI, however, delay any tapering of treatment. The availability of neuroimaging studies and immunosuppressive therapy has improved the prognosis of PACNS. One study reported a favorable outcome with a 29% relapse rate and a 10% mortality rate in 54 patients over a mean follow‐up period of 35 months.12

PACNS remains a challenging diagnosis because of its rarity, the wide range of neurologic manifestations, and the difficulty in establishing a diagnosis noninvasively. It is an extremely uncommon disease but should be considered in patients with unexplained neurologic deficits referable to the CNS alone after an exhaustive workup. Ultimately, the diagnosis is made by a thorough history and physical examination, exclusion of underlying conditions (particularly systemic vasculitides and infections), and histological confirmation.

Key Points for Hospitalists

  • Serious disorders that may present with CNS abnormalities and nondiagnostic abnormal findings on lumbar puncture, brain MRI, and cerebral angiography include intravascular lymphoma, prion diseases, cerebritis, paraneoplastic syndromes, and CNS vasculitis.

  • PACNS is a challenging diagnosis with varied clinical features and often normal angiographic findings. In particular, the specificity of brain MRA and cerebral angiography is low. Although PACNS is rare, it should be on the differential diagnosis, as the condition is fatal without prompt treatment.

  • A diagnosis of PACNS is made only after excluding secondary causes of CNS vasculitis such as infections, malignancies, autoimmune conditions, reversible cerebral vasoconstrictive disease, and medications. The diagnosis is confirmed with a biopsy of the brain and meninges.

A 26‐year‐old woman was brought to the emergency department following several episodes of seizures. The patient's friend witnessed several 15‐minute episodes of sudden jerks and tremors of her right arm during which the patient bit her tongue, had word‐finding difficulty, had horizontal eye deviation, and was incontinent of urine. She became unresponsive during the episodes, with incomplete recovery of consciousness between attacks. She was afebrile. Her neurologic exam 4 hours after several seizures revealed word‐finding difficulty and right arm weakness. A complete blood count, chemistry panel including renal and liver function tests, urine toxicology screen, and computed tomography (CT) of the head were normal. After a loading dose of fosphenytoin, the patient did not experience further seizures and was discharged on a maintenance dose of phenytoin.

Over the next week, the patient continued to note a sensation of heaviness in her right arm and felt fatigued. The patient's mother brought her back to the emergency department after witnessing a similar seizure episode that persisted for an hour. On arrival, the patient was no longer seizing.

Although it can sometimes be difficult to differentiate between seizure, stroke, syncope, and other causes of transient loss of consciousness, this constellation of symptoms strongly points to a seizure. I would classify the patient's focal arm movements associated with impaired consciousness as partial complex seizures. One of the first considerations is determining whether the seizure is caused by a systemic process or by an intrinsic central nervous system disorder. Common systemic illnesses include infections, metabolic disturbances, toxins, and malignancies, none of which are evident on the preliminary evaluation. The absence of fever is important as is the time frame (now extending over 1 week) in excluding acute bacterial meningitis. A negative urine toxicology is very helpful but does not exclude the possibility that the seizure is from unmeasured drug intoxication, for example, tricyclic antidepressants, or from drug withdrawal, for example, benzodiazepines, barbiturates, ethanol, and antiepileptic drugs. The persistent right arm heaviness and right arm jerking during the seizures suggest a left cortical focus that the CT scan did not detect. Without a clear diagnosis and with recurrent seizures despite antiepileptic drugs, hospitalization is warranted.

The patient experienced migraine headaches each month during menses. There was no family history of seizures. Her only medication was phenytoin. The mother was unaware of any use of tobacco, alcohol, or recreational drugs. The patient was raised in New Jersey and moved to the San Francisco Bay area 9 months ago. She had no pets and had traveled to Florida and Montreal in the past 6 months. She was a graduate student in performing arts. During the preceding 2 weeks she had been under significant stress and had not slept much in preparation for an upcoming production. The patient's mother was not aware of any head trauma, recent illness, fevers, chills, weight loss, photosensitivity, arthralgias, nausea, vomiting, or diarrhea.

Recent sleep deprivation could provoke seizures in a patient with a latent anatomic focus or metabolic predisposition. Nonadherence to antiepileptic drug therapy is the most common reason for patients to present to the ED with seizures; therefore, I would check a phenytoin level to assess whether she is at a therapeutic level and would consider administering another loading dose. In the absence of immunocompromise or unusual activities or exposures, North American travel does not bring to mind additional etiologies at this time.

On exam, temperature was 37.3C, blood pressure was 148/84 mm Hg, heart rate was 120 per minute, and respiratory rate was 16 per minute. The patient was stuporous and withdrew from painful stimuli. She was unable to speak. Pupils were 4 mm in diameter and reacted to light. No gaze preference or nystagmus was present. There was no meningismus. Deep tendon reflexes were 1+ and symmetrical in both upper and lower extremities. Plantar reflexes were extensor bilaterally. The tone in the right upper extremity was mildly increased compared to the left. The patient demonstrated semipurposeful movement of the limbs, such as reaching for the bed rails with her arms. Examination of the heart, lungs, abdomen, skin, and oropharynx was normal.

The white blood cell count was 22,300/mm3 with 50% neutrophils, 40% lymphocytes, 7% monocytes, and 3% eosinophils. Results of the chemistry panel including electrolytes, glucose, creatinine, and liver enzymes, urinalysis, and thyroid‐stimulating hormone were normal. Serum phenytoin level was 8.1 g/mL. Urine toxicology screen, obtained after the patient had received lorazepam, was positive only for benzodiazepines. A chest radiograph was normal.

The cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) was colorless, containing 35 white blood cells/mm3 (48% lymphocytes, 30% neutrophils, 22% monocytes), 3 red blood cells/mm3, 62 mg/dL protein, and 50 mg/dL glucose. There was no xanthochromia. The CSF was negative for cryptococcal antigen, antibodies to West Nile virus, PCR for herpes simplex viruses‐1 and ‐2, and PCR for Borrelia burgdorferi. CSF bacterial culture, cryptococcal antigen, and AFB stain were negative. The serum antinuclear antibody, rheumatoid factor, and rapid plasma reagin were negative. Serum antibodies to human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis B and C viruses, Borrelia burgdorferi, and herpes simplex viruses were negative. The erythrocyte sedimentation rate was 25 mm/hr. There was no growth in her blood cultures.

These CSF findings have to be interpreted in light of her clinical picture, as they are congruent with both an aseptic meningitis and encephalitis. In practice, these can be hard to distinguish, but the early and dominant cortical findings (focal neurologic deficits, prominent altered mental status, bilateral extensor plantar reflexes) and absence of meningeal signs favor encephalitis. This CSF profile can be seen in a variety of disease processes causing a meningoencephalitis, including partially treated bacterial meningitis; meningitis due to viruses, fungi, mycobacteria, or atypical bacteria (eg, Listeria); neurosarcoidosis; carcinomatous meningitis; and infection or inflammation from a parameningeal focus in the sinuses, epidural space, or brain parenchyma. Seizure itself can lead to a postictal pleocytosis in the CSF, although this degree of inflammation would be unusual. Many tests can be sent, and the clinicians appropriately focused on some of the most treatable and serious etiologies first. The negative HIV test limits the list of opportunistic pathogens. The negative ANA substantially lowers the likelihood of systemic lupus, an important consideration in a young woman with an inflammatory disorder involving the central nervous system.

Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) of the brain showed cortical T2 prolongation with significant enhancement with gadolinium in the cortex and leptomeninges of the left parietal and posterotemporal lobes and right cingulate gyrus region (Fig. 1). The patient was admitted to the intensive care unit, and phenytoin and levetiracetam were administered. Over the next several days, she remained afebrile, and her leukocytosis resolved. She continued to have seizures every day despite receiving phenytoin, levetiracetam, and lamotrigine. She was alert and complained about persistent right arm weakness and word‐finding difficulties. Posterior cervical lymphadenopathy at the base of her left occiput was detected on subsequent exam.

Figure 1
Brain MRI showed significant enhancement with gadolinium in the cortex and leptomeninges of left parietal and posterotemporal lobes and right cingulate gyrus region.

An excisional lymph node biopsy demonstrated extensive necrosis without evidence of granulomata, malignancy, or lymphoproliferative disease. Stains and cultures for bacteria, fungi, and mycobacteria were negative. The patient's electroencephalogram captured epileptiform activity over the left hemisphere 2 hours after a cluster of seizures. MR angiography and cerebral angiography demonstrated no abnormalities.

Despite this additional information, there is no distinguishing clue that points to a single diagnosis. This is a 26‐year‐old healthy, seemingly immunocompetent woman who has had a 2‐week progressive and refractory seizure disorder secondary to a multifocal neuroinvasive process with a CSF pleocytosis. She does not have evidence of a systemic underlying disorder, save for nonspecific localized lymphadenopathy and a transient episode of leukocytosis on admission, and has no distinguishing epidemiological factors or exposures.

Despite my initial concerns for infectious meningoencephalitis, the negative stains, serologies, and cultures of the blood, CSF, and lymph nodes in the setting of a normal immune system and no suspect exposure substantially lower this probability. Arthropod‐borne viruses are still possible, especially West Nile virus, because the serological tests are less sensitive early in the illness, acknowledging that the absence of fever, weakness, and known mosquito bites detracts from this diagnosis. Pathogens that cause regional lymphadenopathy and encephalitis such as Bartonella remain possibilities, as the history of exposure to a kitten can be easily overlooked.

Rheumatologic disorders merit close attention in a young woman, but the negative ANA makes lupus cerebritis unlikely, and the 2 angiograms did not detect evidence of vasculitis. Finally, there is the question of malignancy and other miscellaneous infiltrative disorders (such as sarcoid), which are of importance here because of the multifocal cortical involvement on imaging.

At this point, I would resample the CSF for viral etiologies (eg, West Nile virus) and cytology and would send serum Bartonella serologies. If these studies were negative, a brain biopsy, primarily to exclude malignancy but also to uncover an unsuspected process, would be indicated. I cannot make a definitive diagnosis or find a perfect fit here, but in the absence of strong evidence of an infection, I am concerned about a malignancy, perhaps a low‐grade primary brain tumor.

Brain biopsy of the leptomeninges and cortex of the left parietal lobe showed multiple blood vessels infiltrated by lymphocytes, neutrophils, and eosinophils (Fig. 2). The pattern of inflammation was consistent with primary angiitis of the central nervous system (PACNS). The patient received 1 g of intravenous methylprednisolone on 3 consecutive days, followed by oral prednisone and cyclophosphamide. The seizures ceased, and she made steady progress with rehabilitation therapy. Four months after discharge a cerebral angiogram (done to ensure there was no interval evidence of vasculitis prior to tapering therapy) demonstrated patency of all major intracranial arteries and venous sinuses.

Figure 2
Biopsy of the leptomeninges and cortex of the left parietal lobe showed multiple blood vessels infiltrated by lymphocytes, neutrophils, and eosinophils consistent with PACNS.

COMMENTARY

When a patient presents with symptoms or signs referable to the central nervous system (CNS), hospitalists must simultaneously consider primary neurologic disorders and systemic diseases that involve the CNS. Initial evaluation includes a thorough history and physical examination, basic lab studies, routine CSF analysis, and neuroimaging (often a CT scan of the head). Complicated neurologic cases may warrant more elaborate testing including EEG, brain MRI, cerebral angiography, and specialized blood and CSF studies. Clinicians may still find themselves faced with a patient who has clear CNS dysfunction but no obvious diagnosis despite an exhaustive and expensive evaluation. Several disorders match this profile including intravascular lymphoma, prion diseases, paraneoplastic syndromes, and cerebritis. Primary angiitis of the central nervous system (PACNS), a rare disorder characterized by inflammation of the medium‐sized and small arteries of the CNS, is among these disorders. Although the aforementioned diseases may sometimes have suggestive or even pathognomonic features (eg, the string of beads angiographic appearance in vasculitides), they are challenging to diagnose when such findings are absent.

Like any vasculitis of the CNS, PACNS may present with a wide spectrum of clinical features.12 Although headache and altered mental status are the most common complaints, paresis, seizures, ataxia, visual changes, and aphasia have all been described. The onset of symptoms ranges from acute to chronic, and neurologic deficits can be focal or diffuse. Systemic manifestations such as fever and weight loss are rare. The average age of onset is 42 years, with no significant sex preponderance. The histopathology of PACNS is granulomatous inflammation of arteries in the parenchyma and leptomeninges of the brain and less commonly in the spinal cord. The narrowing of the affected vessels causes cerebral ischemia and the associated neurologic deficits. The trigger for this focal inflammation is unknown.

After common disorders have been excluded in cases of CNS dysfunction, compatible CSF findings and imaging results may prompt consideration of PACNS. CSF analysis in patients with PACNS typically demonstrates a lymphocytic pleocytosis. MRI abnormalities in PACNS include multiple infarcts in the cortex, deep white matter, or leptomeninges.34 Less specific findings are contrast enhancement in the leptomeninges and white matter disease, both of which may direct the site for meningeal and brain biopsy.

Both brain MRA and cerebral angiography have a limited role in the diagnosis of vasculitis within the CNS. In 18 patients with CNS vasculitis due to autoimmune disease, all had parenchymal abnormalities on MRA but only 65% had evidence of vasculitis on angiography. In 2 retrospective studies of patients with suspected PACNS, abnormal angiograms had a specificity less than 30% for PACNS, whereas brain biopsies had a negative predictive value of 70%.57 Although in practice patients with compatible clinical features are sometimes diagnosed with CNS vasculitis on the basis of angiographic findings, brain biopsy is necessary to differentiate vasculitis from other vasculopathies and to establish a definitive diagnosis.

Before a diagnosis of PACNS is made, care must be taken to exclude infections, neoplasms, and autoimmune processes that cause angiitis of the CNS (Table 1). The presence of any extracranial abnormalities (which were not present in this case) should prompt consideration of an underlying systemic disorder causing a secondary CNS vasculitis and should cast doubt on the diagnosis of PACNS. Meningovascular syphilis and tuberculosis are among the long list of infections that may cause inflammation of the CNS vasculature. Autoimmune disorders that may cause vasculitis inside the brain include polyarteritis nodosa and Wegener's granulomatosis. Reversible cerebral vasoconstrictive disease, which is most commonly seen in women ages 20 to 50, and sympathomimetic toxins such as cocaine and amphetamine may exhibit clinical and angiographic abnormalities indistinguishable from PACNS.89

Systemic Diseases That Cause CNS Vasculopathy
Infection: Viruses (HIV, varicella‐zoster virus, hepatitis C virus), syphilis, Borrelia burgdorferi, Bartonella, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, fungi (Aspergillus, Coccidioides), bacteria.
Autoimmune: Polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, temporal arteritis, cryoglobulinemic vasculitis, lupus vasculitis, rheumatoid vasculitis.
Toxins: Amphetamine, cocaine, ephedrine, heroin.
Malignancy: Primary CNS lymphoma, angioimmunoproliferative disorders, infiltrating glioma.

There are no prospective trials investigating PACNS treatment. Aggressive immunosuppression with cyclophosphamide and glucocorticoids is the mainstay of treatment. The duration of treatment varies with the severity of the disease and response to therapy. One study suggests that treatment should be continued for 6 to 12 months.10 Neurologic deficits may remain irreversible because of scarring of the affected vessels. Serial brain MRI examinations are often used to follow radiographic resolution during and after the therapy, although radiographic changes do not predict clinical response.11 New abnormalities on MRI, however, delay any tapering of treatment. The availability of neuroimaging studies and immunosuppressive therapy has improved the prognosis of PACNS. One study reported a favorable outcome with a 29% relapse rate and a 10% mortality rate in 54 patients over a mean follow‐up period of 35 months.12

PACNS remains a challenging diagnosis because of its rarity, the wide range of neurologic manifestations, and the difficulty in establishing a diagnosis noninvasively. It is an extremely uncommon disease but should be considered in patients with unexplained neurologic deficits referable to the CNS alone after an exhaustive workup. Ultimately, the diagnosis is made by a thorough history and physical examination, exclusion of underlying conditions (particularly systemic vasculitides and infections), and histological confirmation.

Key Points for Hospitalists

  • Serious disorders that may present with CNS abnormalities and nondiagnostic abnormal findings on lumbar puncture, brain MRI, and cerebral angiography include intravascular lymphoma, prion diseases, cerebritis, paraneoplastic syndromes, and CNS vasculitis.

  • PACNS is a challenging diagnosis with varied clinical features and often normal angiographic findings. In particular, the specificity of brain MRA and cerebral angiography is low. Although PACNS is rare, it should be on the differential diagnosis, as the condition is fatal without prompt treatment.

  • A diagnosis of PACNS is made only after excluding secondary causes of CNS vasculitis such as infections, malignancies, autoimmune conditions, reversible cerebral vasoconstrictive disease, and medications. The diagnosis is confirmed with a biopsy of the brain and meninges.

References
  1. Jennette JC,Falk RJ.Medical progress: small‐vessel vasculitis.N Engl J Med.1997;337:15121523.
  2. Koopman WJ,Moreland LW.Arthritis and Allied Conditions: A Textbook of Rheumatology.15th ed.Philadelphia:Lippincott Williams 2005.
  3. Shoemaker EI,Lin ZS,Rae‐Grant AD,Little B.Primary angiitis of the central nervous system: unusual MR appearance.Am J Neuroradiol.1994;15:331334.
  4. Wynne PJ,Younger DS,Khandji A,Silver AJ.Radiographic features of central nervous system vasculitis.Neurol Clin.1997;15:779804.
  5. Kadkhodayan Y,Alreshaid A,Moran CJ,Cross DT,Powers WJ,Derdeyn CP.Primary angiitis of the central nervous system at conventional angiography.Radiology.2004;233:878882.
  6. Pomper MG,Miller TJ,Stone JH,Tidmore WC,Hellmann DB.CNS vasculitis in autoimmune disease: MR imaging findings and correlation with angiography.Am J Neuroradiol.1999;20:7585.
  7. Duna GF,Calabrese LH.Limitations of invasive modalities in the diagnosis of primary angiitis of the central nervous system.J Rheumatol.1995;22:662667.
  8. Buxton N,McConachie NS.Amphetamine abuse and intracranial haemorrhage.J R Soc Med.2000;93:472477.
  9. Calabrese LH,Duna GF.Drug‐induced vasculitis.Curr Opin Rheumatol.1996;8:3440.
  10. Calabrese LH,Duna GF,Lie JT.Vasculitis in the central nervous system.Arthritis Rheum.1997;40:11891201.
  11. Calabrese LH.Therapy of systemic vasculitis.Neurol Clin.1997;15:973991.
  12. Hajj‐Ali RA,Villa‐Forte A,Abou‐Chebel A, et al.Long‐term outcomes of patients with primary angiitis of the central nervous system.Arthritis Rheum.2000;43:S162.
References
  1. Jennette JC,Falk RJ.Medical progress: small‐vessel vasculitis.N Engl J Med.1997;337:15121523.
  2. Koopman WJ,Moreland LW.Arthritis and Allied Conditions: A Textbook of Rheumatology.15th ed.Philadelphia:Lippincott Williams 2005.
  3. Shoemaker EI,Lin ZS,Rae‐Grant AD,Little B.Primary angiitis of the central nervous system: unusual MR appearance.Am J Neuroradiol.1994;15:331334.
  4. Wynne PJ,Younger DS,Khandji A,Silver AJ.Radiographic features of central nervous system vasculitis.Neurol Clin.1997;15:779804.
  5. Kadkhodayan Y,Alreshaid A,Moran CJ,Cross DT,Powers WJ,Derdeyn CP.Primary angiitis of the central nervous system at conventional angiography.Radiology.2004;233:878882.
  6. Pomper MG,Miller TJ,Stone JH,Tidmore WC,Hellmann DB.CNS vasculitis in autoimmune disease: MR imaging findings and correlation with angiography.Am J Neuroradiol.1999;20:7585.
  7. Duna GF,Calabrese LH.Limitations of invasive modalities in the diagnosis of primary angiitis of the central nervous system.J Rheumatol.1995;22:662667.
  8. Buxton N,McConachie NS.Amphetamine abuse and intracranial haemorrhage.J R Soc Med.2000;93:472477.
  9. Calabrese LH,Duna GF.Drug‐induced vasculitis.Curr Opin Rheumatol.1996;8:3440.
  10. Calabrese LH,Duna GF,Lie JT.Vasculitis in the central nervous system.Arthritis Rheum.1997;40:11891201.
  11. Calabrese LH.Therapy of systemic vasculitis.Neurol Clin.1997;15:973991.
  12. Hajj‐Ali RA,Villa‐Forte A,Abou‐Chebel A, et al.Long‐term outcomes of patients with primary angiitis of the central nervous system.Arthritis Rheum.2000;43:S162.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
162-166
Page Number
162-166
Article Type
Display Headline
A diagnosis of exclusion
Display Headline
A diagnosis of exclusion
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2008 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Department of Medicine, California Pacific Medical Center, 2351 Clay Street, Suite 380, San Francisco, CA 94115
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Hospitalist–Care Coordinator Team

Article Type
Changed
Sun, 05/28/2017 - 22:17
Display Headline
Effect of a hospitalist–care coordinator team on a nonteaching hospitalist service

Many hospitalists work with clinical coordinators and case managers.13 The descriptions of these roles often overlap4 and commonly include activities such as obtaining medical records, expediting tests and procedures, coordinating the plan of care with other health care providers, assessing postdischarge needs, completing discharge paperwork, and arranging follow‐up visits.2, 5, 6 Despite the potential to improve patient care and hospital efficiency, few studies have formally evaluated the impact of these roles. Moher et al. found that adding a clinical coordinator to a general medical team decreased length of stay (LOS) and improved patient satisfaction.5 However, this study was conducted at a time when the LOS was routinely longer than it is today. Forster et al. found that adding a clinical coordinator to a general medical team resulted in improved patient satisfaction but did not reduce length of stay or risk of adverse events occurring following hospital discharge.6 Both these studies evaluated the impact of adding a clinical coordinator to resident‐covered medical teams. Yet many hospitalists deliver care without residents, limiting the generalizability of the findings from these studies.

To date, no studies have evaluated the impact of clinical coordinators, case managers, or other nonphysician providers on the hospitalist work experience. This is surprising, as hospital medicine group leaders list daily workload and work hours among their top concerns.7 Clinical coordinators have the potential to improve patient care and hospital efficiency while simultaneously improving the experience of the hospitalists with whom they work. We conducted this study to evaluate the impact of a hospitalistcare coordinator team on hospitalist work experience, patient satisfaction, and hospital efficiency.

METHODS

Setting

The study was conducted on the hospitalist service at Northwestern Memorial Hospital (NMH), a 753‐bed hospital in Chicago, Illinois. The hospitalist service is staffed by 5 hospitalists on duty at a time. Hospitalists work without residents and are on service for 7 consecutive days, usually followed by 7 consecutive days off. Daytime admissions are distributed among all hospitalists on duty in a consecutive fashion. A night float hospitalist performs admissions and all cross‐cover activities from 7:00 PM until 7:00 AM. Nighttime admissions are distributed to day hospitalists based on each hospitalist's daily census.

Study Design

Funding was provided by the hospital for a 12‐week study, and hospital administrative leaders collaborated as part of the research team. During each of the 12 weeks from September 2006 through November 2006, half the hospitalists on duty each week were randomly assigned to work with a hospitalist care coordinator (HCC) in a team approach. Hospitalists not assigned to work with a hospitalist care coordinator continued to work in their usual fashion, which included working with unit‐based care coordinators (UCCs). UCCs follow all patients on a 30‐bed medicine unit but generally do not round with physicians. HCCs performed all the activities that UCCs perform but also performed additional key activities (see Table 1) and worked in a team approach with their hospitalist. Unit‐based social workers and discharge planners were available for all hospitalists during the study. During each day patients were admitted consecutively to one of the hospitalists on service, regardless of their assignment to work with or without an HCC. Similarly, night admissions were distributed to hospitalists without regard to their assignment to work with or without an HCC.

Comparison of Activities Performed by Unit‐Based Care Coordinators (UCCs) with Those Performed by Hospitalist Care Coordinators (HCCs)
Activity typeActivities performed by both UCCs and HCCsAdditional activities performed by HCCs only
Care coordinationDocument the interdisciplinary plan of careEnsure collaboration in formulating the plan of care
 Obtain outside medical records
 Inform staff nurse of stat orders during rounds
 Obtain certain test results (eg, preliminary echo reports)
Patient and family needsAddress patient and family concernsProactively identify and address patient and family concerns
Schedule family meetings 
Efficiency of care deliveryRemediate barriers that impede plan of care and/or dischargeIdentify barriers that impede plan of care
Identify and document avoidable daysEnsure tests are scheduled
Discharge processCoordinate discharge plans with social work and discharge plannerSchedule and confirm follow‐up appointments
 Initiate discharge instructions
 Write discharge prescriptionsverified and signed by physician
 Review discharge instructions with patient and/or family

HospitalistCare Coordinator Team

Four HCCs were used in this study. All 4 were registered nurses with specialized training in case management. Prior to the start of the study, the investigators held meetings with hospitalists and the HCCs to describe this new role, the work flow for the hospitalistcare coordinator team, and work activities appropriate for the HCC. Activities related to the discharge process were emphasized as a key feature of the HCC role. Hospitalists and HCCs were instructed to round together as a team each morning. They were advised to collaborate on the daily plan of care and assign specific activities for each to accomplish. During the study weekly meetings were held with the HCCs, the hospitalists with whom they were finishing the week, and the hospitalists with whom they were scheduled to work during the upcoming week. The purpose of these meetings was to ensure that the work flow and work activities were optimal.

Outcome Measures

At the completion of each week, all hospitalists on service were given an anonymous Web‐based survey designed to assess their satisfaction and perceived work efficiency. Hospitalists were asked to rate the efficiency of various work activities during the preceding week on a 5 point Likert scale (1 = very inefficient, 2 = somewhat inefficient, 3 = neutral, 4 = somewhat efficient, 5 = very efficient). Hospitalists who had worked with an HCC were also asked whether they thought working with an HCC improved their efficiency and increased their job satisfaction. We postulated that patient satisfaction with the discharge process might improve with use of the hospitalistHCC team. Therefore, patient satisfaction was assessed by telephone interviews conducted 714 days after discharge. Because of resource limitations, we were only able to interview patient during the second half of the study. Patients were asked to rate their satisfaction with the clarity of verbal and written discharge instructions as well as their overall satisfaction with hospital discharge using a 10‐point Likert scale (from 1 = least satisfied to 10 = most satisfied). Hospital databases provided information on patient demographics, LOS, and cost.

Data Analysis

All analyses were conducted using Stata version 9.0 (StataCorp LP, College Station, TX). Patient characteristics were compared using chi‐square and t tests. Responses to the hospitalist survey for the weeks when they worked independently and the weeks when they worked as a hospitalistHCC team were compared using the Wilcoxon rank sum test. To adjust for the clustering of responses by physicians (ie, individual physicians completed more than 1 survey), we used linear regression and the cluster option. The results were very similar, and only the P values from the Wilcoxon rank sum test are presented. Unadjusted LOS and cost were compared using the Wilcoxon rank sum test. We also conducted multivariate linear regressions using log‐transformed LOS and log‐transformed cost as dependent variables. The independent variable was the team type (whether patients were cared for by a hospitalistHCC team or a hospitalist working independently); age, sex, ethnicity, payer type, and diagnosis‐related group (DRG) weight were included as covariates, and P values were adjusted for physician clustering. We hypothesized a priori that the HCC would have no effect on the LOS of or cost for patients whose hospitalizations were very short. We therefore conducted secondary analyses in which we eliminated patients with an LOS of 1 day or less.

RESULTS

There were 356 patients cared for by hospitalistHCC teams and 337 patients cared for by control hospitalists. Of the 60 weeks of hospitalist service of the study, hospitalistHCC teams accounted for 31 weeks (52%) and control hospitalists for 29 weeks (48%). Patients cared for by the hospitalistHCC teams were similar in age, sex, ethnicity, payer type, and DRG weight to those cared for by control hospitalists (see Table 2).

Characteristics of Patients Cared for by HospitalistHospitalist Care Coordinator (HCC) Teams Compared with Those of Control Hospitalists
 HospitalistHCC teamControlP value
n (%) or mean SD
Patients, n (%)356 (51.4%)337 (48.6%) 
Age (years)59.3 18.659.0 20.1.86
Women (%)190 (53.4%)192 (57.0%).34
Ethnicity  .74
White182 (51.1%)174 (51.6%) 
Black111 (31.2%)114 (33.8%) 
Hispanic23 (6.5%)21 (6.2%) 
Asian5 (1.4%)4 (1.2%) 
Other35 (9.8%)24 (7.1%) 
Payer  .47
Medicare177 (49.7%)168 (49.9%) 
Private76 (21.4%)69 (20.5%) 
Medicaid43 (12.1%)44 (13.1%) 
Capitated43 (12.1%)31 (9.2%) 
Other17 (4.8%)25 (7.4%) 
Diagnosis‐related group weight1.1 0.81.2 0.8.31

Sixty surveys were completed by hospitalists at the end of their week on service (response rate 100%). Of the 31 responses from hospitalists completing a hospitalistHCC team week, 28 (90%) reported that working with an HCC improved their efficiency and 28 (90%) that working with an HCC improved their job satisfaction. The hospitalists indicated that working with an HCC significantly improved the efficiency of most of their activities (see Table 3). Specifically, activities related to communication with nurses and patients and activities involving discharge planning and execution were improved with the use of an HCC. As would be expected, certain other activities did not improve. For example, there were no differences between the groups in the perceived efficiency of performing histories and physicals or placing admission orders. For activities that were significantly different, the Wilcoxon rank sum test and linear regression analysis adjusting for physician clustering showed identical results.

Differences in Efficiency of Key Work Activities Between Hospitalists with Hospitalist Care Coordinators (HCC) and Control Hospitalists
 HospitalistHCC TeamControlP value
Mean score SD*
  • Hospitalists responded using a 5‐point scale (1 = very inefficient, 2 = somewhat inefficient, 3 = neutral, 4 = somewhat efficient, 5 = very efficient).

  • P values for Wilcoxon rank sum tests.

Performing histories and physicals3.94 0.773.93 0.84.98
Performing medication reconciliation3.35 1.082.03 1.18< .001
Placing admission orders3.94 0.734.00 0.87.57
Communicating with nurses4.45 0.683.14 1.09< .001
Communicating with consultants3.65 0.753.34 1.04.25
Communicating with patients4.42 0.623.62 1.01< .001
Communicating with families4.32 0.702.89 1.14< .001
Coordinating discharge plans4.74 0.512.76 1.18< .001
Making/updating sign‐out3.55 0.723.49 0.83.55
Making discharge instructions4.29 0.743.10 1.01< .001
Going over discharge instructions4.48 0.572.76 1.15< .001
Writing discharge prescriptions3.87 0.672.52 1.21< .001
Arranging follow‐up appointments4.19 0.752.03 1.09< .001

Seventy‐one of 196 eligible patients (36%) completed the discharge satisfaction interview. Of the 71 patients interviewed, 44 (62%) were cared for by hospitalistHCC teams and 27 (38%) were cared for by control hospitalists. Patient satisfaction with the clarity of the verbal and written discharge instructions and overall satisfaction with hospital discharge was similar between the 2 groups (see Table 4).

Satisfaction with Hospital Discharge of Patients Cared for by HospitalistHospitalist Care Coordinator (HCC) Teams Compared with That of Patients Cared for by Control Hospitalists
 HospitalistHCC Team (n = 44)Control (n = 27)P value
Mean score (SD)*
  • Patients rated items using a 10‐point scale (from 1 = least satisfied to 10 = most satisfied).

Clarity of verbal discharge instructions8.86 ( 2.31)8.44 ( 2.63)0.52
Clarity of written discharge instructions8.95 ( 2.30)8.93 ( 2.54)0.78
Overall satisfaction with hospital discharge8.57 ( 2.42)8.37 ( 2.90)0.94

The unadjusted mean LOS for patients cared for by hospitalistHCC teams was 4.70 4.15 days compared with 5.07 3.99 days for patients cared for by control hospitalists (P = .005; see Table 5). The unadjusted mean cost for patients cared for by hospitalistHCC teams was $10,052.96 $11,708.73 compared with $11,703.19 $20,455.78 for patients cared for by control hospitalists (P = .008). In multivariate analysis using age, sex, ethnicity, payer type, and DRG weight as independent variables and adjusting for physician clustering, LOS remained lower for patients cared for by hospitalistHCC teams; however, this result was not statistically significant (0.28 days, P = .17). Similar multivariate regression analysis showed a trend toward lower cost for patients cared for by the hospitalistHCC teams (585.62, P = .15).

Differences in Length of Stay and Cost between Patients Cared for by HospitalistHospitalist Care Coordinator (HCC) Teams and Patients Cared for by Control Hospitalists
 Unadjusted mean (SD)P value for unadjusted difference*Adjusted difference with hospitalistHCC teamP value for adjusted difference
  • P values for Wilcoxon rank sum tests.

  • P values for multivariate analyses with adjustment for age, sex, ethnicity, payer type, diagnosis‐related group (DRG) weight, and physician clustering.

Length of stay    
HospitalistHCC teams4.70 (4.15).0050.28.17
Control hospitalists5.07 (3.99)   
Cost    
HospitalistHCC teams10,052.96 (11,708.73).008585.62.15
Control hospitalists11,703.19 (20,455.78)   

DISCUSSION

Our study found that hospitalists working in a team approach with an HCC rated the efficiency of their daily work and their job satisfaction significantly higher than did control hospitalists. Specific areas of improved efficiency included communication activities and activities related to hospital discharge. A prior study conducted by our group found that hospitalists spend a lot of time on indirect patient care activities such as communication and activities related to the discharge process, while spending relatively little time on direct patient care.8 Improving the efficiency of indirect patient care activities of hospitalists is likely to improve their job satisfaction. The importance of improving hospitalist workload and job satisfaction is underscored by the relatively high number of hospitalists at risk for burnout9 and the growing concern about daily workload among hospital medicine group leaders.7

Patient satisfaction was not significantly affected by the use of the hospitalistHCC team in our study. A priori, we postulated that patient satisfaction with the discharge process might improve with the use of the hospitalistHCC team. We therefore limited survey questions to assessing only satisfaction with hospital discharge rather than other aspects of patient hospital care. A recent study reported that patients rated the quality of discharge instructions significantly lower than they rated the overall quality of their hospital stay.10 However, the patients in our study gave high ratings to both discharge instructions and overall satisfaction with hospital discharge. This may explain why we were unable to detect a difference. Our study was limited by the relatively small number of patients we were able to contact to assess satisfaction. Previous studies evaluating the impact of care coordinators either did not assess patient satisfaction with discharge5 or found no difference in satisfaction with hospital discharge.6

Although our study did not find a difference in patient satisfaction with the discharge process, we believe the hospitalistHCC model has the potential to complement efforts to reduce the risk of adverse events as patients transition out of the hospital. It has been reported that 12% of patients have a preventable or ameliorable adverse event in the period immediately following hospital discharge.11, 12 Although Forster et al. did not find a reduction in the risk of adverse events with the addition of a clinical coordinator to a general medical team, they noted incongruence between the coordinator's role and the outcomes measured.6 Similarly, we would need to modify the role of the HCC from a position designed mainly to improve efficiency to one that complements efforts to improve the quality of the discharge process. Possible ways to enhance the HCC role in this regard include increasing the emphasis on and training in patient education skills. Several recently published articles have emphasized the need to redesign the discharge process in an effort to reduce the risk of adverse events following hospital discharge.1315 A modified HCC role might be an essential feature of a redesigned multidisciplinary discharge process.

We were unable to demonstrate improved efficiency for the hospital. Although LOS and cost were lower for patients cared for by the hospitalistHCC teams, the difference was not statistically significant. One possible explanation for why we did not observe a larger reduction in LOS is that our hospitalist service had a lower‐than‐average patient volume during the study period. The lower volume mirrored an unanticipated dip in hospital volume during the same period. Specifically, our service normally discharges an average of 338 patients per month, but during the study period we discharged an average of 235 patients per month. A potential LOS and cost benefit may have been attenuated by the relatively low volume, as hospitalists had ample time to dedicate to communication and coordination of discharge plans.

Our study had several limitations. It was conducted on a nonteaching hospitalist service at a single site. Hospitalist practices vary widely in their staffing and scheduling models. As previously mentioned, we were only able to perform patient satisfaction surveys during the second half of the study period. In addition, hospitalistHCC team patients made up a larger percentage of the patient survey responses (62%) than did control hospitalist patients (38%). This may have affected our ability to detect differences in satisfaction with the hospital discharge process. As also previously noted, our patient volume was lower than normal during the study period. We believe that a higher volume would have magnified differences in hospitalists' perceived efficiency and perhaps resulted in significant improvements in LOS and cost. Finally, the hospital provided funding for only a 12‐week study. This limited our sample size and the power of the study to detect important differences. It is possible that a larger sample size and/or longer study period may have been able to demonstrate a statistically significant improvement in LOS and cost.

Our findings are of particular importance in light of the persistent concerns about hospitalist workload and job satisfaction. Although many hospitalists work with clinical coordinators and case managers, we believe that having the formal structure of a hospitalistcare coordinator team was the key element to improving hospitalist efficiency and satisfaction. We hope that our study is a precursor to research evaluating models of delivering hospital care and their impact on hospitalist work experience, hospital efficiency, and patient outcomes.

References
  1. Nyberg D.Innovations in the management of hospitalized patients.Nurse Pract.2006;Suppl:23.
  2. McHale‐Ramsey M,Daniels S.Hospitalists and case managers: the perfect partnership.Lippincotts Case Manag.2004;9:280286.
  3. Amin AN,Owen MM.Productive interdisciplinary team relationships: the hospitalist and the case manager.Lippincotts Case Manag.2006;11:160164.
  4. Bayard JM,Calianno C,Mee CL.Care coordinator—blending roles to improve patient outcomes.J Nurs Manage.1997;28:4952.
  5. Moher D,Weinberg A,Hanlon R,Runnals K.Effects of a medical team coordinator on length of hospital stay.Can Med Assoc J.1992;146:511515.
  6. Forster AJ,Clark HD,Menard A, et al.Effect of a nurse team coordinator on outcomes for hospitalized medicine patients.Am J Med.2005;118:11481153.
  7. Society of Hospital Medicine. Available at: http://www.hospitalmedicine.org/Content/NavigationMenu/ResourceCenter/Surveys/Surveys1.htm. Accessed April 2,2007.
  8. O'Leary KJ,Liebovitz DM,Baker DW.How hospitalists spend their time: insights on efficiency and safety.J Hosp Med.2006;1:8893.
  9. Hoff TH,Whitcomb WF,Williams K,Nelson JR,Cheesman RA.Characteristics and work experiences of hospitalists in the United States.Arch Intern Med.2001;161:851858.
  10. Clark PA,Drain M,Gesell SB,Mylod DM,Kaldenberg DO,Hamilton J.Patient perception of quality in discharge instruction.Patient Educ Couns.2005;59:5668.
  11. Forster AJ,Clark HD,Menard A, et al.Adverse events among medical patient after hospital discharge.Can Med Assoc J.2004;170:345349.
  12. Forster AJ,Harvey JF,Peterson JF,Gandhi TK,Bates DW.The incidence and severity of adverse events affecting patients after discharge from the hospital.Ann Intern Med.2003;138:161167.
  13. Coleman EA,Berenson RA.Lost in transition: challenges and opportunities for improving the quality of transitional care.Ann Intern Med.2004;141:533536.
  14. Halasyamani L,Kriplani S,Coleman E, et al.Transition of care for hospitalized elderly patients—development of a discharge checklist for hospitalists.J Hosp Med.2006;1:354360.
  15. Anthony D,Chetty VK,Kartha A, et al. Re‐engineering the hospital discharge—an example of a multifaceted process evaluation. Advances in Patient Safety: From Research to Implementation. Vol.2,Concepts and Methodology. AHRQ publication 05‐0021‐2.Rockville, MD:AHRQ;2005. p379394.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
103-109
Legacy Keywords
hospital medicine, randomized clinical trial, case management
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Many hospitalists work with clinical coordinators and case managers.13 The descriptions of these roles often overlap4 and commonly include activities such as obtaining medical records, expediting tests and procedures, coordinating the plan of care with other health care providers, assessing postdischarge needs, completing discharge paperwork, and arranging follow‐up visits.2, 5, 6 Despite the potential to improve patient care and hospital efficiency, few studies have formally evaluated the impact of these roles. Moher et al. found that adding a clinical coordinator to a general medical team decreased length of stay (LOS) and improved patient satisfaction.5 However, this study was conducted at a time when the LOS was routinely longer than it is today. Forster et al. found that adding a clinical coordinator to a general medical team resulted in improved patient satisfaction but did not reduce length of stay or risk of adverse events occurring following hospital discharge.6 Both these studies evaluated the impact of adding a clinical coordinator to resident‐covered medical teams. Yet many hospitalists deliver care without residents, limiting the generalizability of the findings from these studies.

To date, no studies have evaluated the impact of clinical coordinators, case managers, or other nonphysician providers on the hospitalist work experience. This is surprising, as hospital medicine group leaders list daily workload and work hours among their top concerns.7 Clinical coordinators have the potential to improve patient care and hospital efficiency while simultaneously improving the experience of the hospitalists with whom they work. We conducted this study to evaluate the impact of a hospitalistcare coordinator team on hospitalist work experience, patient satisfaction, and hospital efficiency.

METHODS

Setting

The study was conducted on the hospitalist service at Northwestern Memorial Hospital (NMH), a 753‐bed hospital in Chicago, Illinois. The hospitalist service is staffed by 5 hospitalists on duty at a time. Hospitalists work without residents and are on service for 7 consecutive days, usually followed by 7 consecutive days off. Daytime admissions are distributed among all hospitalists on duty in a consecutive fashion. A night float hospitalist performs admissions and all cross‐cover activities from 7:00 PM until 7:00 AM. Nighttime admissions are distributed to day hospitalists based on each hospitalist's daily census.

Study Design

Funding was provided by the hospital for a 12‐week study, and hospital administrative leaders collaborated as part of the research team. During each of the 12 weeks from September 2006 through November 2006, half the hospitalists on duty each week were randomly assigned to work with a hospitalist care coordinator (HCC) in a team approach. Hospitalists not assigned to work with a hospitalist care coordinator continued to work in their usual fashion, which included working with unit‐based care coordinators (UCCs). UCCs follow all patients on a 30‐bed medicine unit but generally do not round with physicians. HCCs performed all the activities that UCCs perform but also performed additional key activities (see Table 1) and worked in a team approach with their hospitalist. Unit‐based social workers and discharge planners were available for all hospitalists during the study. During each day patients were admitted consecutively to one of the hospitalists on service, regardless of their assignment to work with or without an HCC. Similarly, night admissions were distributed to hospitalists without regard to their assignment to work with or without an HCC.

Comparison of Activities Performed by Unit‐Based Care Coordinators (UCCs) with Those Performed by Hospitalist Care Coordinators (HCCs)
Activity typeActivities performed by both UCCs and HCCsAdditional activities performed by HCCs only
Care coordinationDocument the interdisciplinary plan of careEnsure collaboration in formulating the plan of care
 Obtain outside medical records
 Inform staff nurse of stat orders during rounds
 Obtain certain test results (eg, preliminary echo reports)
Patient and family needsAddress patient and family concernsProactively identify and address patient and family concerns
Schedule family meetings 
Efficiency of care deliveryRemediate barriers that impede plan of care and/or dischargeIdentify barriers that impede plan of care
Identify and document avoidable daysEnsure tests are scheduled
Discharge processCoordinate discharge plans with social work and discharge plannerSchedule and confirm follow‐up appointments
 Initiate discharge instructions
 Write discharge prescriptionsverified and signed by physician
 Review discharge instructions with patient and/or family

HospitalistCare Coordinator Team

Four HCCs were used in this study. All 4 were registered nurses with specialized training in case management. Prior to the start of the study, the investigators held meetings with hospitalists and the HCCs to describe this new role, the work flow for the hospitalistcare coordinator team, and work activities appropriate for the HCC. Activities related to the discharge process were emphasized as a key feature of the HCC role. Hospitalists and HCCs were instructed to round together as a team each morning. They were advised to collaborate on the daily plan of care and assign specific activities for each to accomplish. During the study weekly meetings were held with the HCCs, the hospitalists with whom they were finishing the week, and the hospitalists with whom they were scheduled to work during the upcoming week. The purpose of these meetings was to ensure that the work flow and work activities were optimal.

Outcome Measures

At the completion of each week, all hospitalists on service were given an anonymous Web‐based survey designed to assess their satisfaction and perceived work efficiency. Hospitalists were asked to rate the efficiency of various work activities during the preceding week on a 5 point Likert scale (1 = very inefficient, 2 = somewhat inefficient, 3 = neutral, 4 = somewhat efficient, 5 = very efficient). Hospitalists who had worked with an HCC were also asked whether they thought working with an HCC improved their efficiency and increased their job satisfaction. We postulated that patient satisfaction with the discharge process might improve with use of the hospitalistHCC team. Therefore, patient satisfaction was assessed by telephone interviews conducted 714 days after discharge. Because of resource limitations, we were only able to interview patient during the second half of the study. Patients were asked to rate their satisfaction with the clarity of verbal and written discharge instructions as well as their overall satisfaction with hospital discharge using a 10‐point Likert scale (from 1 = least satisfied to 10 = most satisfied). Hospital databases provided information on patient demographics, LOS, and cost.

Data Analysis

All analyses were conducted using Stata version 9.0 (StataCorp LP, College Station, TX). Patient characteristics were compared using chi‐square and t tests. Responses to the hospitalist survey for the weeks when they worked independently and the weeks when they worked as a hospitalistHCC team were compared using the Wilcoxon rank sum test. To adjust for the clustering of responses by physicians (ie, individual physicians completed more than 1 survey), we used linear regression and the cluster option. The results were very similar, and only the P values from the Wilcoxon rank sum test are presented. Unadjusted LOS and cost were compared using the Wilcoxon rank sum test. We also conducted multivariate linear regressions using log‐transformed LOS and log‐transformed cost as dependent variables. The independent variable was the team type (whether patients were cared for by a hospitalistHCC team or a hospitalist working independently); age, sex, ethnicity, payer type, and diagnosis‐related group (DRG) weight were included as covariates, and P values were adjusted for physician clustering. We hypothesized a priori that the HCC would have no effect on the LOS of or cost for patients whose hospitalizations were very short. We therefore conducted secondary analyses in which we eliminated patients with an LOS of 1 day or less.

RESULTS

There were 356 patients cared for by hospitalistHCC teams and 337 patients cared for by control hospitalists. Of the 60 weeks of hospitalist service of the study, hospitalistHCC teams accounted for 31 weeks (52%) and control hospitalists for 29 weeks (48%). Patients cared for by the hospitalistHCC teams were similar in age, sex, ethnicity, payer type, and DRG weight to those cared for by control hospitalists (see Table 2).

Characteristics of Patients Cared for by HospitalistHospitalist Care Coordinator (HCC) Teams Compared with Those of Control Hospitalists
 HospitalistHCC teamControlP value
n (%) or mean SD
Patients, n (%)356 (51.4%)337 (48.6%) 
Age (years)59.3 18.659.0 20.1.86
Women (%)190 (53.4%)192 (57.0%).34
Ethnicity  .74
White182 (51.1%)174 (51.6%) 
Black111 (31.2%)114 (33.8%) 
Hispanic23 (6.5%)21 (6.2%) 
Asian5 (1.4%)4 (1.2%) 
Other35 (9.8%)24 (7.1%) 
Payer  .47
Medicare177 (49.7%)168 (49.9%) 
Private76 (21.4%)69 (20.5%) 
Medicaid43 (12.1%)44 (13.1%) 
Capitated43 (12.1%)31 (9.2%) 
Other17 (4.8%)25 (7.4%) 
Diagnosis‐related group weight1.1 0.81.2 0.8.31

Sixty surveys were completed by hospitalists at the end of their week on service (response rate 100%). Of the 31 responses from hospitalists completing a hospitalistHCC team week, 28 (90%) reported that working with an HCC improved their efficiency and 28 (90%) that working with an HCC improved their job satisfaction. The hospitalists indicated that working with an HCC significantly improved the efficiency of most of their activities (see Table 3). Specifically, activities related to communication with nurses and patients and activities involving discharge planning and execution were improved with the use of an HCC. As would be expected, certain other activities did not improve. For example, there were no differences between the groups in the perceived efficiency of performing histories and physicals or placing admission orders. For activities that were significantly different, the Wilcoxon rank sum test and linear regression analysis adjusting for physician clustering showed identical results.

Differences in Efficiency of Key Work Activities Between Hospitalists with Hospitalist Care Coordinators (HCC) and Control Hospitalists
 HospitalistHCC TeamControlP value
Mean score SD*
  • Hospitalists responded using a 5‐point scale (1 = very inefficient, 2 = somewhat inefficient, 3 = neutral, 4 = somewhat efficient, 5 = very efficient).

  • P values for Wilcoxon rank sum tests.

Performing histories and physicals3.94 0.773.93 0.84.98
Performing medication reconciliation3.35 1.082.03 1.18< .001
Placing admission orders3.94 0.734.00 0.87.57
Communicating with nurses4.45 0.683.14 1.09< .001
Communicating with consultants3.65 0.753.34 1.04.25
Communicating with patients4.42 0.623.62 1.01< .001
Communicating with families4.32 0.702.89 1.14< .001
Coordinating discharge plans4.74 0.512.76 1.18< .001
Making/updating sign‐out3.55 0.723.49 0.83.55
Making discharge instructions4.29 0.743.10 1.01< .001
Going over discharge instructions4.48 0.572.76 1.15< .001
Writing discharge prescriptions3.87 0.672.52 1.21< .001
Arranging follow‐up appointments4.19 0.752.03 1.09< .001

Seventy‐one of 196 eligible patients (36%) completed the discharge satisfaction interview. Of the 71 patients interviewed, 44 (62%) were cared for by hospitalistHCC teams and 27 (38%) were cared for by control hospitalists. Patient satisfaction with the clarity of the verbal and written discharge instructions and overall satisfaction with hospital discharge was similar between the 2 groups (see Table 4).

Satisfaction with Hospital Discharge of Patients Cared for by HospitalistHospitalist Care Coordinator (HCC) Teams Compared with That of Patients Cared for by Control Hospitalists
 HospitalistHCC Team (n = 44)Control (n = 27)P value
Mean score (SD)*
  • Patients rated items using a 10‐point scale (from 1 = least satisfied to 10 = most satisfied).

Clarity of verbal discharge instructions8.86 ( 2.31)8.44 ( 2.63)0.52
Clarity of written discharge instructions8.95 ( 2.30)8.93 ( 2.54)0.78
Overall satisfaction with hospital discharge8.57 ( 2.42)8.37 ( 2.90)0.94

The unadjusted mean LOS for patients cared for by hospitalistHCC teams was 4.70 4.15 days compared with 5.07 3.99 days for patients cared for by control hospitalists (P = .005; see Table 5). The unadjusted mean cost for patients cared for by hospitalistHCC teams was $10,052.96 $11,708.73 compared with $11,703.19 $20,455.78 for patients cared for by control hospitalists (P = .008). In multivariate analysis using age, sex, ethnicity, payer type, and DRG weight as independent variables and adjusting for physician clustering, LOS remained lower for patients cared for by hospitalistHCC teams; however, this result was not statistically significant (0.28 days, P = .17). Similar multivariate regression analysis showed a trend toward lower cost for patients cared for by the hospitalistHCC teams (585.62, P = .15).

Differences in Length of Stay and Cost between Patients Cared for by HospitalistHospitalist Care Coordinator (HCC) Teams and Patients Cared for by Control Hospitalists
 Unadjusted mean (SD)P value for unadjusted difference*Adjusted difference with hospitalistHCC teamP value for adjusted difference
  • P values for Wilcoxon rank sum tests.

  • P values for multivariate analyses with adjustment for age, sex, ethnicity, payer type, diagnosis‐related group (DRG) weight, and physician clustering.

Length of stay    
HospitalistHCC teams4.70 (4.15).0050.28.17
Control hospitalists5.07 (3.99)   
Cost    
HospitalistHCC teams10,052.96 (11,708.73).008585.62.15
Control hospitalists11,703.19 (20,455.78)   

DISCUSSION

Our study found that hospitalists working in a team approach with an HCC rated the efficiency of their daily work and their job satisfaction significantly higher than did control hospitalists. Specific areas of improved efficiency included communication activities and activities related to hospital discharge. A prior study conducted by our group found that hospitalists spend a lot of time on indirect patient care activities such as communication and activities related to the discharge process, while spending relatively little time on direct patient care.8 Improving the efficiency of indirect patient care activities of hospitalists is likely to improve their job satisfaction. The importance of improving hospitalist workload and job satisfaction is underscored by the relatively high number of hospitalists at risk for burnout9 and the growing concern about daily workload among hospital medicine group leaders.7

Patient satisfaction was not significantly affected by the use of the hospitalistHCC team in our study. A priori, we postulated that patient satisfaction with the discharge process might improve with the use of the hospitalistHCC team. We therefore limited survey questions to assessing only satisfaction with hospital discharge rather than other aspects of patient hospital care. A recent study reported that patients rated the quality of discharge instructions significantly lower than they rated the overall quality of their hospital stay.10 However, the patients in our study gave high ratings to both discharge instructions and overall satisfaction with hospital discharge. This may explain why we were unable to detect a difference. Our study was limited by the relatively small number of patients we were able to contact to assess satisfaction. Previous studies evaluating the impact of care coordinators either did not assess patient satisfaction with discharge5 or found no difference in satisfaction with hospital discharge.6

Although our study did not find a difference in patient satisfaction with the discharge process, we believe the hospitalistHCC model has the potential to complement efforts to reduce the risk of adverse events as patients transition out of the hospital. It has been reported that 12% of patients have a preventable or ameliorable adverse event in the period immediately following hospital discharge.11, 12 Although Forster et al. did not find a reduction in the risk of adverse events with the addition of a clinical coordinator to a general medical team, they noted incongruence between the coordinator's role and the outcomes measured.6 Similarly, we would need to modify the role of the HCC from a position designed mainly to improve efficiency to one that complements efforts to improve the quality of the discharge process. Possible ways to enhance the HCC role in this regard include increasing the emphasis on and training in patient education skills. Several recently published articles have emphasized the need to redesign the discharge process in an effort to reduce the risk of adverse events following hospital discharge.1315 A modified HCC role might be an essential feature of a redesigned multidisciplinary discharge process.

We were unable to demonstrate improved efficiency for the hospital. Although LOS and cost were lower for patients cared for by the hospitalistHCC teams, the difference was not statistically significant. One possible explanation for why we did not observe a larger reduction in LOS is that our hospitalist service had a lower‐than‐average patient volume during the study period. The lower volume mirrored an unanticipated dip in hospital volume during the same period. Specifically, our service normally discharges an average of 338 patients per month, but during the study period we discharged an average of 235 patients per month. A potential LOS and cost benefit may have been attenuated by the relatively low volume, as hospitalists had ample time to dedicate to communication and coordination of discharge plans.

Our study had several limitations. It was conducted on a nonteaching hospitalist service at a single site. Hospitalist practices vary widely in their staffing and scheduling models. As previously mentioned, we were only able to perform patient satisfaction surveys during the second half of the study period. In addition, hospitalistHCC team patients made up a larger percentage of the patient survey responses (62%) than did control hospitalist patients (38%). This may have affected our ability to detect differences in satisfaction with the hospital discharge process. As also previously noted, our patient volume was lower than normal during the study period. We believe that a higher volume would have magnified differences in hospitalists' perceived efficiency and perhaps resulted in significant improvements in LOS and cost. Finally, the hospital provided funding for only a 12‐week study. This limited our sample size and the power of the study to detect important differences. It is possible that a larger sample size and/or longer study period may have been able to demonstrate a statistically significant improvement in LOS and cost.

Our findings are of particular importance in light of the persistent concerns about hospitalist workload and job satisfaction. Although many hospitalists work with clinical coordinators and case managers, we believe that having the formal structure of a hospitalistcare coordinator team was the key element to improving hospitalist efficiency and satisfaction. We hope that our study is a precursor to research evaluating models of delivering hospital care and their impact on hospitalist work experience, hospital efficiency, and patient outcomes.

Many hospitalists work with clinical coordinators and case managers.13 The descriptions of these roles often overlap4 and commonly include activities such as obtaining medical records, expediting tests and procedures, coordinating the plan of care with other health care providers, assessing postdischarge needs, completing discharge paperwork, and arranging follow‐up visits.2, 5, 6 Despite the potential to improve patient care and hospital efficiency, few studies have formally evaluated the impact of these roles. Moher et al. found that adding a clinical coordinator to a general medical team decreased length of stay (LOS) and improved patient satisfaction.5 However, this study was conducted at a time when the LOS was routinely longer than it is today. Forster et al. found that adding a clinical coordinator to a general medical team resulted in improved patient satisfaction but did not reduce length of stay or risk of adverse events occurring following hospital discharge.6 Both these studies evaluated the impact of adding a clinical coordinator to resident‐covered medical teams. Yet many hospitalists deliver care without residents, limiting the generalizability of the findings from these studies.

To date, no studies have evaluated the impact of clinical coordinators, case managers, or other nonphysician providers on the hospitalist work experience. This is surprising, as hospital medicine group leaders list daily workload and work hours among their top concerns.7 Clinical coordinators have the potential to improve patient care and hospital efficiency while simultaneously improving the experience of the hospitalists with whom they work. We conducted this study to evaluate the impact of a hospitalistcare coordinator team on hospitalist work experience, patient satisfaction, and hospital efficiency.

METHODS

Setting

The study was conducted on the hospitalist service at Northwestern Memorial Hospital (NMH), a 753‐bed hospital in Chicago, Illinois. The hospitalist service is staffed by 5 hospitalists on duty at a time. Hospitalists work without residents and are on service for 7 consecutive days, usually followed by 7 consecutive days off. Daytime admissions are distributed among all hospitalists on duty in a consecutive fashion. A night float hospitalist performs admissions and all cross‐cover activities from 7:00 PM until 7:00 AM. Nighttime admissions are distributed to day hospitalists based on each hospitalist's daily census.

Study Design

Funding was provided by the hospital for a 12‐week study, and hospital administrative leaders collaborated as part of the research team. During each of the 12 weeks from September 2006 through November 2006, half the hospitalists on duty each week were randomly assigned to work with a hospitalist care coordinator (HCC) in a team approach. Hospitalists not assigned to work with a hospitalist care coordinator continued to work in their usual fashion, which included working with unit‐based care coordinators (UCCs). UCCs follow all patients on a 30‐bed medicine unit but generally do not round with physicians. HCCs performed all the activities that UCCs perform but also performed additional key activities (see Table 1) and worked in a team approach with their hospitalist. Unit‐based social workers and discharge planners were available for all hospitalists during the study. During each day patients were admitted consecutively to one of the hospitalists on service, regardless of their assignment to work with or without an HCC. Similarly, night admissions were distributed to hospitalists without regard to their assignment to work with or without an HCC.

Comparison of Activities Performed by Unit‐Based Care Coordinators (UCCs) with Those Performed by Hospitalist Care Coordinators (HCCs)
Activity typeActivities performed by both UCCs and HCCsAdditional activities performed by HCCs only
Care coordinationDocument the interdisciplinary plan of careEnsure collaboration in formulating the plan of care
 Obtain outside medical records
 Inform staff nurse of stat orders during rounds
 Obtain certain test results (eg, preliminary echo reports)
Patient and family needsAddress patient and family concernsProactively identify and address patient and family concerns
Schedule family meetings 
Efficiency of care deliveryRemediate barriers that impede plan of care and/or dischargeIdentify barriers that impede plan of care
Identify and document avoidable daysEnsure tests are scheduled
Discharge processCoordinate discharge plans with social work and discharge plannerSchedule and confirm follow‐up appointments
 Initiate discharge instructions
 Write discharge prescriptionsverified and signed by physician
 Review discharge instructions with patient and/or family

HospitalistCare Coordinator Team

Four HCCs were used in this study. All 4 were registered nurses with specialized training in case management. Prior to the start of the study, the investigators held meetings with hospitalists and the HCCs to describe this new role, the work flow for the hospitalistcare coordinator team, and work activities appropriate for the HCC. Activities related to the discharge process were emphasized as a key feature of the HCC role. Hospitalists and HCCs were instructed to round together as a team each morning. They were advised to collaborate on the daily plan of care and assign specific activities for each to accomplish. During the study weekly meetings were held with the HCCs, the hospitalists with whom they were finishing the week, and the hospitalists with whom they were scheduled to work during the upcoming week. The purpose of these meetings was to ensure that the work flow and work activities were optimal.

Outcome Measures

At the completion of each week, all hospitalists on service were given an anonymous Web‐based survey designed to assess their satisfaction and perceived work efficiency. Hospitalists were asked to rate the efficiency of various work activities during the preceding week on a 5 point Likert scale (1 = very inefficient, 2 = somewhat inefficient, 3 = neutral, 4 = somewhat efficient, 5 = very efficient). Hospitalists who had worked with an HCC were also asked whether they thought working with an HCC improved their efficiency and increased their job satisfaction. We postulated that patient satisfaction with the discharge process might improve with use of the hospitalistHCC team. Therefore, patient satisfaction was assessed by telephone interviews conducted 714 days after discharge. Because of resource limitations, we were only able to interview patient during the second half of the study. Patients were asked to rate their satisfaction with the clarity of verbal and written discharge instructions as well as their overall satisfaction with hospital discharge using a 10‐point Likert scale (from 1 = least satisfied to 10 = most satisfied). Hospital databases provided information on patient demographics, LOS, and cost.

Data Analysis

All analyses were conducted using Stata version 9.0 (StataCorp LP, College Station, TX). Patient characteristics were compared using chi‐square and t tests. Responses to the hospitalist survey for the weeks when they worked independently and the weeks when they worked as a hospitalistHCC team were compared using the Wilcoxon rank sum test. To adjust for the clustering of responses by physicians (ie, individual physicians completed more than 1 survey), we used linear regression and the cluster option. The results were very similar, and only the P values from the Wilcoxon rank sum test are presented. Unadjusted LOS and cost were compared using the Wilcoxon rank sum test. We also conducted multivariate linear regressions using log‐transformed LOS and log‐transformed cost as dependent variables. The independent variable was the team type (whether patients were cared for by a hospitalistHCC team or a hospitalist working independently); age, sex, ethnicity, payer type, and diagnosis‐related group (DRG) weight were included as covariates, and P values were adjusted for physician clustering. We hypothesized a priori that the HCC would have no effect on the LOS of or cost for patients whose hospitalizations were very short. We therefore conducted secondary analyses in which we eliminated patients with an LOS of 1 day or less.

RESULTS

There were 356 patients cared for by hospitalistHCC teams and 337 patients cared for by control hospitalists. Of the 60 weeks of hospitalist service of the study, hospitalistHCC teams accounted for 31 weeks (52%) and control hospitalists for 29 weeks (48%). Patients cared for by the hospitalistHCC teams were similar in age, sex, ethnicity, payer type, and DRG weight to those cared for by control hospitalists (see Table 2).

Characteristics of Patients Cared for by HospitalistHospitalist Care Coordinator (HCC) Teams Compared with Those of Control Hospitalists
 HospitalistHCC teamControlP value
n (%) or mean SD
Patients, n (%)356 (51.4%)337 (48.6%) 
Age (years)59.3 18.659.0 20.1.86
Women (%)190 (53.4%)192 (57.0%).34
Ethnicity  .74
White182 (51.1%)174 (51.6%) 
Black111 (31.2%)114 (33.8%) 
Hispanic23 (6.5%)21 (6.2%) 
Asian5 (1.4%)4 (1.2%) 
Other35 (9.8%)24 (7.1%) 
Payer  .47
Medicare177 (49.7%)168 (49.9%) 
Private76 (21.4%)69 (20.5%) 
Medicaid43 (12.1%)44 (13.1%) 
Capitated43 (12.1%)31 (9.2%) 
Other17 (4.8%)25 (7.4%) 
Diagnosis‐related group weight1.1 0.81.2 0.8.31

Sixty surveys were completed by hospitalists at the end of their week on service (response rate 100%). Of the 31 responses from hospitalists completing a hospitalistHCC team week, 28 (90%) reported that working with an HCC improved their efficiency and 28 (90%) that working with an HCC improved their job satisfaction. The hospitalists indicated that working with an HCC significantly improved the efficiency of most of their activities (see Table 3). Specifically, activities related to communication with nurses and patients and activities involving discharge planning and execution were improved with the use of an HCC. As would be expected, certain other activities did not improve. For example, there were no differences between the groups in the perceived efficiency of performing histories and physicals or placing admission orders. For activities that were significantly different, the Wilcoxon rank sum test and linear regression analysis adjusting for physician clustering showed identical results.

Differences in Efficiency of Key Work Activities Between Hospitalists with Hospitalist Care Coordinators (HCC) and Control Hospitalists
 HospitalistHCC TeamControlP value
Mean score SD*
  • Hospitalists responded using a 5‐point scale (1 = very inefficient, 2 = somewhat inefficient, 3 = neutral, 4 = somewhat efficient, 5 = very efficient).

  • P values for Wilcoxon rank sum tests.

Performing histories and physicals3.94 0.773.93 0.84.98
Performing medication reconciliation3.35 1.082.03 1.18< .001
Placing admission orders3.94 0.734.00 0.87.57
Communicating with nurses4.45 0.683.14 1.09< .001
Communicating with consultants3.65 0.753.34 1.04.25
Communicating with patients4.42 0.623.62 1.01< .001
Communicating with families4.32 0.702.89 1.14< .001
Coordinating discharge plans4.74 0.512.76 1.18< .001
Making/updating sign‐out3.55 0.723.49 0.83.55
Making discharge instructions4.29 0.743.10 1.01< .001
Going over discharge instructions4.48 0.572.76 1.15< .001
Writing discharge prescriptions3.87 0.672.52 1.21< .001
Arranging follow‐up appointments4.19 0.752.03 1.09< .001

Seventy‐one of 196 eligible patients (36%) completed the discharge satisfaction interview. Of the 71 patients interviewed, 44 (62%) were cared for by hospitalistHCC teams and 27 (38%) were cared for by control hospitalists. Patient satisfaction with the clarity of the verbal and written discharge instructions and overall satisfaction with hospital discharge was similar between the 2 groups (see Table 4).

Satisfaction with Hospital Discharge of Patients Cared for by HospitalistHospitalist Care Coordinator (HCC) Teams Compared with That of Patients Cared for by Control Hospitalists
 HospitalistHCC Team (n = 44)Control (n = 27)P value
Mean score (SD)*
  • Patients rated items using a 10‐point scale (from 1 = least satisfied to 10 = most satisfied).

Clarity of verbal discharge instructions8.86 ( 2.31)8.44 ( 2.63)0.52
Clarity of written discharge instructions8.95 ( 2.30)8.93 ( 2.54)0.78
Overall satisfaction with hospital discharge8.57 ( 2.42)8.37 ( 2.90)0.94

The unadjusted mean LOS for patients cared for by hospitalistHCC teams was 4.70 4.15 days compared with 5.07 3.99 days for patients cared for by control hospitalists (P = .005; see Table 5). The unadjusted mean cost for patients cared for by hospitalistHCC teams was $10,052.96 $11,708.73 compared with $11,703.19 $20,455.78 for patients cared for by control hospitalists (P = .008). In multivariate analysis using age, sex, ethnicity, payer type, and DRG weight as independent variables and adjusting for physician clustering, LOS remained lower for patients cared for by hospitalistHCC teams; however, this result was not statistically significant (0.28 days, P = .17). Similar multivariate regression analysis showed a trend toward lower cost for patients cared for by the hospitalistHCC teams (585.62, P = .15).

Differences in Length of Stay and Cost between Patients Cared for by HospitalistHospitalist Care Coordinator (HCC) Teams and Patients Cared for by Control Hospitalists
 Unadjusted mean (SD)P value for unadjusted difference*Adjusted difference with hospitalistHCC teamP value for adjusted difference
  • P values for Wilcoxon rank sum tests.

  • P values for multivariate analyses with adjustment for age, sex, ethnicity, payer type, diagnosis‐related group (DRG) weight, and physician clustering.

Length of stay    
HospitalistHCC teams4.70 (4.15).0050.28.17
Control hospitalists5.07 (3.99)   
Cost    
HospitalistHCC teams10,052.96 (11,708.73).008585.62.15
Control hospitalists11,703.19 (20,455.78)   

DISCUSSION

Our study found that hospitalists working in a team approach with an HCC rated the efficiency of their daily work and their job satisfaction significantly higher than did control hospitalists. Specific areas of improved efficiency included communication activities and activities related to hospital discharge. A prior study conducted by our group found that hospitalists spend a lot of time on indirect patient care activities such as communication and activities related to the discharge process, while spending relatively little time on direct patient care.8 Improving the efficiency of indirect patient care activities of hospitalists is likely to improve their job satisfaction. The importance of improving hospitalist workload and job satisfaction is underscored by the relatively high number of hospitalists at risk for burnout9 and the growing concern about daily workload among hospital medicine group leaders.7

Patient satisfaction was not significantly affected by the use of the hospitalistHCC team in our study. A priori, we postulated that patient satisfaction with the discharge process might improve with the use of the hospitalistHCC team. We therefore limited survey questions to assessing only satisfaction with hospital discharge rather than other aspects of patient hospital care. A recent study reported that patients rated the quality of discharge instructions significantly lower than they rated the overall quality of their hospital stay.10 However, the patients in our study gave high ratings to both discharge instructions and overall satisfaction with hospital discharge. This may explain why we were unable to detect a difference. Our study was limited by the relatively small number of patients we were able to contact to assess satisfaction. Previous studies evaluating the impact of care coordinators either did not assess patient satisfaction with discharge5 or found no difference in satisfaction with hospital discharge.6

Although our study did not find a difference in patient satisfaction with the discharge process, we believe the hospitalistHCC model has the potential to complement efforts to reduce the risk of adverse events as patients transition out of the hospital. It has been reported that 12% of patients have a preventable or ameliorable adverse event in the period immediately following hospital discharge.11, 12 Although Forster et al. did not find a reduction in the risk of adverse events with the addition of a clinical coordinator to a general medical team, they noted incongruence between the coordinator's role and the outcomes measured.6 Similarly, we would need to modify the role of the HCC from a position designed mainly to improve efficiency to one that complements efforts to improve the quality of the discharge process. Possible ways to enhance the HCC role in this regard include increasing the emphasis on and training in patient education skills. Several recently published articles have emphasized the need to redesign the discharge process in an effort to reduce the risk of adverse events following hospital discharge.1315 A modified HCC role might be an essential feature of a redesigned multidisciplinary discharge process.

We were unable to demonstrate improved efficiency for the hospital. Although LOS and cost were lower for patients cared for by the hospitalistHCC teams, the difference was not statistically significant. One possible explanation for why we did not observe a larger reduction in LOS is that our hospitalist service had a lower‐than‐average patient volume during the study period. The lower volume mirrored an unanticipated dip in hospital volume during the same period. Specifically, our service normally discharges an average of 338 patients per month, but during the study period we discharged an average of 235 patients per month. A potential LOS and cost benefit may have been attenuated by the relatively low volume, as hospitalists had ample time to dedicate to communication and coordination of discharge plans.

Our study had several limitations. It was conducted on a nonteaching hospitalist service at a single site. Hospitalist practices vary widely in their staffing and scheduling models. As previously mentioned, we were only able to perform patient satisfaction surveys during the second half of the study period. In addition, hospitalistHCC team patients made up a larger percentage of the patient survey responses (62%) than did control hospitalist patients (38%). This may have affected our ability to detect differences in satisfaction with the hospital discharge process. As also previously noted, our patient volume was lower than normal during the study period. We believe that a higher volume would have magnified differences in hospitalists' perceived efficiency and perhaps resulted in significant improvements in LOS and cost. Finally, the hospital provided funding for only a 12‐week study. This limited our sample size and the power of the study to detect important differences. It is possible that a larger sample size and/or longer study period may have been able to demonstrate a statistically significant improvement in LOS and cost.

Our findings are of particular importance in light of the persistent concerns about hospitalist workload and job satisfaction. Although many hospitalists work with clinical coordinators and case managers, we believe that having the formal structure of a hospitalistcare coordinator team was the key element to improving hospitalist efficiency and satisfaction. We hope that our study is a precursor to research evaluating models of delivering hospital care and their impact on hospitalist work experience, hospital efficiency, and patient outcomes.

References
  1. Nyberg D.Innovations in the management of hospitalized patients.Nurse Pract.2006;Suppl:23.
  2. McHale‐Ramsey M,Daniels S.Hospitalists and case managers: the perfect partnership.Lippincotts Case Manag.2004;9:280286.
  3. Amin AN,Owen MM.Productive interdisciplinary team relationships: the hospitalist and the case manager.Lippincotts Case Manag.2006;11:160164.
  4. Bayard JM,Calianno C,Mee CL.Care coordinator—blending roles to improve patient outcomes.J Nurs Manage.1997;28:4952.
  5. Moher D,Weinberg A,Hanlon R,Runnals K.Effects of a medical team coordinator on length of hospital stay.Can Med Assoc J.1992;146:511515.
  6. Forster AJ,Clark HD,Menard A, et al.Effect of a nurse team coordinator on outcomes for hospitalized medicine patients.Am J Med.2005;118:11481153.
  7. Society of Hospital Medicine. Available at: http://www.hospitalmedicine.org/Content/NavigationMenu/ResourceCenter/Surveys/Surveys1.htm. Accessed April 2,2007.
  8. O'Leary KJ,Liebovitz DM,Baker DW.How hospitalists spend their time: insights on efficiency and safety.J Hosp Med.2006;1:8893.
  9. Hoff TH,Whitcomb WF,Williams K,Nelson JR,Cheesman RA.Characteristics and work experiences of hospitalists in the United States.Arch Intern Med.2001;161:851858.
  10. Clark PA,Drain M,Gesell SB,Mylod DM,Kaldenberg DO,Hamilton J.Patient perception of quality in discharge instruction.Patient Educ Couns.2005;59:5668.
  11. Forster AJ,Clark HD,Menard A, et al.Adverse events among medical patient after hospital discharge.Can Med Assoc J.2004;170:345349.
  12. Forster AJ,Harvey JF,Peterson JF,Gandhi TK,Bates DW.The incidence and severity of adverse events affecting patients after discharge from the hospital.Ann Intern Med.2003;138:161167.
  13. Coleman EA,Berenson RA.Lost in transition: challenges and opportunities for improving the quality of transitional care.Ann Intern Med.2004;141:533536.
  14. Halasyamani L,Kriplani S,Coleman E, et al.Transition of care for hospitalized elderly patients—development of a discharge checklist for hospitalists.J Hosp Med.2006;1:354360.
  15. Anthony D,Chetty VK,Kartha A, et al. Re‐engineering the hospital discharge—an example of a multifaceted process evaluation. Advances in Patient Safety: From Research to Implementation. Vol.2,Concepts and Methodology. AHRQ publication 05‐0021‐2.Rockville, MD:AHRQ;2005. p379394.
References
  1. Nyberg D.Innovations in the management of hospitalized patients.Nurse Pract.2006;Suppl:23.
  2. McHale‐Ramsey M,Daniels S.Hospitalists and case managers: the perfect partnership.Lippincotts Case Manag.2004;9:280286.
  3. Amin AN,Owen MM.Productive interdisciplinary team relationships: the hospitalist and the case manager.Lippincotts Case Manag.2006;11:160164.
  4. Bayard JM,Calianno C,Mee CL.Care coordinator—blending roles to improve patient outcomes.J Nurs Manage.1997;28:4952.
  5. Moher D,Weinberg A,Hanlon R,Runnals K.Effects of a medical team coordinator on length of hospital stay.Can Med Assoc J.1992;146:511515.
  6. Forster AJ,Clark HD,Menard A, et al.Effect of a nurse team coordinator on outcomes for hospitalized medicine patients.Am J Med.2005;118:11481153.
  7. Society of Hospital Medicine. Available at: http://www.hospitalmedicine.org/Content/NavigationMenu/ResourceCenter/Surveys/Surveys1.htm. Accessed April 2,2007.
  8. O'Leary KJ,Liebovitz DM,Baker DW.How hospitalists spend their time: insights on efficiency and safety.J Hosp Med.2006;1:8893.
  9. Hoff TH,Whitcomb WF,Williams K,Nelson JR,Cheesman RA.Characteristics and work experiences of hospitalists in the United States.Arch Intern Med.2001;161:851858.
  10. Clark PA,Drain M,Gesell SB,Mylod DM,Kaldenberg DO,Hamilton J.Patient perception of quality in discharge instruction.Patient Educ Couns.2005;59:5668.
  11. Forster AJ,Clark HD,Menard A, et al.Adverse events among medical patient after hospital discharge.Can Med Assoc J.2004;170:345349.
  12. Forster AJ,Harvey JF,Peterson JF,Gandhi TK,Bates DW.The incidence and severity of adverse events affecting patients after discharge from the hospital.Ann Intern Med.2003;138:161167.
  13. Coleman EA,Berenson RA.Lost in transition: challenges and opportunities for improving the quality of transitional care.Ann Intern Med.2004;141:533536.
  14. Halasyamani L,Kriplani S,Coleman E, et al.Transition of care for hospitalized elderly patients—development of a discharge checklist for hospitalists.J Hosp Med.2006;1:354360.
  15. Anthony D,Chetty VK,Kartha A, et al. Re‐engineering the hospital discharge—an example of a multifaceted process evaluation. Advances in Patient Safety: From Research to Implementation. Vol.2,Concepts and Methodology. AHRQ publication 05‐0021‐2.Rockville, MD:AHRQ;2005. p379394.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
103-109
Page Number
103-109
Article Type
Display Headline
Effect of a hospitalist–care coordinator team on a nonteaching hospitalist service
Display Headline
Effect of a hospitalist–care coordinator team on a nonteaching hospitalist service
Legacy Keywords
hospital medicine, randomized clinical trial, case management
Legacy Keywords
hospital medicine, randomized clinical trial, case management
Sections
Article Source

Copyright © 2008 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Division of General Internal Medicine, 675 North St. Clair, Suite 18‐200, Chicago, IL 60611
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Inappropriate Medication Use in Older Adults

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
Inappropriate medication use in hospitalized older adults—Is it time for interventions?

Medications are central to managing the health of older patients. In 2006, more than 93% of adults 65 years or older reported taking at least 1 medication in the last week, 58% reported taking 5 or more medications, and 18% reported taking 10 or more.1 Medication use by older adults will likely increase further as the U.S. population ages, new drugs are developed, and new therapeutic and preventive uses for medications are discovered.2

Older patients, especially those who are chronically frail or acutely ill, may require special consideration when making prescribing decisions because of age‐related changes in the metabolism and clearance of medications and enhanced pharmacodynamic sensitivities.3 Thus, panels of experts in pharmacology and geriatrics have compiled lists of medications to avoid prescribing for patients 65 years of age or older. The most commonly used list is the Beers criteria, which were introduced in 1991 to serve researchers evaluating prescribing quality in nursing homes. The Beers criteria were updated in 1997 and again in 2003 to include 48 potentially inappropriate medications (PIMs) for which, according to the consensus panel, there are more effective or safer alternatives for older patients.4

Numerous studies in the last 15 years have found that PIMs continue to be used in 12% to 40% of older patients in community and nursing home settings.5 To address the continued use of PIMs, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services incorporated the Beers criteria into federal safety regulations for long‐term care facilities in 1999.6 In 2006, the prescription rate of PIMs was introduced as a Health Plan and Employer Data and Information Set (HEDIS) quality measure for managed care plans.7 Despite adoption of the Beers criteria to monitor prescribing quality and safety in nursing homes and outpatient settings, there has been considerably less study of potentially inappropriate medication use in hospitalized patients.

In this issue of the Journal of Hospital Medicine, Rothberg and colleagues analyzed administrative data from nearly 400 hospitals across the United States and found that nearly half of all older patients hospitalized for 7 common conditions were prescribed at least 1 PIM.8 Thus, the incidence of PIM use in hospitalized older patients far exceeded that reported in most studies of community‐dwelling or nursing home patients. Most notable, however, was the variability found in prescribing rates based on a number of physician and hospital characteristics. For example, although hospitalists and geriatricians were found to be less likely to prescribe PIMs than cardiologists and general internists, among high‐volume cardiologists and internists, PIM prescribing rates ranged widely, from 0% to more than 90%. Similarly, hospitalwide prescribing rates varied by geographic region, and there were 7 hospitals in which not a single PIM was reportedly prescribed.

These findings raise three questions and bring to mind parallels with efforts to control inappropriate antimicrobial use. First question: Can inpatient use of PIMs truly be higher than outpatient use? Yes. The finding that more hospitalized patients are prescribed PIMs than ambulatory patients has face validity for several reasons. First, patients admitted for an acute hospitalization may have more comorbid diseases and take more medications than community‐dwelling older adults. Second, new medications are typically added to treat acutely ill patients on hospitalization. Third, previous studies estimating outpatient PIM use have typically used more narrowly defined lists of PIMs and have not captured over‐the‐counter use of PIMs, particularly antihistamines.9 Diphenhydramine alone accounted for 9% of PIM use in Rothberg's study. Finally, as Rothberg and colleagues point out, this study was limited to certain diagnoses such as acute myocardial infarction that may have protocol‐driven prescribing, which includes PIMs, that may be used only a single time such as promethazine.

Second question: Can PIM prescribing truly be so variable across regions, specialties, and individual hospitals and physicians? Yes. Using multivariable modeling, Rothberg and colleagues controlled for many patient, hospital, and physician characteristics and still found significant variation. John Wennberg and others have documented similar variations for a host of medical treatments; but although variation is interesting, it is unwarranted variation that matters for improving health care quality.10 It is not clear how much of the variation in prescribing rates of PIMs is unwarranted.

Some degree of variation in PIM prescribing rates is certainly acceptable. As the creators of the Beers criteria acknowledge, these medications are deemed only potentially inappropriate, and individual treatment decisions should be tailored to individual patients. However, others have taken the term potentially inappropriate one step further by recategorizing Beers medications as always avoid medications, rarely acceptable medications, and medications that indeed have some indications for use in older adults.8

Variation in prescribing practice may also be acceptable when there is not a clear consensus on the superiority of one practice over another. Indeed, the evidence that PIM prescribing causes large numbers of clinically significant adverse drug events and patient harm is weak and largely based on observational studies with inconsistent results. Although some studies demonstrated an epidemiological association between Beers criteria medications and general adverse outcomes (eg, hospitalizations),11 other studies did not.12 A recent systematic review concluded that Beers criteria medications were associated with some adverse health effects, but the studies analyzed were too heterogeneous to support formal meta‐analysis.13 Thus, variability in prescribing rates of Beers medications may simply reflect individual clinical judgment in the absence of conclusive outcomes data.

Third question: Can hospitalists use the findings of Rothberg and colleagues to improve the quality of medication prescribing for older adults in their institutions? Maybe. But hospitalists wishing to reduce PIM use in their institutions should draw lessons from other efforts to modify physician‐prescribing practice such as efforts to reduce inappropriate antimicrobial use. Although national data draw attention to the high frequency of potentially inappropriate medication use in hospitalized patients, the large variation in use across hospitals confirms the need for monitoring in individual facilities. For example, the National Healthcare Safety Network provides national benchmarks of antimicrobial use and resistance, but individual hospitals monitor antibiotic use and resistance in their own institutions to tailor local efforts to improve antimicrobial prescribing.14

Also, initiating a quality improvement effort targeting all 48 Beers criteria medications may be an inefficient use of resources. Using such a composite measure obscures the contribution of the component medications, each of which possesses unique and sometimes controversial profiles of efficacy and harm for older patients. Instead, a targeted intervention addressing the most commonly prescribed Beers medications that have widely accepted alternatives could be more practical. For instance, many antibiotic management programs focus on replacing a popular, extended‐spectrum antimicrobial with a narrow‐spectrum agent as soon as microbiological susceptibly results are available.

Propoxephene is a PIM that may be an attractive target for intervention. Propoxephene was the third most commonly prescribed PIM identified by Rothberg and colleagues, but meta‐analyses of controlled trials have concluded that propoxephene provides inferior analgesia for acute pain compared with that provided by other opioids with similar side effects, and has more adverse effects than nonopioid analgesics.15 Indeed, Rothberg found that just 3 of 48 PIMs (promethazine, diphenhydramine, and propoxyphene), each of which has viable alternative agents, accounted for approximately a quarter of all potentially inappropriate prescribing.

However, not all of the 48 Beers medications have alternatives with strong evidence of superiority. The Beers list includes medications (eg, amiodarone) that may not have equivalent alternative agents. On the other hand, some Beers medications have largely been supplanted (eg, ticlopidine or tripelennamine), and identifying these medications may be an inefficient use of scarce patient safety resources. As with antimicrobial stewardship programs, local surveillance of PIM use should be combined with local consensus on appropriate alternatives to target PIM interventions.

Of course, once specific PIM use is targeted for improvement, a specific intervention must be implemented. Only a handful of studies have examined the effectiveness of interventions (eg, computerized pharmacy alerts) to reduce PIM use, and most of these have focused on the outpatient setting rather than hospitalized patients.3 One study that included hospitalized patients utilized a team approach (geriatricians, nurses, social workers, and pharmacists) and demonstrated a reduction in potentially inappropriate medication use but no reduction in adverse drug reactions during hospitalization.16 In light of the scarcity of controlled intervention trials to reduce PIM use, initiatives to reduce inappropriate antimicrobial prescribing may provide useful insights into the strengths and limitations of approaches such as clinician education, formulary restrictions, pharmacist review, and computer‐based monitoring.17

Finally, any intervention to reduce PIM use should have reasonable expectations. The Beers criteria were developed to improve the effectiveness of medication therapy for older adults as well as to prevent harm, but it is unlikely that reducing PIM use in hospitalized patients will result in improvements that could be measured easily during an initial hospitalization. If preventing drug‐induced harm during the hospitalization of older patients is the primary concern, a shift in focus is required. Safety efforts should be concentrated on identifying and mitigating the most common and severe adverse drug events, rather than focusing efforts on reducing the use of PIMs. National data demonstrate that a handful of drugsinsulin, warfarin, and digoxinmost commonly cause severe adverse events in older outpatients.18 Optimizing the management of these medications may be another approach for improving drug safety in hospitalized patients. Regardless of the focus of a drug safety intervention, the experience of infection control and hospital epidemiology programs suggests that success will require dedicated professionals and the commitment of resources to examine patterns of local use, implement interventions, and monitor outcomes.

Acknowledgements

The author thanks Carolyn Gould, MD, and Nadine Shehab, PharmD, of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention for their insights and thoughtful comments.

References
  1. Slone Epidemiology Center. Patterns of medication use in the United States, 2006: a report from the Slone survey. Available at: http://www.bu.edu/slone/SloneSurvey/AnnualRpt/SloneSurveyWebReport2006.pdf. Accessed September 17,2007.
  2. Budnitz DS,Layde PM.Outpatient drug safety: new steps in an old direction.Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf.2007;16:160165.
  3. Spinewine A,Schmader KE,Barber N, et al.Appropriate prescribing in elderly people: how well can it be measured and optimised?Lancet.2007;370:173184.
  4. Fick DM,Cooper JW,Wade WE,Waller JL,Maclean JR,Beers MH.Updating the Beers criteria for potentially inappropriate medication use in older adults: results of a US consensus panel of experts.Arch Intern Med.2003;163:27162724.
  5. Raebel MA,Charles J,Dugan J, et al.Randomized trial to improve prescribing safety in ambulatory elderly patients.JAm Geriatr Soc.2007;55:977985.
  6. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services.Survey Protocol for Long‐Term Care Facilities, Vol.2004.1999.
  7. HEDIS® 2007 Final NDC Lists: Drugs to Be Avoided in the Elderly. Washington, DC: National Committee on Quality Assurance; 2007. Available at: http://web.ncqa.org/tabid/210/Default.aspx. Accessed September 17,2007.
  8. Rothberg MB,Perkow PS,Liu F, et al.Potentially inappropriate medication use in hospitalized elders.J Hosp Med.2008;3:91102.
  9. Zhan C,Sangl J,Bierman A, et al.Potentially inappropriate medication use in the community‐dwelling elderly: findings from the 1996 medical expenditure panel survey.JAMA.2001;286:28232829.
  10. Wennberg JE.Unwarranted variations in healthcare delivery: implications for academic medical centers.BMJ.2002;325:961964.
  11. Lau DT,Kasper JD,Potter DE,Lyles A,Bennett RG.Hospitalization and death associated with potentially inappropriate medication prescriptions among elderly nursing home residents.Arch Intern Med.2005;165:6874.
  12. Rask KJ,Wells KJ,Teitel GS,Hawley JN,Richards C,Gazmararian JA.Can an algorithm for appropriate prescribing predict adverse drug events?Am J Manag Care.2005;11:145151.
  13. Jano E,Aparasu RR.Healthcare outcomes associated with Beers' criteria: a systematic review.Ann Pharmacother.2007;41:438448.
  14. Fridkin SK,Stweard CD,Edwards JR, et al.Surveillance of antimicrobial use and antimicrobial resistance in United States hospitals: project ICARE phase 2.Clin Infect Dis.1999;29:245252.
  15. Li Wan Po A,Zhang WY.Systematic overview of co‐proxamol to assess analgesic effects of addition of dextropropoxyphene to parcetamol.BMJ.1997;315:15651571.
  16. Schmader KE,Hanlon JT,Pieper DF, et al.Effects of geriatric evaluation and management on adverse drug reactions and suboptimal prescribing in the frail elderly.Am J Med.2004;116:394401.
  17. MacDougall C,Polk RE.Antimicrobial stewardship programs in health care systems.Clin Microbiol Rev.18;4:638656.
  18. Budnitz DS,Pollock DA,Weidenbach KN,Mendelsohn AB,Schroeder TJ,Annest JL.National surveillance of emergency department visits for outpatient adverse drug events.JAMA.2006;296:18581866.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
87-90
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Medications are central to managing the health of older patients. In 2006, more than 93% of adults 65 years or older reported taking at least 1 medication in the last week, 58% reported taking 5 or more medications, and 18% reported taking 10 or more.1 Medication use by older adults will likely increase further as the U.S. population ages, new drugs are developed, and new therapeutic and preventive uses for medications are discovered.2

Older patients, especially those who are chronically frail or acutely ill, may require special consideration when making prescribing decisions because of age‐related changes in the metabolism and clearance of medications and enhanced pharmacodynamic sensitivities.3 Thus, panels of experts in pharmacology and geriatrics have compiled lists of medications to avoid prescribing for patients 65 years of age or older. The most commonly used list is the Beers criteria, which were introduced in 1991 to serve researchers evaluating prescribing quality in nursing homes. The Beers criteria were updated in 1997 and again in 2003 to include 48 potentially inappropriate medications (PIMs) for which, according to the consensus panel, there are more effective or safer alternatives for older patients.4

Numerous studies in the last 15 years have found that PIMs continue to be used in 12% to 40% of older patients in community and nursing home settings.5 To address the continued use of PIMs, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services incorporated the Beers criteria into federal safety regulations for long‐term care facilities in 1999.6 In 2006, the prescription rate of PIMs was introduced as a Health Plan and Employer Data and Information Set (HEDIS) quality measure for managed care plans.7 Despite adoption of the Beers criteria to monitor prescribing quality and safety in nursing homes and outpatient settings, there has been considerably less study of potentially inappropriate medication use in hospitalized patients.

In this issue of the Journal of Hospital Medicine, Rothberg and colleagues analyzed administrative data from nearly 400 hospitals across the United States and found that nearly half of all older patients hospitalized for 7 common conditions were prescribed at least 1 PIM.8 Thus, the incidence of PIM use in hospitalized older patients far exceeded that reported in most studies of community‐dwelling or nursing home patients. Most notable, however, was the variability found in prescribing rates based on a number of physician and hospital characteristics. For example, although hospitalists and geriatricians were found to be less likely to prescribe PIMs than cardiologists and general internists, among high‐volume cardiologists and internists, PIM prescribing rates ranged widely, from 0% to more than 90%. Similarly, hospitalwide prescribing rates varied by geographic region, and there were 7 hospitals in which not a single PIM was reportedly prescribed.

These findings raise three questions and bring to mind parallels with efforts to control inappropriate antimicrobial use. First question: Can inpatient use of PIMs truly be higher than outpatient use? Yes. The finding that more hospitalized patients are prescribed PIMs than ambulatory patients has face validity for several reasons. First, patients admitted for an acute hospitalization may have more comorbid diseases and take more medications than community‐dwelling older adults. Second, new medications are typically added to treat acutely ill patients on hospitalization. Third, previous studies estimating outpatient PIM use have typically used more narrowly defined lists of PIMs and have not captured over‐the‐counter use of PIMs, particularly antihistamines.9 Diphenhydramine alone accounted for 9% of PIM use in Rothberg's study. Finally, as Rothberg and colleagues point out, this study was limited to certain diagnoses such as acute myocardial infarction that may have protocol‐driven prescribing, which includes PIMs, that may be used only a single time such as promethazine.

Second question: Can PIM prescribing truly be so variable across regions, specialties, and individual hospitals and physicians? Yes. Using multivariable modeling, Rothberg and colleagues controlled for many patient, hospital, and physician characteristics and still found significant variation. John Wennberg and others have documented similar variations for a host of medical treatments; but although variation is interesting, it is unwarranted variation that matters for improving health care quality.10 It is not clear how much of the variation in prescribing rates of PIMs is unwarranted.

Some degree of variation in PIM prescribing rates is certainly acceptable. As the creators of the Beers criteria acknowledge, these medications are deemed only potentially inappropriate, and individual treatment decisions should be tailored to individual patients. However, others have taken the term potentially inappropriate one step further by recategorizing Beers medications as always avoid medications, rarely acceptable medications, and medications that indeed have some indications for use in older adults.8

Variation in prescribing practice may also be acceptable when there is not a clear consensus on the superiority of one practice over another. Indeed, the evidence that PIM prescribing causes large numbers of clinically significant adverse drug events and patient harm is weak and largely based on observational studies with inconsistent results. Although some studies demonstrated an epidemiological association between Beers criteria medications and general adverse outcomes (eg, hospitalizations),11 other studies did not.12 A recent systematic review concluded that Beers criteria medications were associated with some adverse health effects, but the studies analyzed were too heterogeneous to support formal meta‐analysis.13 Thus, variability in prescribing rates of Beers medications may simply reflect individual clinical judgment in the absence of conclusive outcomes data.

Third question: Can hospitalists use the findings of Rothberg and colleagues to improve the quality of medication prescribing for older adults in their institutions? Maybe. But hospitalists wishing to reduce PIM use in their institutions should draw lessons from other efforts to modify physician‐prescribing practice such as efforts to reduce inappropriate antimicrobial use. Although national data draw attention to the high frequency of potentially inappropriate medication use in hospitalized patients, the large variation in use across hospitals confirms the need for monitoring in individual facilities. For example, the National Healthcare Safety Network provides national benchmarks of antimicrobial use and resistance, but individual hospitals monitor antibiotic use and resistance in their own institutions to tailor local efforts to improve antimicrobial prescribing.14

Also, initiating a quality improvement effort targeting all 48 Beers criteria medications may be an inefficient use of resources. Using such a composite measure obscures the contribution of the component medications, each of which possesses unique and sometimes controversial profiles of efficacy and harm for older patients. Instead, a targeted intervention addressing the most commonly prescribed Beers medications that have widely accepted alternatives could be more practical. For instance, many antibiotic management programs focus on replacing a popular, extended‐spectrum antimicrobial with a narrow‐spectrum agent as soon as microbiological susceptibly results are available.

Propoxephene is a PIM that may be an attractive target for intervention. Propoxephene was the third most commonly prescribed PIM identified by Rothberg and colleagues, but meta‐analyses of controlled trials have concluded that propoxephene provides inferior analgesia for acute pain compared with that provided by other opioids with similar side effects, and has more adverse effects than nonopioid analgesics.15 Indeed, Rothberg found that just 3 of 48 PIMs (promethazine, diphenhydramine, and propoxyphene), each of which has viable alternative agents, accounted for approximately a quarter of all potentially inappropriate prescribing.

However, not all of the 48 Beers medications have alternatives with strong evidence of superiority. The Beers list includes medications (eg, amiodarone) that may not have equivalent alternative agents. On the other hand, some Beers medications have largely been supplanted (eg, ticlopidine or tripelennamine), and identifying these medications may be an inefficient use of scarce patient safety resources. As with antimicrobial stewardship programs, local surveillance of PIM use should be combined with local consensus on appropriate alternatives to target PIM interventions.

Of course, once specific PIM use is targeted for improvement, a specific intervention must be implemented. Only a handful of studies have examined the effectiveness of interventions (eg, computerized pharmacy alerts) to reduce PIM use, and most of these have focused on the outpatient setting rather than hospitalized patients.3 One study that included hospitalized patients utilized a team approach (geriatricians, nurses, social workers, and pharmacists) and demonstrated a reduction in potentially inappropriate medication use but no reduction in adverse drug reactions during hospitalization.16 In light of the scarcity of controlled intervention trials to reduce PIM use, initiatives to reduce inappropriate antimicrobial prescribing may provide useful insights into the strengths and limitations of approaches such as clinician education, formulary restrictions, pharmacist review, and computer‐based monitoring.17

Finally, any intervention to reduce PIM use should have reasonable expectations. The Beers criteria were developed to improve the effectiveness of medication therapy for older adults as well as to prevent harm, but it is unlikely that reducing PIM use in hospitalized patients will result in improvements that could be measured easily during an initial hospitalization. If preventing drug‐induced harm during the hospitalization of older patients is the primary concern, a shift in focus is required. Safety efforts should be concentrated on identifying and mitigating the most common and severe adverse drug events, rather than focusing efforts on reducing the use of PIMs. National data demonstrate that a handful of drugsinsulin, warfarin, and digoxinmost commonly cause severe adverse events in older outpatients.18 Optimizing the management of these medications may be another approach for improving drug safety in hospitalized patients. Regardless of the focus of a drug safety intervention, the experience of infection control and hospital epidemiology programs suggests that success will require dedicated professionals and the commitment of resources to examine patterns of local use, implement interventions, and monitor outcomes.

Acknowledgements

The author thanks Carolyn Gould, MD, and Nadine Shehab, PharmD, of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention for their insights and thoughtful comments.

Medications are central to managing the health of older patients. In 2006, more than 93% of adults 65 years or older reported taking at least 1 medication in the last week, 58% reported taking 5 or more medications, and 18% reported taking 10 or more.1 Medication use by older adults will likely increase further as the U.S. population ages, new drugs are developed, and new therapeutic and preventive uses for medications are discovered.2

Older patients, especially those who are chronically frail or acutely ill, may require special consideration when making prescribing decisions because of age‐related changes in the metabolism and clearance of medications and enhanced pharmacodynamic sensitivities.3 Thus, panels of experts in pharmacology and geriatrics have compiled lists of medications to avoid prescribing for patients 65 years of age or older. The most commonly used list is the Beers criteria, which were introduced in 1991 to serve researchers evaluating prescribing quality in nursing homes. The Beers criteria were updated in 1997 and again in 2003 to include 48 potentially inappropriate medications (PIMs) for which, according to the consensus panel, there are more effective or safer alternatives for older patients.4

Numerous studies in the last 15 years have found that PIMs continue to be used in 12% to 40% of older patients in community and nursing home settings.5 To address the continued use of PIMs, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services incorporated the Beers criteria into federal safety regulations for long‐term care facilities in 1999.6 In 2006, the prescription rate of PIMs was introduced as a Health Plan and Employer Data and Information Set (HEDIS) quality measure for managed care plans.7 Despite adoption of the Beers criteria to monitor prescribing quality and safety in nursing homes and outpatient settings, there has been considerably less study of potentially inappropriate medication use in hospitalized patients.

In this issue of the Journal of Hospital Medicine, Rothberg and colleagues analyzed administrative data from nearly 400 hospitals across the United States and found that nearly half of all older patients hospitalized for 7 common conditions were prescribed at least 1 PIM.8 Thus, the incidence of PIM use in hospitalized older patients far exceeded that reported in most studies of community‐dwelling or nursing home patients. Most notable, however, was the variability found in prescribing rates based on a number of physician and hospital characteristics. For example, although hospitalists and geriatricians were found to be less likely to prescribe PIMs than cardiologists and general internists, among high‐volume cardiologists and internists, PIM prescribing rates ranged widely, from 0% to more than 90%. Similarly, hospitalwide prescribing rates varied by geographic region, and there were 7 hospitals in which not a single PIM was reportedly prescribed.

These findings raise three questions and bring to mind parallels with efforts to control inappropriate antimicrobial use. First question: Can inpatient use of PIMs truly be higher than outpatient use? Yes. The finding that more hospitalized patients are prescribed PIMs than ambulatory patients has face validity for several reasons. First, patients admitted for an acute hospitalization may have more comorbid diseases and take more medications than community‐dwelling older adults. Second, new medications are typically added to treat acutely ill patients on hospitalization. Third, previous studies estimating outpatient PIM use have typically used more narrowly defined lists of PIMs and have not captured over‐the‐counter use of PIMs, particularly antihistamines.9 Diphenhydramine alone accounted for 9% of PIM use in Rothberg's study. Finally, as Rothberg and colleagues point out, this study was limited to certain diagnoses such as acute myocardial infarction that may have protocol‐driven prescribing, which includes PIMs, that may be used only a single time such as promethazine.

Second question: Can PIM prescribing truly be so variable across regions, specialties, and individual hospitals and physicians? Yes. Using multivariable modeling, Rothberg and colleagues controlled for many patient, hospital, and physician characteristics and still found significant variation. John Wennberg and others have documented similar variations for a host of medical treatments; but although variation is interesting, it is unwarranted variation that matters for improving health care quality.10 It is not clear how much of the variation in prescribing rates of PIMs is unwarranted.

Some degree of variation in PIM prescribing rates is certainly acceptable. As the creators of the Beers criteria acknowledge, these medications are deemed only potentially inappropriate, and individual treatment decisions should be tailored to individual patients. However, others have taken the term potentially inappropriate one step further by recategorizing Beers medications as always avoid medications, rarely acceptable medications, and medications that indeed have some indications for use in older adults.8

Variation in prescribing practice may also be acceptable when there is not a clear consensus on the superiority of one practice over another. Indeed, the evidence that PIM prescribing causes large numbers of clinically significant adverse drug events and patient harm is weak and largely based on observational studies with inconsistent results. Although some studies demonstrated an epidemiological association between Beers criteria medications and general adverse outcomes (eg, hospitalizations),11 other studies did not.12 A recent systematic review concluded that Beers criteria medications were associated with some adverse health effects, but the studies analyzed were too heterogeneous to support formal meta‐analysis.13 Thus, variability in prescribing rates of Beers medications may simply reflect individual clinical judgment in the absence of conclusive outcomes data.

Third question: Can hospitalists use the findings of Rothberg and colleagues to improve the quality of medication prescribing for older adults in their institutions? Maybe. But hospitalists wishing to reduce PIM use in their institutions should draw lessons from other efforts to modify physician‐prescribing practice such as efforts to reduce inappropriate antimicrobial use. Although national data draw attention to the high frequency of potentially inappropriate medication use in hospitalized patients, the large variation in use across hospitals confirms the need for monitoring in individual facilities. For example, the National Healthcare Safety Network provides national benchmarks of antimicrobial use and resistance, but individual hospitals monitor antibiotic use and resistance in their own institutions to tailor local efforts to improve antimicrobial prescribing.14

Also, initiating a quality improvement effort targeting all 48 Beers criteria medications may be an inefficient use of resources. Using such a composite measure obscures the contribution of the component medications, each of which possesses unique and sometimes controversial profiles of efficacy and harm for older patients. Instead, a targeted intervention addressing the most commonly prescribed Beers medications that have widely accepted alternatives could be more practical. For instance, many antibiotic management programs focus on replacing a popular, extended‐spectrum antimicrobial with a narrow‐spectrum agent as soon as microbiological susceptibly results are available.

Propoxephene is a PIM that may be an attractive target for intervention. Propoxephene was the third most commonly prescribed PIM identified by Rothberg and colleagues, but meta‐analyses of controlled trials have concluded that propoxephene provides inferior analgesia for acute pain compared with that provided by other opioids with similar side effects, and has more adverse effects than nonopioid analgesics.15 Indeed, Rothberg found that just 3 of 48 PIMs (promethazine, diphenhydramine, and propoxyphene), each of which has viable alternative agents, accounted for approximately a quarter of all potentially inappropriate prescribing.

However, not all of the 48 Beers medications have alternatives with strong evidence of superiority. The Beers list includes medications (eg, amiodarone) that may not have equivalent alternative agents. On the other hand, some Beers medications have largely been supplanted (eg, ticlopidine or tripelennamine), and identifying these medications may be an inefficient use of scarce patient safety resources. As with antimicrobial stewardship programs, local surveillance of PIM use should be combined with local consensus on appropriate alternatives to target PIM interventions.

Of course, once specific PIM use is targeted for improvement, a specific intervention must be implemented. Only a handful of studies have examined the effectiveness of interventions (eg, computerized pharmacy alerts) to reduce PIM use, and most of these have focused on the outpatient setting rather than hospitalized patients.3 One study that included hospitalized patients utilized a team approach (geriatricians, nurses, social workers, and pharmacists) and demonstrated a reduction in potentially inappropriate medication use but no reduction in adverse drug reactions during hospitalization.16 In light of the scarcity of controlled intervention trials to reduce PIM use, initiatives to reduce inappropriate antimicrobial prescribing may provide useful insights into the strengths and limitations of approaches such as clinician education, formulary restrictions, pharmacist review, and computer‐based monitoring.17

Finally, any intervention to reduce PIM use should have reasonable expectations. The Beers criteria were developed to improve the effectiveness of medication therapy for older adults as well as to prevent harm, but it is unlikely that reducing PIM use in hospitalized patients will result in improvements that could be measured easily during an initial hospitalization. If preventing drug‐induced harm during the hospitalization of older patients is the primary concern, a shift in focus is required. Safety efforts should be concentrated on identifying and mitigating the most common and severe adverse drug events, rather than focusing efforts on reducing the use of PIMs. National data demonstrate that a handful of drugsinsulin, warfarin, and digoxinmost commonly cause severe adverse events in older outpatients.18 Optimizing the management of these medications may be another approach for improving drug safety in hospitalized patients. Regardless of the focus of a drug safety intervention, the experience of infection control and hospital epidemiology programs suggests that success will require dedicated professionals and the commitment of resources to examine patterns of local use, implement interventions, and monitor outcomes.

Acknowledgements

The author thanks Carolyn Gould, MD, and Nadine Shehab, PharmD, of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention for their insights and thoughtful comments.

References
  1. Slone Epidemiology Center. Patterns of medication use in the United States, 2006: a report from the Slone survey. Available at: http://www.bu.edu/slone/SloneSurvey/AnnualRpt/SloneSurveyWebReport2006.pdf. Accessed September 17,2007.
  2. Budnitz DS,Layde PM.Outpatient drug safety: new steps in an old direction.Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf.2007;16:160165.
  3. Spinewine A,Schmader KE,Barber N, et al.Appropriate prescribing in elderly people: how well can it be measured and optimised?Lancet.2007;370:173184.
  4. Fick DM,Cooper JW,Wade WE,Waller JL,Maclean JR,Beers MH.Updating the Beers criteria for potentially inappropriate medication use in older adults: results of a US consensus panel of experts.Arch Intern Med.2003;163:27162724.
  5. Raebel MA,Charles J,Dugan J, et al.Randomized trial to improve prescribing safety in ambulatory elderly patients.JAm Geriatr Soc.2007;55:977985.
  6. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services.Survey Protocol for Long‐Term Care Facilities, Vol.2004.1999.
  7. HEDIS® 2007 Final NDC Lists: Drugs to Be Avoided in the Elderly. Washington, DC: National Committee on Quality Assurance; 2007. Available at: http://web.ncqa.org/tabid/210/Default.aspx. Accessed September 17,2007.
  8. Rothberg MB,Perkow PS,Liu F, et al.Potentially inappropriate medication use in hospitalized elders.J Hosp Med.2008;3:91102.
  9. Zhan C,Sangl J,Bierman A, et al.Potentially inappropriate medication use in the community‐dwelling elderly: findings from the 1996 medical expenditure panel survey.JAMA.2001;286:28232829.
  10. Wennberg JE.Unwarranted variations in healthcare delivery: implications for academic medical centers.BMJ.2002;325:961964.
  11. Lau DT,Kasper JD,Potter DE,Lyles A,Bennett RG.Hospitalization and death associated with potentially inappropriate medication prescriptions among elderly nursing home residents.Arch Intern Med.2005;165:6874.
  12. Rask KJ,Wells KJ,Teitel GS,Hawley JN,Richards C,Gazmararian JA.Can an algorithm for appropriate prescribing predict adverse drug events?Am J Manag Care.2005;11:145151.
  13. Jano E,Aparasu RR.Healthcare outcomes associated with Beers' criteria: a systematic review.Ann Pharmacother.2007;41:438448.
  14. Fridkin SK,Stweard CD,Edwards JR, et al.Surveillance of antimicrobial use and antimicrobial resistance in United States hospitals: project ICARE phase 2.Clin Infect Dis.1999;29:245252.
  15. Li Wan Po A,Zhang WY.Systematic overview of co‐proxamol to assess analgesic effects of addition of dextropropoxyphene to parcetamol.BMJ.1997;315:15651571.
  16. Schmader KE,Hanlon JT,Pieper DF, et al.Effects of geriatric evaluation and management on adverse drug reactions and suboptimal prescribing in the frail elderly.Am J Med.2004;116:394401.
  17. MacDougall C,Polk RE.Antimicrobial stewardship programs in health care systems.Clin Microbiol Rev.18;4:638656.
  18. Budnitz DS,Pollock DA,Weidenbach KN,Mendelsohn AB,Schroeder TJ,Annest JL.National surveillance of emergency department visits for outpatient adverse drug events.JAMA.2006;296:18581866.
References
  1. Slone Epidemiology Center. Patterns of medication use in the United States, 2006: a report from the Slone survey. Available at: http://www.bu.edu/slone/SloneSurvey/AnnualRpt/SloneSurveyWebReport2006.pdf. Accessed September 17,2007.
  2. Budnitz DS,Layde PM.Outpatient drug safety: new steps in an old direction.Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf.2007;16:160165.
  3. Spinewine A,Schmader KE,Barber N, et al.Appropriate prescribing in elderly people: how well can it be measured and optimised?Lancet.2007;370:173184.
  4. Fick DM,Cooper JW,Wade WE,Waller JL,Maclean JR,Beers MH.Updating the Beers criteria for potentially inappropriate medication use in older adults: results of a US consensus panel of experts.Arch Intern Med.2003;163:27162724.
  5. Raebel MA,Charles J,Dugan J, et al.Randomized trial to improve prescribing safety in ambulatory elderly patients.JAm Geriatr Soc.2007;55:977985.
  6. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services.Survey Protocol for Long‐Term Care Facilities, Vol.2004.1999.
  7. HEDIS® 2007 Final NDC Lists: Drugs to Be Avoided in the Elderly. Washington, DC: National Committee on Quality Assurance; 2007. Available at: http://web.ncqa.org/tabid/210/Default.aspx. Accessed September 17,2007.
  8. Rothberg MB,Perkow PS,Liu F, et al.Potentially inappropriate medication use in hospitalized elders.J Hosp Med.2008;3:91102.
  9. Zhan C,Sangl J,Bierman A, et al.Potentially inappropriate medication use in the community‐dwelling elderly: findings from the 1996 medical expenditure panel survey.JAMA.2001;286:28232829.
  10. Wennberg JE.Unwarranted variations in healthcare delivery: implications for academic medical centers.BMJ.2002;325:961964.
  11. Lau DT,Kasper JD,Potter DE,Lyles A,Bennett RG.Hospitalization and death associated with potentially inappropriate medication prescriptions among elderly nursing home residents.Arch Intern Med.2005;165:6874.
  12. Rask KJ,Wells KJ,Teitel GS,Hawley JN,Richards C,Gazmararian JA.Can an algorithm for appropriate prescribing predict adverse drug events?Am J Manag Care.2005;11:145151.
  13. Jano E,Aparasu RR.Healthcare outcomes associated with Beers' criteria: a systematic review.Ann Pharmacother.2007;41:438448.
  14. Fridkin SK,Stweard CD,Edwards JR, et al.Surveillance of antimicrobial use and antimicrobial resistance in United States hospitals: project ICARE phase 2.Clin Infect Dis.1999;29:245252.
  15. Li Wan Po A,Zhang WY.Systematic overview of co‐proxamol to assess analgesic effects of addition of dextropropoxyphene to parcetamol.BMJ.1997;315:15651571.
  16. Schmader KE,Hanlon JT,Pieper DF, et al.Effects of geriatric evaluation and management on adverse drug reactions and suboptimal prescribing in the frail elderly.Am J Med.2004;116:394401.
  17. MacDougall C,Polk RE.Antimicrobial stewardship programs in health care systems.Clin Microbiol Rev.18;4:638656.
  18. Budnitz DS,Pollock DA,Weidenbach KN,Mendelsohn AB,Schroeder TJ,Annest JL.National surveillance of emergency department visits for outpatient adverse drug events.JAMA.2006;296:18581866.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
87-90
Page Number
87-90
Article Type
Display Headline
Inappropriate medication use in hospitalized older adults—Is it time for interventions?
Display Headline
Inappropriate medication use in hospitalized older adults—Is it time for interventions?
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2008 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Division of Healthcare Quality Promotion, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Road, NE, Mailstop A‐24, Atlanta, GA 30333
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Tuberculosis: In and out of the airways

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
Tuberculosis: In and out of the airways

A 23‐year‐old Chinese woman presented with worsening exertional dyspnea. Her medical history was notable for pulmonary tuberculosis treated at the age of 16. Over the past 3 years, she reported progressive respiratory symptoms resulting in marked exercise intolerance. She denied any fevers, cough, or weight loss. On examination, she had right‐sided tracheal deviation but spoke comfortably. Her heart sounds were displaced and right‐sided breath sounds nearly absent. Chest x‐ray (Fig. 1) and subsequent CT revealed complete collapse of the right lung with associated hyperexpansion of the left lung and left‐to‐right mediastinal shift (Fig. 2, with an asterisk denoting the aortic arch; an arrow, the right main‐stem bronchus, which would soon terminate; and arrowheads, the collapsed right lung). No lung masses or effusions were noted; active TB had been ruled out with AFB sputums. Bronchoscopy revealed a fibrotic and stenotic right main‐stem bronchus (Fig. 3, with an asterisk denoting a patent left main‐stem bronchus and an arrow denoting a stenotic right main‐stem bronchus). Pulmonary manifestations of TB include parenchymal and endobronchial disease. Patients more likely to develop endobronchial disease include those with extensive pulmonary involvement, particularly cavitary lesions. Between 10% and 20% of patients with endobronchial disease will have normal CXRs, though CT scans may reveal endobronchial lesions or narrowing. Complications of endobronchial disease include obstruction, bronchiectasis, and tracheal or bronchial stenosis. Some airway obstructions may be associated with enlarging peribronchial nodes, which may erode into the airways as broncholiths. Steroids have been used to prevent long‐term complications, but their efficacy is still unclear. Repeated dilation, stenting, and resection all serve as management options for advanced endobronchial disease. In our patient, the extensive bronchial scarring and stenosis were most likely complications from past endobronchial infection. Unfortunately, attempts at balloon dilatation of her right main‐stem bronchus were unsuccessful, and she continues to have considerable exercise limitation. More prompt recognition of the disease may have allowed for an earlier and more successful intervention.

Figure 1
Chest x‐ray.
Figure 2
Chest CT, with an asterisk denoting the aortic arch; an arrow, the right main‐stem bronchus, which would soon terminate; and arrowheads, the collapsed right lung.
Figure 3
Bronchoscopy, with an asterisk denoting patent left main‐stem bronchus and an arrow denoting stenotic right main‐stem bronchus.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
167-168
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

A 23‐year‐old Chinese woman presented with worsening exertional dyspnea. Her medical history was notable for pulmonary tuberculosis treated at the age of 16. Over the past 3 years, she reported progressive respiratory symptoms resulting in marked exercise intolerance. She denied any fevers, cough, or weight loss. On examination, she had right‐sided tracheal deviation but spoke comfortably. Her heart sounds were displaced and right‐sided breath sounds nearly absent. Chest x‐ray (Fig. 1) and subsequent CT revealed complete collapse of the right lung with associated hyperexpansion of the left lung and left‐to‐right mediastinal shift (Fig. 2, with an asterisk denoting the aortic arch; an arrow, the right main‐stem bronchus, which would soon terminate; and arrowheads, the collapsed right lung). No lung masses or effusions were noted; active TB had been ruled out with AFB sputums. Bronchoscopy revealed a fibrotic and stenotic right main‐stem bronchus (Fig. 3, with an asterisk denoting a patent left main‐stem bronchus and an arrow denoting a stenotic right main‐stem bronchus). Pulmonary manifestations of TB include parenchymal and endobronchial disease. Patients more likely to develop endobronchial disease include those with extensive pulmonary involvement, particularly cavitary lesions. Between 10% and 20% of patients with endobronchial disease will have normal CXRs, though CT scans may reveal endobronchial lesions or narrowing. Complications of endobronchial disease include obstruction, bronchiectasis, and tracheal or bronchial stenosis. Some airway obstructions may be associated with enlarging peribronchial nodes, which may erode into the airways as broncholiths. Steroids have been used to prevent long‐term complications, but their efficacy is still unclear. Repeated dilation, stenting, and resection all serve as management options for advanced endobronchial disease. In our patient, the extensive bronchial scarring and stenosis were most likely complications from past endobronchial infection. Unfortunately, attempts at balloon dilatation of her right main‐stem bronchus were unsuccessful, and she continues to have considerable exercise limitation. More prompt recognition of the disease may have allowed for an earlier and more successful intervention.

Figure 1
Chest x‐ray.
Figure 2
Chest CT, with an asterisk denoting the aortic arch; an arrow, the right main‐stem bronchus, which would soon terminate; and arrowheads, the collapsed right lung.
Figure 3
Bronchoscopy, with an asterisk denoting patent left main‐stem bronchus and an arrow denoting stenotic right main‐stem bronchus.

A 23‐year‐old Chinese woman presented with worsening exertional dyspnea. Her medical history was notable for pulmonary tuberculosis treated at the age of 16. Over the past 3 years, she reported progressive respiratory symptoms resulting in marked exercise intolerance. She denied any fevers, cough, or weight loss. On examination, she had right‐sided tracheal deviation but spoke comfortably. Her heart sounds were displaced and right‐sided breath sounds nearly absent. Chest x‐ray (Fig. 1) and subsequent CT revealed complete collapse of the right lung with associated hyperexpansion of the left lung and left‐to‐right mediastinal shift (Fig. 2, with an asterisk denoting the aortic arch; an arrow, the right main‐stem bronchus, which would soon terminate; and arrowheads, the collapsed right lung). No lung masses or effusions were noted; active TB had been ruled out with AFB sputums. Bronchoscopy revealed a fibrotic and stenotic right main‐stem bronchus (Fig. 3, with an asterisk denoting a patent left main‐stem bronchus and an arrow denoting a stenotic right main‐stem bronchus). Pulmonary manifestations of TB include parenchymal and endobronchial disease. Patients more likely to develop endobronchial disease include those with extensive pulmonary involvement, particularly cavitary lesions. Between 10% and 20% of patients with endobronchial disease will have normal CXRs, though CT scans may reveal endobronchial lesions or narrowing. Complications of endobronchial disease include obstruction, bronchiectasis, and tracheal or bronchial stenosis. Some airway obstructions may be associated with enlarging peribronchial nodes, which may erode into the airways as broncholiths. Steroids have been used to prevent long‐term complications, but their efficacy is still unclear. Repeated dilation, stenting, and resection all serve as management options for advanced endobronchial disease. In our patient, the extensive bronchial scarring and stenosis were most likely complications from past endobronchial infection. Unfortunately, attempts at balloon dilatation of her right main‐stem bronchus were unsuccessful, and she continues to have considerable exercise limitation. More prompt recognition of the disease may have allowed for an earlier and more successful intervention.

Figure 1
Chest x‐ray.
Figure 2
Chest CT, with an asterisk denoting the aortic arch; an arrow, the right main‐stem bronchus, which would soon terminate; and arrowheads, the collapsed right lung.
Figure 3
Bronchoscopy, with an asterisk denoting patent left main‐stem bronchus and an arrow denoting stenotic right main‐stem bronchus.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
167-168
Page Number
167-168
Article Type
Display Headline
Tuberculosis: In and out of the airways
Display Headline
Tuberculosis: In and out of the airways
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2008 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Department of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, 505 Parnassus Ave, Moffitt M‐987, University of California, San Francisco, San Francisco, CA 94143
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Rules of Engagement

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
Peripheral arterial disease and the hospitalist: The rationale for early detection and optimal therapy

Peripheral arterial disease (PAD) is defined by the presence of stenosis or occlusion in peripheral arterial beds.1, 2 Based on large population‐based screening surveys, the prevalence of this disease ranges between 5.5% and 26.7% and is dependent on age, atherothrombotic risk factors, and the coexistence of other atherothrombotic diseases.35 Symptoms of PAD include mild to intermittent claudication, ischemic rest pain, and tissue loss.2 Disease severity is classified according to either Fontaine's stages or Rutherford categories. These categorization schema have value in improving communication between physicians, which is important in ensuring continuity of care between the inpatient and outpatient settings (Table 1).2

PAD Classification According to Fontaine's Stages and Rutherford's Categories
Stage Fontaine Rutherford
Clinical Grade Category Clinical
  • Adapted from Hirsch et al., 2006.2

I Asymptomatic 0 0 Asymptomatic
IIa Mild claudication I 1 Mild claudication
IIb Moderate‐severe claudication I 2 Moderate claudication
III Ischemic rest pain I 3 Severe claudication
IV Ulceration or gangrene II 4 Ischemic rest pain
III 5 Minor tissue loss
IV 6 Ulceration or gangrene

Patients with PAD are at increased risk of dying from or experiencing a cardiovascular event.68 Among patients diagnosed with PAD, coronary artery disease (CAD), or cerebrovascular disease (CVD), those with PAD have the highest 1‐year rate of cardiovascular death, MI, stroke, or vascular‐related hospitalization (Fig. 1).8 This risk is attributable in part to the high rate of association of PAD with other atherothrombotic diseases. The Reduction of Atherothrombosis for Continued Health (REACH) Registry found that approximately 60% of participants with documented PAD have polyvascular disease, defined by the coexistence of CAD and/or CVD. In comparison, 25% of participants with CAD and 40% of participants with CVD have polyvascular disease.8 Thus, PAD can be considered a powerful indicator of systemic atherothrombotic disease and a predictor of cardiovascular and cerebrovascular morbidity and mortality.1

Figure 1
One‐year cardiovascular event rates. The CAD, CVD, and PAD subsets overlap each other. Abbreviations: CAD, coronary artery disease; CVD, cerebrovascular disease; PAD, peripheral artery disease. Adapted from Steg et al.8

Unfortunately, asymptomatic PAD is more common than its symptomatic counterpart.3 In addition, symptomatic patients often fail to notify their physicians about PAD‐associated symptoms because they attribute them to aging.3 As a result, this disease is underdiagnosed and undertreated.1 Accordingly, several medical associations and physician task forces have called for an increase in screening for PAD in at‐risk populations that include: patients older than 70, patients older than 50 who have concomitant atherothrombotic risk factors, and patients with atherothrombotic disease of single or multiple vascular beds.1, 9 In many cases hospitalists encounter patients at high‐risk for PAD whose DRG for admission might be unrelated to this disease. Nonetheless, hospitalists have the opportunity to improve patient outcomes by being capable of screening for undiagnosed PAD and initiating appropriate interventions to reduce the risk of life‐threatening cardiovascular events.

DIAGNOSIS

Peripheral arterial disease can be diagnosed by either noninvasive or invasive methods. The ankle‐to‐brachial index (ABI) is an accurate, practical, inexpensive, and noninvasive method for detecting PAD.1 The sensitivity of ABI in detecting PAD is 95% with 99% specificity,10 which makes the method superior to other indicators (eg, absence of a pedal pulse, presence of a femoral arterial bruit, slow venous filling, or cold/abnormally colored skin) assessed during a physical examination.11 Under normal conditions, the systolic pressure at the ankle should be equal to or greater than that recorded from the upper arm. As PAD narrows arteries, the systolic pressure decreases at sites distal to the area of arterial narrowing. A resting ABI is quantified by taking 2 readings each of ankle and brachial blood pressures with a handheld Doppler device while the patient is supine and dividing the highest ankle systolic pressure by the highest brachial pressure.12

An ABI between 0.9 and 1.30 is considered normal. Ratios between 0.7 and 0.89 indicate mild PAD, 0.4 and 0.69 moderate PAD, and an ABI < 0.4 severe PAD when patients are more likely to have ischemic pain when at rest. An ABI > 1.3 usually indicates the presence of noncompressible vessels, which can be common in the elderly and patients with diabetes mellitus who have calcification of the distal arteries.1, 2 The ABI is also inversely related to the number of atherosclerotic risk factors and the risk of adverse cardiovascular events and death.6, 1316 To identify individuals with suspected or asymptomatic lower‐extremity PAD, ABI has a class I recommendation from the American College of Cardiology and American Heart Association (ACC/AHA) for patients who present with leg symptoms, who are 70 years and older, or who are 50 years and older with a history of smoking or diabetes.2 This enables physicians to make therapeutic interventions to reduce the risk of adverse vascular events in these patient cohorts.

Additional detection methods for PAD include measuring the ABI before and after exercise on a treadmill, if the patient is ambulatory, or exercise by performing 50 repetitions of raising the heels maximally off the floor, if the patient is not ambulatory. These tests determine the extent of claudication.2 Duplex ultrasound is used to establish the location and severity of stenosis and to follow PAD progression.2

Invasive evaluations for PAD are used primarily to confirm an initial diagnosis of PAD and assess its severity. These methods include a conventional angiogram, which is the most readily available and widely used technique for defining arterial stenosis. Magnetic resonance (MR) angiography with gadolinium and computed tomographic (CT) angiography are used to determine the location and degree of stenosis. Both MR and CT angiography have advantages and disadvantages but are considered interchangeable with one another in patients with contraindications to either method (Table 2).2

Clinical Benefits and Limitations of Magnetic Resonance and Computed Tomographic Angiography
Diagostic method Benefits Limitations
  • Adapted from Hirsch et al., 2006.2

Magnetic resonance angiography (MRA) Useful to assess PAD anatomy and presence of significant stenosis Tends to overestimate degree of stenosis
Useful to select patients who are candidates for endovascular of surgical revascularization May be inaccurate in arteries treated with metal stents
Cannot be used in patients with contraindication to magnetic resonance technique
Computed tomographic angiography (CTA) Useful to assess PAD anatomy and presence of significant stenosis Single‐detector CT lacks accuracy to detect stenoses
Useful to select patients who are candidates for endovascular or surgical revascularization Spatial Resolution lower than digital subtraction angiography
Helpful to provide associated soft‐tissue diagnostic information that may be associated with PAD Venous opacification can obscure arterial filling
Patients with contraindications to MRA Asymmetric opacification of legs may obscure arterial phase in some vessels
Metal clips, stents, and prostheses do not cause significant CTA artifacts Accuracy and effectiveness not as well determined as MRA
Scan times are significantly faster Treatment plans based on CTA have not been compared to those of catheter angiography
Requires contrast and radiation
Use may be limited in individuals with renal dysfunction

ANTIPLATELET THERAPY FOR REDUCTION OF VASCULAR EVENTS

Hospitalists utilize a wide array of therapies to treat and manage PAD. Acute complications of PAD may require interventions to prevent tissue loss or infection, revascularization procedures, or surgical amputation. Treatment of mild to moderate PAD focuses on atherothrombotic risk factor management, exercise therapy to improve limb function, and interventions to reduce the risk of adverse vascular events.2, 9 The remainder of this report focuses on the role of antiplatelet therapy (eg, aspirin and thienopyridines) in reducing the risk of vascular events in patients with PAD.

The Antiplatelet Trialists' Collaboration performed an overview analysis of randomized trials conducted prior to 1990 in order to determine the association of prolonged antiplatelet therapy with the occurrence of major vascular events. As a whole, therapies thought to act through inhibition of platelet aggregation, adhesion, or both reduced the incidence of vascular events by 33% in patients with PAD and those at high risk, and by 25% in all patient groups. Antiplatelet agents were also well tolerated; the absolute risk of fatal or nonmajor hemorrhage was low.17

A similar meta‐analysis was conducted of antiplatelet therapies in high‐risk patients with atherothrombosis by the Antithrombotic Trialists' Collaboration. Antiplatelet therapies taken together reduced the odds of patients experiencing vascular events by 22% (SE = 2%) across all trials and 23% (SE = 8%) in patients with PAD.18 Similar to the Antiplatelet Trialists' Collaboration study, the absolute risk of major and minor bleeding was low compared to the benefits of antiplatelet therapy.18 The results of these studies provide supporting evidence for the ACC/AHA class I recommendation for the use of antiplatelet therapy to reduce the risk of MI, stroke, or vascular death in patients with PAD.

The Antithrombotic Trialists' Collaboration also examined the risk reduction associated with a specific antiplatelet agent, aspirin. All doses of aspirin (75‐150, 160‐325, and 500‐1500 mg/day) reduced the odds by 23% (SE = 2%); high doses were no more effective than medium or low doses.18 Although the effects of aspirin was not analyzed in a subgroup analysis of patients with PAD, this study and others support the ACC/AHA class I recommendations for the use of aspirin to reduce the risk of MI, stroke, or vascular death in patients with PAD.2, 1921

The CAPRIE trial compared the efficacy of another antiplatelet agent, clopidogrel, against aspirin in patients with PAD.22 Patients with a history of recent ischemic stroke, MI, or symptomatic PAD were randomized to receive either clopidogrel (75 mg/day) or aspirin (325 mg/day) for 1‐3 years (mean follow‐up time, 1.91 years). Study outcomes were the incidence of nonfatal MI, ischemic stroke, hemorrhagic stroke, leg amputation, and vascular deaths. The absolute risk reduction for all patients was 8.7% (95% confidence interval [CI], 0.3%‐16.5%) in favor of clopidogrel over aspirin. Moreover, subgroup analysis in patients with PAD revealed that clopidogrel reduced the risk of a vascular event by 23.8% (95% CI, 8.9%‐36.2%; P = 0.0028) compared with aspirin (Fig. 2). Clopidogrel and aspirin had similar safety profiles, but other studies have revealed bleeding incidence is numerically greater in patients treated with clopidogrel.2224 Although the CAPRIE trial is the only study to date to compare the efficacy of clopidogrel over aspirin in reducing vascular event in patients with PAD, its outcomes underlie the class I ACC/AHA recommendation for clopidogrel (75 mg/day) as an effective alternative to aspirin to reduce the risk of MI, stroke, or death in patients with PAD.2

Figure 2
Relative risk reduction and 95% CI by PAD, MI, and stroke subgroups. Adapted from the CAPRIE Steering Committee.22

CONCLUSIONS

Despite the availability of accurate, practical, and inexpensive diagnostic testing, PAD remains underdiagnosed and undertreated. Early detection of PAD and subsequent intervention by hospitalists are important because peripheral arterial disease is strongly associated with an increased risk of mortality and morbidity from adverse vascular events. The ACC/AHA recommends screening for asymptomatic patients at risk for this disease so that therapies that reduce the risk of an MI, stroke, or vascular death can be administered immediately. Antiplatelet agents reduce the risk of adverse vascular events in patients with PAD. The use of aspirin or clopidogrel is recommended in this cohort of patients. However, further study is necessary to determine the efficacy and safety of combination therapy with aspirin and clopidogrel in patients with PAD. It is also important to note that coordination of care between hospitalists and cardiologists is critical in the management of patients with this disease. However, the appropriate handoff of patients between these 2 groups of physicians depends on the local expertise and support structure of these health care professionals. Thus, an interdisciplinary approach utilizing guideline‐based patient care will allow hospitalists to refer patients accordingly, ensuring optimal outcomes in patients with PAD.

References
  1. Belch JJ,Topol EJ,Agnelli G, et al.Prevention of Atherothrombotic Disease Network. Critical issues in peripheral arterial disease detection and management: a call to action.Arch Intern Med.2003;163:884892.
  2. Hirsch AT,Haskal ZJ,Hertzer NR, et al.ACC/AHA 2005 Practice Guidelines for the management of patients with peripheral arterial disease (lower extremity, renal, mesenteric, and abdominal aortic).Circulation.2006;113:e463e654.
  3. Meijer WT,Hoes AW,Rutgers D,Bots ML,Hofman A,Grobbee DE.Peripheral arterial disease in the elderly: the Rotterdam Study.Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol.1998;18:185192.
  4. Hirsch AT,Criqui MH,Treat‐Jacobson D, et al.Peripheral arterial disease detection, awareness, and treatment in primary care.JAMA.2001;286:13171324.
  5. Selvin E,Erlinger TP.Prevalence of and risk factors for peripheral arterial disease in the United States: Results from the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1999‐2000.Circulation.2004;110:738743.
  6. Criqui MH,Langer RD,Fronek A, et al.Mortality over a period of 10 years in patients with peripheral arterial disease.N Engl J Med.1992;326:381386.
  7. Wilterdink JI,Easton JD.Vascular event rates in patients with atherosclerotic cerebrovascular disease.Arch Neurol.1992;49:857863.
  8. Steg PG,Bhatt DL,Wilson PWF, et al.;REACH Registry Investigators. One‐year cardiovascular event rates in outpatients with atherothrombosis.JAMA.2007;297:11971206.
  9. Weitz JI,Byrne J,Clagett GP, et al.Diagnosis and treatment of chronic arterial insufficiency of the lower extremities: A critical review.Circulation.1996;94:30263049.
  10. Dormandy JA,Rutherford RB.Management of peripheral arterial disease (PAD): TASC Working Group. TransAtlantic Inter‐Society Consensus (TASC).J Vasc Surg.2000:31(1Pt 2):S1S296.
  11. McGee SR,Boyko EJ.Physical examination and chronic lower‐extremity ischemia.Arch Intern Med.1998;158:13571364.
  12. Hiatt WR.Medical treatment of peripheral artery disease and claudication.N Engl J Med.2001;344:16081621.
  13. Newman AB,Siscovick DS,Manolio TA, et al.Ankle‐arm index as a marker of atherosclerosis in the Cardiovascular Health Study. Cardiovascular Heart Study (CHS) Collaborative Research Group.Circulation.1993;88:837845.
  14. Newman AB,Sutton‐Tyrrell K,Vogt MT,Kuller H.Morbidity and mortality in hypertensive adults with a low ankle/arm blood pressure index.JAMA.1993;270:487489.
  15. Newman AB,Shemanski L,Manolio TA, et al.Ankle‐arm index as a predictor of cardiovascular disease and mortality in the Cardiovascular Health Study. The Cardiovascular Health Study Group.Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol.1999;19:538545.
  16. Murabito JM,Evans JC,Larson MG,Nieto K,Levy D,Wilson PWF;Framingham Study. The ankle‐brachial index in the elderly and risk of stroke, coronary disease, and death: the Framingham Study.Arch Intern Med.2003;163:19391942.
  17. Antiplatelet Trialists' Collaboration.Collaborative overview of randomized trials of antiplatelet therapy—1: Prevention of death, myocardial infarction, and stroke by prolonged antiplatelet therapy in various categories of patients.BMJ.1994;308:81106.
  18. Antithrombotic Trialists' Collaboration.Collaborative meta‐analysis of randomized trials of antiplatelet therapy for prevention of death, myocardial infarction, and stroke in high risk patients.BMJ.2002;324:7186.
  19. The Medical Research Council's General Practice Research Framework.Thrombosis prevention trial: randomised trial of low‐intensity oral anticoagulation with warfarin and low‐dose aspirin in the primary prevention of ischemic heart disease in men at increased risk.Lancet.1998;351:233241.
  20. Hansson L,Zanchetti A,Carruthers SG, for theHOT Study Group.Effects of intensive blood pressure lowering and low‐dose aspirin in patients with hypertension: principal results of the Hypertension Optimal Treatment (HOT) randomised trial.Lancet1998;280:19301935.
  21. Collaborative Group of the Primary Prevention Project (PPP).Low‐dose aspirin and vitamin E in people at cardiovascular risk: a randomized trial in general practice.Lancet.2001;357:8995.
  22. CAPRIE Steering Committee.A randomized, blinded, trial of clopidogrel versus aspirin in patients at risk of ischemic events (CAPRIE).Lancet.1996;348:13291339.
  23. Bhatt DL,Fox KAA,Hacke WB; for theCHARISMA Investigators.Clopidogrel and aspirin versus aspirin alone for the prevention of atherothrombotic events.N Engl J Med.2006;354:17061717.
  24. Diener H‐C,Boguousslavsky J,Brass LM; on behalf of theMATCH investigators.Aspirin and clopidogrel compared with clopidogrel alone after ischaemic stroke or transient ischaemic attack in high‐risk patients (MATCH): randomised, double‐blind, placebo‐controlled trial.Lancet.2004;364:331337.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
S4-S8
Legacy Keywords
peripheral arterial disease, diagnosis, and antiplatelet therapy
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Peripheral arterial disease (PAD) is defined by the presence of stenosis or occlusion in peripheral arterial beds.1, 2 Based on large population‐based screening surveys, the prevalence of this disease ranges between 5.5% and 26.7% and is dependent on age, atherothrombotic risk factors, and the coexistence of other atherothrombotic diseases.35 Symptoms of PAD include mild to intermittent claudication, ischemic rest pain, and tissue loss.2 Disease severity is classified according to either Fontaine's stages or Rutherford categories. These categorization schema have value in improving communication between physicians, which is important in ensuring continuity of care between the inpatient and outpatient settings (Table 1).2

PAD Classification According to Fontaine's Stages and Rutherford's Categories
Stage Fontaine Rutherford
Clinical Grade Category Clinical
  • Adapted from Hirsch et al., 2006.2

I Asymptomatic 0 0 Asymptomatic
IIa Mild claudication I 1 Mild claudication
IIb Moderate‐severe claudication I 2 Moderate claudication
III Ischemic rest pain I 3 Severe claudication
IV Ulceration or gangrene II 4 Ischemic rest pain
III 5 Minor tissue loss
IV 6 Ulceration or gangrene

Patients with PAD are at increased risk of dying from or experiencing a cardiovascular event.68 Among patients diagnosed with PAD, coronary artery disease (CAD), or cerebrovascular disease (CVD), those with PAD have the highest 1‐year rate of cardiovascular death, MI, stroke, or vascular‐related hospitalization (Fig. 1).8 This risk is attributable in part to the high rate of association of PAD with other atherothrombotic diseases. The Reduction of Atherothrombosis for Continued Health (REACH) Registry found that approximately 60% of participants with documented PAD have polyvascular disease, defined by the coexistence of CAD and/or CVD. In comparison, 25% of participants with CAD and 40% of participants with CVD have polyvascular disease.8 Thus, PAD can be considered a powerful indicator of systemic atherothrombotic disease and a predictor of cardiovascular and cerebrovascular morbidity and mortality.1

Figure 1
One‐year cardiovascular event rates. The CAD, CVD, and PAD subsets overlap each other. Abbreviations: CAD, coronary artery disease; CVD, cerebrovascular disease; PAD, peripheral artery disease. Adapted from Steg et al.8

Unfortunately, asymptomatic PAD is more common than its symptomatic counterpart.3 In addition, symptomatic patients often fail to notify their physicians about PAD‐associated symptoms because they attribute them to aging.3 As a result, this disease is underdiagnosed and undertreated.1 Accordingly, several medical associations and physician task forces have called for an increase in screening for PAD in at‐risk populations that include: patients older than 70, patients older than 50 who have concomitant atherothrombotic risk factors, and patients with atherothrombotic disease of single or multiple vascular beds.1, 9 In many cases hospitalists encounter patients at high‐risk for PAD whose DRG for admission might be unrelated to this disease. Nonetheless, hospitalists have the opportunity to improve patient outcomes by being capable of screening for undiagnosed PAD and initiating appropriate interventions to reduce the risk of life‐threatening cardiovascular events.

DIAGNOSIS

Peripheral arterial disease can be diagnosed by either noninvasive or invasive methods. The ankle‐to‐brachial index (ABI) is an accurate, practical, inexpensive, and noninvasive method for detecting PAD.1 The sensitivity of ABI in detecting PAD is 95% with 99% specificity,10 which makes the method superior to other indicators (eg, absence of a pedal pulse, presence of a femoral arterial bruit, slow venous filling, or cold/abnormally colored skin) assessed during a physical examination.11 Under normal conditions, the systolic pressure at the ankle should be equal to or greater than that recorded from the upper arm. As PAD narrows arteries, the systolic pressure decreases at sites distal to the area of arterial narrowing. A resting ABI is quantified by taking 2 readings each of ankle and brachial blood pressures with a handheld Doppler device while the patient is supine and dividing the highest ankle systolic pressure by the highest brachial pressure.12

An ABI between 0.9 and 1.30 is considered normal. Ratios between 0.7 and 0.89 indicate mild PAD, 0.4 and 0.69 moderate PAD, and an ABI < 0.4 severe PAD when patients are more likely to have ischemic pain when at rest. An ABI > 1.3 usually indicates the presence of noncompressible vessels, which can be common in the elderly and patients with diabetes mellitus who have calcification of the distal arteries.1, 2 The ABI is also inversely related to the number of atherosclerotic risk factors and the risk of adverse cardiovascular events and death.6, 1316 To identify individuals with suspected or asymptomatic lower‐extremity PAD, ABI has a class I recommendation from the American College of Cardiology and American Heart Association (ACC/AHA) for patients who present with leg symptoms, who are 70 years and older, or who are 50 years and older with a history of smoking or diabetes.2 This enables physicians to make therapeutic interventions to reduce the risk of adverse vascular events in these patient cohorts.

Additional detection methods for PAD include measuring the ABI before and after exercise on a treadmill, if the patient is ambulatory, or exercise by performing 50 repetitions of raising the heels maximally off the floor, if the patient is not ambulatory. These tests determine the extent of claudication.2 Duplex ultrasound is used to establish the location and severity of stenosis and to follow PAD progression.2

Invasive evaluations for PAD are used primarily to confirm an initial diagnosis of PAD and assess its severity. These methods include a conventional angiogram, which is the most readily available and widely used technique for defining arterial stenosis. Magnetic resonance (MR) angiography with gadolinium and computed tomographic (CT) angiography are used to determine the location and degree of stenosis. Both MR and CT angiography have advantages and disadvantages but are considered interchangeable with one another in patients with contraindications to either method (Table 2).2

Clinical Benefits and Limitations of Magnetic Resonance and Computed Tomographic Angiography
Diagostic method Benefits Limitations
  • Adapted from Hirsch et al., 2006.2

Magnetic resonance angiography (MRA) Useful to assess PAD anatomy and presence of significant stenosis Tends to overestimate degree of stenosis
Useful to select patients who are candidates for endovascular of surgical revascularization May be inaccurate in arteries treated with metal stents
Cannot be used in patients with contraindication to magnetic resonance technique
Computed tomographic angiography (CTA) Useful to assess PAD anatomy and presence of significant stenosis Single‐detector CT lacks accuracy to detect stenoses
Useful to select patients who are candidates for endovascular or surgical revascularization Spatial Resolution lower than digital subtraction angiography
Helpful to provide associated soft‐tissue diagnostic information that may be associated with PAD Venous opacification can obscure arterial filling
Patients with contraindications to MRA Asymmetric opacification of legs may obscure arterial phase in some vessels
Metal clips, stents, and prostheses do not cause significant CTA artifacts Accuracy and effectiveness not as well determined as MRA
Scan times are significantly faster Treatment plans based on CTA have not been compared to those of catheter angiography
Requires contrast and radiation
Use may be limited in individuals with renal dysfunction

ANTIPLATELET THERAPY FOR REDUCTION OF VASCULAR EVENTS

Hospitalists utilize a wide array of therapies to treat and manage PAD. Acute complications of PAD may require interventions to prevent tissue loss or infection, revascularization procedures, or surgical amputation. Treatment of mild to moderate PAD focuses on atherothrombotic risk factor management, exercise therapy to improve limb function, and interventions to reduce the risk of adverse vascular events.2, 9 The remainder of this report focuses on the role of antiplatelet therapy (eg, aspirin and thienopyridines) in reducing the risk of vascular events in patients with PAD.

The Antiplatelet Trialists' Collaboration performed an overview analysis of randomized trials conducted prior to 1990 in order to determine the association of prolonged antiplatelet therapy with the occurrence of major vascular events. As a whole, therapies thought to act through inhibition of platelet aggregation, adhesion, or both reduced the incidence of vascular events by 33% in patients with PAD and those at high risk, and by 25% in all patient groups. Antiplatelet agents were also well tolerated; the absolute risk of fatal or nonmajor hemorrhage was low.17

A similar meta‐analysis was conducted of antiplatelet therapies in high‐risk patients with atherothrombosis by the Antithrombotic Trialists' Collaboration. Antiplatelet therapies taken together reduced the odds of patients experiencing vascular events by 22% (SE = 2%) across all trials and 23% (SE = 8%) in patients with PAD.18 Similar to the Antiplatelet Trialists' Collaboration study, the absolute risk of major and minor bleeding was low compared to the benefits of antiplatelet therapy.18 The results of these studies provide supporting evidence for the ACC/AHA class I recommendation for the use of antiplatelet therapy to reduce the risk of MI, stroke, or vascular death in patients with PAD.

The Antithrombotic Trialists' Collaboration also examined the risk reduction associated with a specific antiplatelet agent, aspirin. All doses of aspirin (75‐150, 160‐325, and 500‐1500 mg/day) reduced the odds by 23% (SE = 2%); high doses were no more effective than medium or low doses.18 Although the effects of aspirin was not analyzed in a subgroup analysis of patients with PAD, this study and others support the ACC/AHA class I recommendations for the use of aspirin to reduce the risk of MI, stroke, or vascular death in patients with PAD.2, 1921

The CAPRIE trial compared the efficacy of another antiplatelet agent, clopidogrel, against aspirin in patients with PAD.22 Patients with a history of recent ischemic stroke, MI, or symptomatic PAD were randomized to receive either clopidogrel (75 mg/day) or aspirin (325 mg/day) for 1‐3 years (mean follow‐up time, 1.91 years). Study outcomes were the incidence of nonfatal MI, ischemic stroke, hemorrhagic stroke, leg amputation, and vascular deaths. The absolute risk reduction for all patients was 8.7% (95% confidence interval [CI], 0.3%‐16.5%) in favor of clopidogrel over aspirin. Moreover, subgroup analysis in patients with PAD revealed that clopidogrel reduced the risk of a vascular event by 23.8% (95% CI, 8.9%‐36.2%; P = 0.0028) compared with aspirin (Fig. 2). Clopidogrel and aspirin had similar safety profiles, but other studies have revealed bleeding incidence is numerically greater in patients treated with clopidogrel.2224 Although the CAPRIE trial is the only study to date to compare the efficacy of clopidogrel over aspirin in reducing vascular event in patients with PAD, its outcomes underlie the class I ACC/AHA recommendation for clopidogrel (75 mg/day) as an effective alternative to aspirin to reduce the risk of MI, stroke, or death in patients with PAD.2

Figure 2
Relative risk reduction and 95% CI by PAD, MI, and stroke subgroups. Adapted from the CAPRIE Steering Committee.22

CONCLUSIONS

Despite the availability of accurate, practical, and inexpensive diagnostic testing, PAD remains underdiagnosed and undertreated. Early detection of PAD and subsequent intervention by hospitalists are important because peripheral arterial disease is strongly associated with an increased risk of mortality and morbidity from adverse vascular events. The ACC/AHA recommends screening for asymptomatic patients at risk for this disease so that therapies that reduce the risk of an MI, stroke, or vascular death can be administered immediately. Antiplatelet agents reduce the risk of adverse vascular events in patients with PAD. The use of aspirin or clopidogrel is recommended in this cohort of patients. However, further study is necessary to determine the efficacy and safety of combination therapy with aspirin and clopidogrel in patients with PAD. It is also important to note that coordination of care between hospitalists and cardiologists is critical in the management of patients with this disease. However, the appropriate handoff of patients between these 2 groups of physicians depends on the local expertise and support structure of these health care professionals. Thus, an interdisciplinary approach utilizing guideline‐based patient care will allow hospitalists to refer patients accordingly, ensuring optimal outcomes in patients with PAD.

Peripheral arterial disease (PAD) is defined by the presence of stenosis or occlusion in peripheral arterial beds.1, 2 Based on large population‐based screening surveys, the prevalence of this disease ranges between 5.5% and 26.7% and is dependent on age, atherothrombotic risk factors, and the coexistence of other atherothrombotic diseases.35 Symptoms of PAD include mild to intermittent claudication, ischemic rest pain, and tissue loss.2 Disease severity is classified according to either Fontaine's stages or Rutherford categories. These categorization schema have value in improving communication between physicians, which is important in ensuring continuity of care between the inpatient and outpatient settings (Table 1).2

PAD Classification According to Fontaine's Stages and Rutherford's Categories
Stage Fontaine Rutherford
Clinical Grade Category Clinical
  • Adapted from Hirsch et al., 2006.2

I Asymptomatic 0 0 Asymptomatic
IIa Mild claudication I 1 Mild claudication
IIb Moderate‐severe claudication I 2 Moderate claudication
III Ischemic rest pain I 3 Severe claudication
IV Ulceration or gangrene II 4 Ischemic rest pain
III 5 Minor tissue loss
IV 6 Ulceration or gangrene

Patients with PAD are at increased risk of dying from or experiencing a cardiovascular event.68 Among patients diagnosed with PAD, coronary artery disease (CAD), or cerebrovascular disease (CVD), those with PAD have the highest 1‐year rate of cardiovascular death, MI, stroke, or vascular‐related hospitalization (Fig. 1).8 This risk is attributable in part to the high rate of association of PAD with other atherothrombotic diseases. The Reduction of Atherothrombosis for Continued Health (REACH) Registry found that approximately 60% of participants with documented PAD have polyvascular disease, defined by the coexistence of CAD and/or CVD. In comparison, 25% of participants with CAD and 40% of participants with CVD have polyvascular disease.8 Thus, PAD can be considered a powerful indicator of systemic atherothrombotic disease and a predictor of cardiovascular and cerebrovascular morbidity and mortality.1

Figure 1
One‐year cardiovascular event rates. The CAD, CVD, and PAD subsets overlap each other. Abbreviations: CAD, coronary artery disease; CVD, cerebrovascular disease; PAD, peripheral artery disease. Adapted from Steg et al.8

Unfortunately, asymptomatic PAD is more common than its symptomatic counterpart.3 In addition, symptomatic patients often fail to notify their physicians about PAD‐associated symptoms because they attribute them to aging.3 As a result, this disease is underdiagnosed and undertreated.1 Accordingly, several medical associations and physician task forces have called for an increase in screening for PAD in at‐risk populations that include: patients older than 70, patients older than 50 who have concomitant atherothrombotic risk factors, and patients with atherothrombotic disease of single or multiple vascular beds.1, 9 In many cases hospitalists encounter patients at high‐risk for PAD whose DRG for admission might be unrelated to this disease. Nonetheless, hospitalists have the opportunity to improve patient outcomes by being capable of screening for undiagnosed PAD and initiating appropriate interventions to reduce the risk of life‐threatening cardiovascular events.

DIAGNOSIS

Peripheral arterial disease can be diagnosed by either noninvasive or invasive methods. The ankle‐to‐brachial index (ABI) is an accurate, practical, inexpensive, and noninvasive method for detecting PAD.1 The sensitivity of ABI in detecting PAD is 95% with 99% specificity,10 which makes the method superior to other indicators (eg, absence of a pedal pulse, presence of a femoral arterial bruit, slow venous filling, or cold/abnormally colored skin) assessed during a physical examination.11 Under normal conditions, the systolic pressure at the ankle should be equal to or greater than that recorded from the upper arm. As PAD narrows arteries, the systolic pressure decreases at sites distal to the area of arterial narrowing. A resting ABI is quantified by taking 2 readings each of ankle and brachial blood pressures with a handheld Doppler device while the patient is supine and dividing the highest ankle systolic pressure by the highest brachial pressure.12

An ABI between 0.9 and 1.30 is considered normal. Ratios between 0.7 and 0.89 indicate mild PAD, 0.4 and 0.69 moderate PAD, and an ABI < 0.4 severe PAD when patients are more likely to have ischemic pain when at rest. An ABI > 1.3 usually indicates the presence of noncompressible vessels, which can be common in the elderly and patients with diabetes mellitus who have calcification of the distal arteries.1, 2 The ABI is also inversely related to the number of atherosclerotic risk factors and the risk of adverse cardiovascular events and death.6, 1316 To identify individuals with suspected or asymptomatic lower‐extremity PAD, ABI has a class I recommendation from the American College of Cardiology and American Heart Association (ACC/AHA) for patients who present with leg symptoms, who are 70 years and older, or who are 50 years and older with a history of smoking or diabetes.2 This enables physicians to make therapeutic interventions to reduce the risk of adverse vascular events in these patient cohorts.

Additional detection methods for PAD include measuring the ABI before and after exercise on a treadmill, if the patient is ambulatory, or exercise by performing 50 repetitions of raising the heels maximally off the floor, if the patient is not ambulatory. These tests determine the extent of claudication.2 Duplex ultrasound is used to establish the location and severity of stenosis and to follow PAD progression.2

Invasive evaluations for PAD are used primarily to confirm an initial diagnosis of PAD and assess its severity. These methods include a conventional angiogram, which is the most readily available and widely used technique for defining arterial stenosis. Magnetic resonance (MR) angiography with gadolinium and computed tomographic (CT) angiography are used to determine the location and degree of stenosis. Both MR and CT angiography have advantages and disadvantages but are considered interchangeable with one another in patients with contraindications to either method (Table 2).2

Clinical Benefits and Limitations of Magnetic Resonance and Computed Tomographic Angiography
Diagostic method Benefits Limitations
  • Adapted from Hirsch et al., 2006.2

Magnetic resonance angiography (MRA) Useful to assess PAD anatomy and presence of significant stenosis Tends to overestimate degree of stenosis
Useful to select patients who are candidates for endovascular of surgical revascularization May be inaccurate in arteries treated with metal stents
Cannot be used in patients with contraindication to magnetic resonance technique
Computed tomographic angiography (CTA) Useful to assess PAD anatomy and presence of significant stenosis Single‐detector CT lacks accuracy to detect stenoses
Useful to select patients who are candidates for endovascular or surgical revascularization Spatial Resolution lower than digital subtraction angiography
Helpful to provide associated soft‐tissue diagnostic information that may be associated with PAD Venous opacification can obscure arterial filling
Patients with contraindications to MRA Asymmetric opacification of legs may obscure arterial phase in some vessels
Metal clips, stents, and prostheses do not cause significant CTA artifacts Accuracy and effectiveness not as well determined as MRA
Scan times are significantly faster Treatment plans based on CTA have not been compared to those of catheter angiography
Requires contrast and radiation
Use may be limited in individuals with renal dysfunction

ANTIPLATELET THERAPY FOR REDUCTION OF VASCULAR EVENTS

Hospitalists utilize a wide array of therapies to treat and manage PAD. Acute complications of PAD may require interventions to prevent tissue loss or infection, revascularization procedures, or surgical amputation. Treatment of mild to moderate PAD focuses on atherothrombotic risk factor management, exercise therapy to improve limb function, and interventions to reduce the risk of adverse vascular events.2, 9 The remainder of this report focuses on the role of antiplatelet therapy (eg, aspirin and thienopyridines) in reducing the risk of vascular events in patients with PAD.

The Antiplatelet Trialists' Collaboration performed an overview analysis of randomized trials conducted prior to 1990 in order to determine the association of prolonged antiplatelet therapy with the occurrence of major vascular events. As a whole, therapies thought to act through inhibition of platelet aggregation, adhesion, or both reduced the incidence of vascular events by 33% in patients with PAD and those at high risk, and by 25% in all patient groups. Antiplatelet agents were also well tolerated; the absolute risk of fatal or nonmajor hemorrhage was low.17

A similar meta‐analysis was conducted of antiplatelet therapies in high‐risk patients with atherothrombosis by the Antithrombotic Trialists' Collaboration. Antiplatelet therapies taken together reduced the odds of patients experiencing vascular events by 22% (SE = 2%) across all trials and 23% (SE = 8%) in patients with PAD.18 Similar to the Antiplatelet Trialists' Collaboration study, the absolute risk of major and minor bleeding was low compared to the benefits of antiplatelet therapy.18 The results of these studies provide supporting evidence for the ACC/AHA class I recommendation for the use of antiplatelet therapy to reduce the risk of MI, stroke, or vascular death in patients with PAD.

The Antithrombotic Trialists' Collaboration also examined the risk reduction associated with a specific antiplatelet agent, aspirin. All doses of aspirin (75‐150, 160‐325, and 500‐1500 mg/day) reduced the odds by 23% (SE = 2%); high doses were no more effective than medium or low doses.18 Although the effects of aspirin was not analyzed in a subgroup analysis of patients with PAD, this study and others support the ACC/AHA class I recommendations for the use of aspirin to reduce the risk of MI, stroke, or vascular death in patients with PAD.2, 1921

The CAPRIE trial compared the efficacy of another antiplatelet agent, clopidogrel, against aspirin in patients with PAD.22 Patients with a history of recent ischemic stroke, MI, or symptomatic PAD were randomized to receive either clopidogrel (75 mg/day) or aspirin (325 mg/day) for 1‐3 years (mean follow‐up time, 1.91 years). Study outcomes were the incidence of nonfatal MI, ischemic stroke, hemorrhagic stroke, leg amputation, and vascular deaths. The absolute risk reduction for all patients was 8.7% (95% confidence interval [CI], 0.3%‐16.5%) in favor of clopidogrel over aspirin. Moreover, subgroup analysis in patients with PAD revealed that clopidogrel reduced the risk of a vascular event by 23.8% (95% CI, 8.9%‐36.2%; P = 0.0028) compared with aspirin (Fig. 2). Clopidogrel and aspirin had similar safety profiles, but other studies have revealed bleeding incidence is numerically greater in patients treated with clopidogrel.2224 Although the CAPRIE trial is the only study to date to compare the efficacy of clopidogrel over aspirin in reducing vascular event in patients with PAD, its outcomes underlie the class I ACC/AHA recommendation for clopidogrel (75 mg/day) as an effective alternative to aspirin to reduce the risk of MI, stroke, or death in patients with PAD.2

Figure 2
Relative risk reduction and 95% CI by PAD, MI, and stroke subgroups. Adapted from the CAPRIE Steering Committee.22

CONCLUSIONS

Despite the availability of accurate, practical, and inexpensive diagnostic testing, PAD remains underdiagnosed and undertreated. Early detection of PAD and subsequent intervention by hospitalists are important because peripheral arterial disease is strongly associated with an increased risk of mortality and morbidity from adverse vascular events. The ACC/AHA recommends screening for asymptomatic patients at risk for this disease so that therapies that reduce the risk of an MI, stroke, or vascular death can be administered immediately. Antiplatelet agents reduce the risk of adverse vascular events in patients with PAD. The use of aspirin or clopidogrel is recommended in this cohort of patients. However, further study is necessary to determine the efficacy and safety of combination therapy with aspirin and clopidogrel in patients with PAD. It is also important to note that coordination of care between hospitalists and cardiologists is critical in the management of patients with this disease. However, the appropriate handoff of patients between these 2 groups of physicians depends on the local expertise and support structure of these health care professionals. Thus, an interdisciplinary approach utilizing guideline‐based patient care will allow hospitalists to refer patients accordingly, ensuring optimal outcomes in patients with PAD.

References
  1. Belch JJ,Topol EJ,Agnelli G, et al.Prevention of Atherothrombotic Disease Network. Critical issues in peripheral arterial disease detection and management: a call to action.Arch Intern Med.2003;163:884892.
  2. Hirsch AT,Haskal ZJ,Hertzer NR, et al.ACC/AHA 2005 Practice Guidelines for the management of patients with peripheral arterial disease (lower extremity, renal, mesenteric, and abdominal aortic).Circulation.2006;113:e463e654.
  3. Meijer WT,Hoes AW,Rutgers D,Bots ML,Hofman A,Grobbee DE.Peripheral arterial disease in the elderly: the Rotterdam Study.Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol.1998;18:185192.
  4. Hirsch AT,Criqui MH,Treat‐Jacobson D, et al.Peripheral arterial disease detection, awareness, and treatment in primary care.JAMA.2001;286:13171324.
  5. Selvin E,Erlinger TP.Prevalence of and risk factors for peripheral arterial disease in the United States: Results from the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1999‐2000.Circulation.2004;110:738743.
  6. Criqui MH,Langer RD,Fronek A, et al.Mortality over a period of 10 years in patients with peripheral arterial disease.N Engl J Med.1992;326:381386.
  7. Wilterdink JI,Easton JD.Vascular event rates in patients with atherosclerotic cerebrovascular disease.Arch Neurol.1992;49:857863.
  8. Steg PG,Bhatt DL,Wilson PWF, et al.;REACH Registry Investigators. One‐year cardiovascular event rates in outpatients with atherothrombosis.JAMA.2007;297:11971206.
  9. Weitz JI,Byrne J,Clagett GP, et al.Diagnosis and treatment of chronic arterial insufficiency of the lower extremities: A critical review.Circulation.1996;94:30263049.
  10. Dormandy JA,Rutherford RB.Management of peripheral arterial disease (PAD): TASC Working Group. TransAtlantic Inter‐Society Consensus (TASC).J Vasc Surg.2000:31(1Pt 2):S1S296.
  11. McGee SR,Boyko EJ.Physical examination and chronic lower‐extremity ischemia.Arch Intern Med.1998;158:13571364.
  12. Hiatt WR.Medical treatment of peripheral artery disease and claudication.N Engl J Med.2001;344:16081621.
  13. Newman AB,Siscovick DS,Manolio TA, et al.Ankle‐arm index as a marker of atherosclerosis in the Cardiovascular Health Study. Cardiovascular Heart Study (CHS) Collaborative Research Group.Circulation.1993;88:837845.
  14. Newman AB,Sutton‐Tyrrell K,Vogt MT,Kuller H.Morbidity and mortality in hypertensive adults with a low ankle/arm blood pressure index.JAMA.1993;270:487489.
  15. Newman AB,Shemanski L,Manolio TA, et al.Ankle‐arm index as a predictor of cardiovascular disease and mortality in the Cardiovascular Health Study. The Cardiovascular Health Study Group.Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol.1999;19:538545.
  16. Murabito JM,Evans JC,Larson MG,Nieto K,Levy D,Wilson PWF;Framingham Study. The ankle‐brachial index in the elderly and risk of stroke, coronary disease, and death: the Framingham Study.Arch Intern Med.2003;163:19391942.
  17. Antiplatelet Trialists' Collaboration.Collaborative overview of randomized trials of antiplatelet therapy—1: Prevention of death, myocardial infarction, and stroke by prolonged antiplatelet therapy in various categories of patients.BMJ.1994;308:81106.
  18. Antithrombotic Trialists' Collaboration.Collaborative meta‐analysis of randomized trials of antiplatelet therapy for prevention of death, myocardial infarction, and stroke in high risk patients.BMJ.2002;324:7186.
  19. The Medical Research Council's General Practice Research Framework.Thrombosis prevention trial: randomised trial of low‐intensity oral anticoagulation with warfarin and low‐dose aspirin in the primary prevention of ischemic heart disease in men at increased risk.Lancet.1998;351:233241.
  20. Hansson L,Zanchetti A,Carruthers SG, for theHOT Study Group.Effects of intensive blood pressure lowering and low‐dose aspirin in patients with hypertension: principal results of the Hypertension Optimal Treatment (HOT) randomised trial.Lancet1998;280:19301935.
  21. Collaborative Group of the Primary Prevention Project (PPP).Low‐dose aspirin and vitamin E in people at cardiovascular risk: a randomized trial in general practice.Lancet.2001;357:8995.
  22. CAPRIE Steering Committee.A randomized, blinded, trial of clopidogrel versus aspirin in patients at risk of ischemic events (CAPRIE).Lancet.1996;348:13291339.
  23. Bhatt DL,Fox KAA,Hacke WB; for theCHARISMA Investigators.Clopidogrel and aspirin versus aspirin alone for the prevention of atherothrombotic events.N Engl J Med.2006;354:17061717.
  24. Diener H‐C,Boguousslavsky J,Brass LM; on behalf of theMATCH investigators.Aspirin and clopidogrel compared with clopidogrel alone after ischaemic stroke or transient ischaemic attack in high‐risk patients (MATCH): randomised, double‐blind, placebo‐controlled trial.Lancet.2004;364:331337.
References
  1. Belch JJ,Topol EJ,Agnelli G, et al.Prevention of Atherothrombotic Disease Network. Critical issues in peripheral arterial disease detection and management: a call to action.Arch Intern Med.2003;163:884892.
  2. Hirsch AT,Haskal ZJ,Hertzer NR, et al.ACC/AHA 2005 Practice Guidelines for the management of patients with peripheral arterial disease (lower extremity, renal, mesenteric, and abdominal aortic).Circulation.2006;113:e463e654.
  3. Meijer WT,Hoes AW,Rutgers D,Bots ML,Hofman A,Grobbee DE.Peripheral arterial disease in the elderly: the Rotterdam Study.Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol.1998;18:185192.
  4. Hirsch AT,Criqui MH,Treat‐Jacobson D, et al.Peripheral arterial disease detection, awareness, and treatment in primary care.JAMA.2001;286:13171324.
  5. Selvin E,Erlinger TP.Prevalence of and risk factors for peripheral arterial disease in the United States: Results from the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1999‐2000.Circulation.2004;110:738743.
  6. Criqui MH,Langer RD,Fronek A, et al.Mortality over a period of 10 years in patients with peripheral arterial disease.N Engl J Med.1992;326:381386.
  7. Wilterdink JI,Easton JD.Vascular event rates in patients with atherosclerotic cerebrovascular disease.Arch Neurol.1992;49:857863.
  8. Steg PG,Bhatt DL,Wilson PWF, et al.;REACH Registry Investigators. One‐year cardiovascular event rates in outpatients with atherothrombosis.JAMA.2007;297:11971206.
  9. Weitz JI,Byrne J,Clagett GP, et al.Diagnosis and treatment of chronic arterial insufficiency of the lower extremities: A critical review.Circulation.1996;94:30263049.
  10. Dormandy JA,Rutherford RB.Management of peripheral arterial disease (PAD): TASC Working Group. TransAtlantic Inter‐Society Consensus (TASC).J Vasc Surg.2000:31(1Pt 2):S1S296.
  11. McGee SR,Boyko EJ.Physical examination and chronic lower‐extremity ischemia.Arch Intern Med.1998;158:13571364.
  12. Hiatt WR.Medical treatment of peripheral artery disease and claudication.N Engl J Med.2001;344:16081621.
  13. Newman AB,Siscovick DS,Manolio TA, et al.Ankle‐arm index as a marker of atherosclerosis in the Cardiovascular Health Study. Cardiovascular Heart Study (CHS) Collaborative Research Group.Circulation.1993;88:837845.
  14. Newman AB,Sutton‐Tyrrell K,Vogt MT,Kuller H.Morbidity and mortality in hypertensive adults with a low ankle/arm blood pressure index.JAMA.1993;270:487489.
  15. Newman AB,Shemanski L,Manolio TA, et al.Ankle‐arm index as a predictor of cardiovascular disease and mortality in the Cardiovascular Health Study. The Cardiovascular Health Study Group.Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol.1999;19:538545.
  16. Murabito JM,Evans JC,Larson MG,Nieto K,Levy D,Wilson PWF;Framingham Study. The ankle‐brachial index in the elderly and risk of stroke, coronary disease, and death: the Framingham Study.Arch Intern Med.2003;163:19391942.
  17. Antiplatelet Trialists' Collaboration.Collaborative overview of randomized trials of antiplatelet therapy—1: Prevention of death, myocardial infarction, and stroke by prolonged antiplatelet therapy in various categories of patients.BMJ.1994;308:81106.
  18. Antithrombotic Trialists' Collaboration.Collaborative meta‐analysis of randomized trials of antiplatelet therapy for prevention of death, myocardial infarction, and stroke in high risk patients.BMJ.2002;324:7186.
  19. The Medical Research Council's General Practice Research Framework.Thrombosis prevention trial: randomised trial of low‐intensity oral anticoagulation with warfarin and low‐dose aspirin in the primary prevention of ischemic heart disease in men at increased risk.Lancet.1998;351:233241.
  20. Hansson L,Zanchetti A,Carruthers SG, for theHOT Study Group.Effects of intensive blood pressure lowering and low‐dose aspirin in patients with hypertension: principal results of the Hypertension Optimal Treatment (HOT) randomised trial.Lancet1998;280:19301935.
  21. Collaborative Group of the Primary Prevention Project (PPP).Low‐dose aspirin and vitamin E in people at cardiovascular risk: a randomized trial in general practice.Lancet.2001;357:8995.
  22. CAPRIE Steering Committee.A randomized, blinded, trial of clopidogrel versus aspirin in patients at risk of ischemic events (CAPRIE).Lancet.1996;348:13291339.
  23. Bhatt DL,Fox KAA,Hacke WB; for theCHARISMA Investigators.Clopidogrel and aspirin versus aspirin alone for the prevention of atherothrombotic events.N Engl J Med.2006;354:17061717.
  24. Diener H‐C,Boguousslavsky J,Brass LM; on behalf of theMATCH investigators.Aspirin and clopidogrel compared with clopidogrel alone after ischaemic stroke or transient ischaemic attack in high‐risk patients (MATCH): randomised, double‐blind, placebo‐controlled trial.Lancet.2004;364:331337.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
S4-S8
Page Number
S4-S8
Article Type
Display Headline
Peripheral arterial disease and the hospitalist: The rationale for early detection and optimal therapy
Display Headline
Peripheral arterial disease and the hospitalist: The rationale for early detection and optimal therapy
Legacy Keywords
peripheral arterial disease, diagnosis, and antiplatelet therapy
Legacy Keywords
peripheral arterial disease, diagnosis, and antiplatelet therapy
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2008 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Department of Emergency Medicine, Wake Forest University Baptist Medical Center, Medical Center Boulevard, Winston‐Salem, NC 27157
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Rules of Engagement: Stroke

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
Aggressive management of ischemic stroke: The case for the hospitalist

Stroke is the leading cause of disability and the third leading cause of death in the United States.1, 2 Each year approximately 700,000 strokes occur, 88% of which are considered ischemic; they predominately arise from atherothrombotic events in large or small cerebral vessels. Moreover, approximately 200,000 of these events are classified as recurrent.1 Patients who have had a stroke frequently also have coronary artery disease (CAD) and/or peripheral artery disease (PAD), putting them at high risk of adverse vascular events such as myocardial infarction (MI) or sudden vascular death.35 Hospitalists initiate and coordinate aggressive and rapid interventions in the acute care setting in order to minimize stroke progression and thus optimize outcomes. They also initiate long‐term treatments to prevent recurrence and secondary vascular events in the outpatient setting. Thus, the treatment plan developed by the hospitalist on admission is as important as the one created on discharge.

The hospitalist plays a central role in managing stroke. Prior to having an event, patients are at risk. The goal of clinical management is prevention. This is mainly focused on risk factor reduction and aspirin therapy. Outpatient medical providers direct this care. Once a stroke occurs and the victim is admitted to the hospital, the hospitalist becomes this patient's medical care coordinator. In the very acute phase, the goal of management is optimizing outcomes by restoring perfusion to ischemic tissue and minimizing injury progression. There are a number of interventions available to the hospitalist. If patients present within 3 hours of ictus, they may qualify for IV thrombolytic therapy and if within 6 hours for intra‐arterial therapy. If later, aspirin can have beneficial effects on outcomes. Also during this time, it is important to maintain adequate systemic perfusion, oxygenation/ventilation, cardiovascular function, and, importantly, close clinical monitoring.

STROKE MORTALITY

Stroke is a deadly diseaseas deadly as many malignancies. Most patients die of complications of vascular disease (eg, cerebrovascular, cardiovascular, and peripheral vascular diseases). The Oxfordshire Community Stroke Project and Perth Community Stroke Study has indicated that at least 50% of patients die within 5 years of a first‐time acute ischemic or hemorrhagic stroke. The highest risk of death occurs during the first year, with a mortality rate ranging between 31% and 36.5% (95% confidence interval [CI], 27%34% and 31.5%41.4%, respectively).6, 7 Moreover, the risk of death within 30 days after stroke was approximately 20%. The annual risk of death for patients who survived 1 year was 7% and 10% according to the Oxfordshire and Perth studies, respectively, which was approximately 2‐fold higher than that for stroke‐free patients of the same age and sex.6, 7

The proportion of death caused by stroke, recurrent stroke, cardiovascular events, or nonvascular events changes over time (Fig. 1). The Perth study showed that the predominant causes of death within the first 30 days were complications from the incident stroke and, to a lesser degree, recurrent stroke. Over time, cardiovascular events (eg, myocardial infarction, ruptured aortic aneurysms, PAD) become the most common cause of mortality in patients who have had a stroke. However, the risk of death from a recurrent stroke only diminishes slightly with time.7 This trend is consistent with the findings of the Oxfordshire study and the Northern Manhattan Stroke Study, which focused on long‐term survival after first‐ever ischemic stroke.6, 8 Thus, the short‐term goals of treatment implemented by hospitalists are to ensure survival and recovery from the index stroke, and the long‐term goals are to protect against recurrent stroke or secondary vascular events.

Figure 1
Proportion of patients dying from various causes at various times from the onset of first‐ever stroke. Adapted from Hankey et al.7

MANAGEMENT OF ACUTE ISCHEMIC STROKE

Stroke is no longer an untreatable disease. The introduction of thrombolytic therapy has provided an opportunity for medical providers to significantly improve short‐ and long‐term survival rates and functional outcomes of patients. Most ischemic strokes are caused by thrombotic arterial occlusions. Hence, thrombolytic therapy has been tested and approved for use in patients with acute ischemic stroke.9 The efficacy and safety of the thrombolytic agent, recombinant tissue plasminogen activator (rtPA), were demonstrated in the landmark National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke (NINDS) rtPA Stroke Study.

When compared with patients who received placebo, the odds of a favorable treatment outcome increased by at least 30% in those who received rtPA within 3 hours of the onset of symptoms of an acute ischemic stroke. This benefit was sustained for 612 months.10, 11 Patients who received rtPA were at an increased risk for intracerebral hemorrhage, but this did not translate to an increased risk of death.10 Currently, this thrombolytic agent has a class I recommendation from the American Heart Association and American Stroke Association (AHA/ASA) for its administration within 3 hours of onset of ischemic stroke symptoms in patients who have no sign or history of subarachnoid hemorrhage and who meet the other 21 criteria based on those used in the NINDS study.9

Patients who arrive at the hospital 36 hours after symptom onset or those who have contraindications for IV rtPA may benefit from intra‐arterial administration of thrombolytic agents.12 However, there is no consensus on the optimal dose that should be delivered by intra‐arterial administration.13 In addition, this course of treatment requires rapid access to cerebral angiography and a qualified interventionalist, both of which may not be available to all hospitalists.9

If a patient presents beyond 6 hours, the hospitalist may initiate aspirin therapy, which has been shown to improve outcomes following acute stroke if therapy is begun within 48 hours. A planned meta‐analysis of approximately 40,000 patients with suspected ischemic stroke demonstrated that aspirin therapy proportionally reduces the risk of recurrent stroke and mortality from recurrent stroke or any other cause by 11% 3%. This benefit was apparent as early as 06 hours and as late as 2548 hours following stroke onset (Fig. 2), with only a slight increase in the risk of hemorrhagic stroke.14 The studies analyzed in the meta‐analysis underlie the AHA/ASA recommendations that aspirin (325 mg) be administered within 2448 hours of stroke onset or within 24 hours after thrombolytic therapy for the early management of ischemic stroke in adults.9 By contrast, heparin therapy is not a recommended treatment for acute ischemic stroke; its clinical benefits do not outweigh the risk of bleeding complications.9 In addition, clinical trial data do not support the use of heparin for cardioembolic stroke.13

Figure 2
Relative risk reduction estimates from pairwise comparison analysis. Error bars represent the standard error. Adapted from Diener et al.21

The AHA/ASA has made several recommendations to enhance outcomes and to prevent complications after an acute ischemic stroke. These include the stabilization and management of blood pressure (BP) and blood glucose levels and protection against deep vein thrombosis.9 Hypertension in the peristroke period is expected and is generally not treated. The rationale is that cerebral blood flow (CBF) is autoregulated in healthy brain tissue. As such, CBF remains constant at 50 cc/100 g of tissue per minute over a wide range of mean arterial pressures: 60150 mm Hg. However, in ischemic brain regions, autoregulation is lost, resulting in a pressure passive perfusion state (ie, local CBF is dependent on systemic blood pressure). As an injured brain is hypermetabolic, CBF adequate to meet its needs is dependent on a higher than normal blood pressure. Thus, reduction of high BP might worsen ischemia.

From a clinical practice standpoint, patients' outpatient antihypertensive medications are frequently held, with no additional treatment given for blood pressure elevation. The exception is, should the patient become encephalopathic, blood pressure may need to be reduced, as this may represent a state of hypertensive encephalopathy or luxury perfusion. There are no data indicating the use of a specific hypertensive agent in reducing blood pressure in such a setting. The AHA/ASA guidelines for early management of ischemic stroke recommend the use of antihypertensive agents on a case‐by‐case basis; although as recommended by consensus, there may be IV administration of labetalol or nicardipine if there is evidence of hypertensive encephalopathy, the diastolic BP is >120 mm Hg or the systolic BP is >220 mm Hg.9

Blood glucose should be kept stable, between 80 and 120 mg/dL. This can be achieved with either an oral hypoglycemic agent or sliding‐scale insulin regimen. Venous thrombus formation after stroke is a very serious concern as it can result in pulmonary embolism. As soon as possible, sequential compression devices and agents such as unfractionated heparin, low‐molecular‐weight heparin (ie, enoxaparin, dalteparin), fondaparinux, warfarin, or aspirin should be initiated.9

Hyperthermia has been shown to worsen functional outcome following stroke.15 Thus, maintenance of normal body temperature is recommended. This can be achieved with acetaminophen. Causes other than acute brain injury such as infection need to be investigated and treated as appropriate. Induced hypothermia has long been considered a potential therapy for improving outcome from acute stroke. Although preclinical studies in animals support induced hypothermia as a beneficial approach, there has not yet been a successful human clinical trial demonstrating efficacy. In addition, hypotonic intravenous solutions have the potential to worsen cerebral edema. Thus, normal saline without dextrose may be preferable. However, conclusive evidence supporting the use of hypertonic and colloid solutions remains insufficient.

Other important issues are gastrointestinal prophylaxis, early mobilization, and nutrition. The nutritional needs of acute brain‐injured patients cannot be overemphasized. Caloric intake should be maintained at 140% to compensate for the hypermetabolic state of the brain and to avoid weight loss. Patients should not be fed or treated with oral medications until a speech and swallow study is conducted to determine the extent of dysphagia and dysarthria or aphasia.9 However, in general, patients who are alert can usually be administered their oral medications, but only after a swallow evaluation has been passed.

ANTIPLATELET THERAPY FOR STROKE PREVENTION

Primary Stroke Prevention

Aspirin has been shown to be efficacious in preventing first stroke in women. The evidence supporting aspirin use in women for primary prevention of stroke is from the Women's Health Study, which showed that the occurrence of first stroke could be reduced in women older than 45 years old by taking 100 mg of aspirin every other day as compared with placebo.16 The AHA/ASA recommends aspirin therapy for primary ischemic stroke prevention in women whose risk of stroke outweighs the risk of aspirin‐related bleeding. Unfortunately, there are not enough supporting data to recommend its use in men for primary stroke prevention.17

Secondary Stroke Prevention

Aspirin, clopidogrel, and the extended‐release dipyridamole‐aspirin combination are the most commonly used antiplatelet agents for secondary stroke prevention. Ticlopidine is indicated for prevention of recurrent stroke18 but has fallen out of use because of safety concerns, and dipyridamole confers little cardiovascular protection compared with the other antiplatelet agents. Aspirin is widely regarded as the first‐line agent for preventing recurrent stroke. The optimal dose of aspirin for reducing the risk of secondary stroke is uncertain. However, most practitioners use doses between 75 and 325 mg. The numerous studies supporting this have been summarized by Hennekens et al.19 The Antiplatelet Trialists Collaboration demonstrated that lower‐dose aspirin (75150 mg) is effective and can reduce secondary stroke by 25%.20 The European Stroke Prevention Study 2 (ESPS‐2) showed an 18% reduction in the risk of a recurrent stroke with only 50 mg of aspirin.21 The AHA/ASA recommends 50350 mg/day aspirin to reduce the risk of recurrent stroke and or vascular events in patients with ischemic stroke.5

In the CAPRIE study, clopidogrel was shown to be effective, but not superior to aspirin, in the reduction of recurrent stroke.22 Taking their similar safety and efficacy profiles into account and aspirin's low cost, the AHA/ASA concluded that clopidogrel is an acceptable but not preferable alternative to aspirin therapy for the reduction of recurrent strokes.5 The combination of clopidogrel and aspirin reduces secondary vascular events in high‐risk cardiovascular patients and can be considered in high‐risk stroke patients. The CHARISMA study revealed that a combination of clopidogrel and aspirin has benefit over aspirin alone in secondary prevention of a combined end point of stroke, MI, and CV death.23 However, this same study also showed that aspirin alone is superior to the combination in primary prevention of this same end point. Subgroup analysis demonstrated that the combination of clopidogrel and aspirin provided a significant benefit in further reducing nonfatal strokes over aspirin alone (P < .05) and a trend toward reducing all ischemic strokes (P < .10).24 The MATCH study showed no evidence that a combination of clopidogrel and aspirin was superior to aspirin alone in patients with recent TIA or stroke.25, 26 However, the impact of aspirin resistance in the MATCH study population was not quantified but may have affected the study results, as 80% of the patients were already taking aspirin on enrollment.24 Of significance is the finding in both CHARISMA and MATCH that the addition of aspirin to clopidogrel therapy conveys a higher risk for bleeding.26 Combining clopidogrel with aspirin therapy is not routinely recommended by the AHA/ASA to reduce the risk of recurrent stroke.5

The ESPS‐2 trial demonstrated that the combination of extended‐release (ER) dipyridamole and aspirin was superior to aspirin alone for reducing the risk of recurrent stroke in patients with ischemic stroke.21 However, the combination of ER dipyridamole and aspirin was not different from placebo in preventing myocardial infarction or CV death. Thus, the AHA/ASA recommends that the combination of ER‐dipyridamole/aspirin can be considered for secondary stroke prevention.5

LONG‐TERM MANAGEMENT FOR SECONDARY PREVENTION OF NONSTROKE VASCULAR EVENTS

In the subacute period, the hospitalist transitions the patient from acute to chronic care. Here, the goals are optimizing functional outcome and preventing recurrence. Still, during the first few days after ictus, the patient remains at risk for recurrent stroke, cerebral edema, and hemorrhagic transformation, so continued hospitalization is required. By 57 days later, the most significant risk period has elapsed. Physical and occupational therapy are initiated while patients are still hospitalized. Patient and family education about stroke and related diseases is done. A rational and comprehensive plan to reduce risk of secondary stroke is critical. This plan must include diet, tobacco, diabetes, blood pressure and excessive weight interventions. These may require care from a specialized team with members such as dieticians, exercise therapists, and tobacco interventionalists. Especially critical is instituting a discharge plan that highlights continued control of all modifiable risk factors and antiplatelet therapy. Finally, coordination with the patient's outpatient provider is paramount.

There is a developing awareness of the importance of the overlapping syndrome of combined stroke and cardiovascular and peripheral vascular risk. In leading clinical trials, the coexistence of coronary artery disease and cerebral artery disease is as high as 40%; thus, patients who have had a stroke are at high risk for other vascular events such as MI, critical limb ischemia, or vascular death. The AHA/ASA scientific statement on coronary risk evaluation recommends testing for CAD after ischemic stroke, as it has been suggested that asymptomatic CAD is highly prevalent among these patients.4 Diagnostic testing for CAD should be conducted outside the acute stroke setting and optimized based on stroke subtype and the health status of individual patients.4 Testing for PAD should also be done in patients with ischemic stroke when not otherwise contraindicated.27 Thus, the hospitalist should determine the stroke patient's risk of having coexisting CAD and/or PAD. If significant, then appropriate follow‐up testing either during the hospitalization or after discharge should be arranged.

To prevent secondary vascular events including stroke, effective management of common risk factors shared by stroke, CAD, and PAD is recommended. Long‐term treatment goals include control of hypertension, lipid and glucose management, smoking cessation, weight control, and integration of physical activity.4, 5, 27 Except for blood pressure control, many of these should be initiated while still in the hospital. Acute hospitalization is also an opportunity for patient and family education regarding risk factor reduction.

Antiplatelet therapies are also recommended and are associated with an absolute risk reduction of serious vascular events of 36 6 per 1000 persons with previous stroke or transient ischemic attack.20 Aspirin use in patients at high risk for atherothrombotic events has been shown to be effective in reducing the risk of myocardial infarction and other vascular events.20 The AHA‐recommended dose of aspirin for preventing sudden coronary syndrome is 81 mg/day or higher. Clopidogrel has been shown to be effective in reducing the risk of recurrent sudden coronary artery syndrome and progression of peripheral vascular disease.22 When combined with aspirin, clopidogrel has been shown to reduce recurrent sudden coronary syndrome.28, 29

CONCLUSIONS

The hospitalist is involved in the spectrum of stroke care, from management of stroke in the acute care setting to establishing long‐term treatments for prevention of secondary vascular events. As such, hospitalists can significantly affect the lives of patients with ischemic stroke. Current treatment guidelines for stroke recommend aggressive and rapid response in the acute setting. Long‐term treatments focus on risk reduction for recurrent stroke or for other vascular events such as MI or critical limb ischemia. Antiplatelet therapies are a component of long‐term treatments. Current research suggests that antiplatelet agents differ in reducing recurrent strokes versus nonstroke events. Thus, treatments should be based on a patient's individual risk factors for recurrent stroke and/or CAD or PAD. Although hospitalists will transfer care back to outpatient providers, the interventions initiated in the hospital will optimize the patient's future. In many ways, the patient's first step to a better health began when crossing the entrance of the hospital.

References
  1. Thom T,Haase N,Rosamond W, et al.Heart disease and stroke statistics—2006 update: a report from the American Heart Association statistics committee and stroke statistics subcommittee.Circulation.2006;113:85151.
  2. Jemal A,Ward E,Hao Y,Thun M.Trends in the leading causes of death in the United States, 1970–2002.JAMA.2005;294:12551259.
  3. Steg PG,Bhatt DL,Wilson PWF, et al.One‐year cardiovascular event rates in outpatients with atherothrombosis.JAMA.2007;297:11971206.
  4. Adams RJ,Chimowitz MI,Alpert JS, et al.Coronary risk evaluation in patients with transient ischemic attack and ischemic stroke: a scientific statement for healthcare professionals from the Stroke Council and the Council on Clinical Cardiology of the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association.Circulation.2003;108:12781290.
  5. Sacco RL,Adams R,Albers G, et al.Guidelines for prevention of stroke in patients with ischemic stroke or transient ischemic attack: A statement for healthcare professionals from the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association.Stroke.2006;37:577617.
  6. Dennis MS,Burn JP,Sandercock PA,Bamford JM,Wade DT,Warlow CP.Long‐term survival after first‐ever stroke: the Oxfordshire Community Stroke Project.Stroke.1993;24:796800.
  7. Hankey GJ,Jamrozik K,Broadhurst RJ, et al.Five‐year survival after first‐ever stroke and related prognostic factors in the Perth Community Stroke Study.Stroke.2000;31:20802086.
  8. Hartmann A,Rundek T,Mast H, et al.Mortality and causes of death after first ischemic stroke: the Northern Manhattan Stroke Study.Neurology.2001;57:20002005.
  9. Adams HP,del Zoppo G,Alberts MJ, et al.Guidelines for the early management of adults with ischemic stroke: A guideline from the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association.Stroke.2007;38:16551711.
  10. NINDS study group.Tissue plasminogen activator for acute ischemic stroke.N Engl J Med.1995;333:15811587.
  11. Kwiatkowski TG,Libman RB,Frankel M, et al.Effects of tissue plasminogen activator for acute ischemic stroke at one year.N Engl J Med.1999;340:17811787.
  12. Qureshi AL,Suri MF,Shatla AA, et al.Intraarterial recombinant tissue plasminogen activator for ischemic stroke: an accelerating dosing regimen.Neurosurgery.2000;47:473476.
  13. Albers GW,Amaresco P,Easton JD,Sacco RL,Teal P.Antithrombotic and thrombolytic therapy for ischemic stroke: the Seventh ACCP Conference on Antithrombotic and Thrombolytic Therapy.Chest.2004;126:483s512s.
  14. Chen ZM,Sandercock P,Pan HC, et al.Indications for early aspirin use in acute ischemic stroke: a combined analysis of 40000 randomized patients from the Chinese acute stroke trial and the international stroke trial.Stroke.2000;31:12401249.
  15. Reith J,Jorgensen HS,Pedersen PM, et al.Body temperature in acute stroke: relation to stroke severity, infarct size, mortality, and outcome.Lancet.1996;347:422425.
  16. Ridker PM,Cook NR,Min Lee I, et al.A randomized trial of low‐dose aspirin in the primary prevention of cardiovascular disease in women.N Engl J Med.2005;352:12931304.
  17. Goldstein LB,Adams R,Alberts MJ, et al.Primary prevention of ischemic stroke: A guideline from the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association.Circulation.2006;113:873823.
  18. Hass WK,Easton JD,Adams HP, et al.A randomized trial comparing ticlopidine hydrochloride with aspirin for the prevention of stroke in high‐risk patients.N Engl J Med.1989;321:501517.
  19. Hennekens CH,Dyken ML,Fuster V.Aspirin as a therapeutic agent in cardiovascular disease: a statement for healthcare professionals from the American Heart Association.Circulation.1997;96:27512753.
  20. Antithrombotic Trialists' Collaboration.Collaborative meta‐analysis of randomized trials of antiplatelet therapy for prevention of death, myocardial infarction, and stroke in high risk patients.BMJ.2002;324:7186.
  21. Diener HC,Cunha L,Forbes C,Sivenius J,Smets P,Lowenthal A.European stroke prevention study:2. Dipyridamole and acetylsalicylic acid in the secondary prevention of stroke.J Neurol Sci.1996;143:113.
  22. CAPRIE steering committee.A randomized, blinded, trial of clopidogrel versus aspirin in patients at risk of ischemic events (CAPRIE).Lancet.1996;348:13291339.
  23. Bhatt DL,Fox KAA,Werner Hacke CB, et al.Clopidogrel and aspiring versus aspirin alone for the prevention of atherothrombotic events.N Engl J Med.2006;354:17061717.
  24. Bhatt DL,Flather MD,Hacke W, et al.Patients with prior myocardial infarction, stroke, or symptomatic peripheral arterial disease in the CHARISMA trial.J Am Coll Cardiol.2007;49:19821988.
  25. Diener HC,Bogousslavsky J,Brass LM, et al.Aspirin and clopidogrel compared with clopidogrel alone after recent ischemic stroke or transient ischemic attack in high‐risk patients (MATCH): Randomized, double‐blind placebo‐controlled trial.Lancet.2004;364:331337.
  26. Ling GS.Role of aspirin in MATCH.Lancet.2004;364:1661.
  27. Hirsch AT,Haskal ZJ,Hertzer NR, et al.ACC/AHA 2005 practice guidelines for the management of patients with peripheral arterial disease (lower extremity, renal, mesenteric, and abdominal aortic).Circulation.2006;113:463654.
  28. CURE Trial Investigators.Effects of clopidogrel in addition to aspirin in patients with acute coronary syndromes without ST‐segment elevation.N Engl J Med.2001;345:494502.
  29. Mehta SR,Yusuf S,Peters RJG, et al.Effects of pretreatment with clopidogrel and aspirin followed by long‐term therapy in patients undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention: PCI‐CURE study.Lancet.2001;358:527533.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
S9-S14
Legacy Keywords
rules of engagement, stroke
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Stroke is the leading cause of disability and the third leading cause of death in the United States.1, 2 Each year approximately 700,000 strokes occur, 88% of which are considered ischemic; they predominately arise from atherothrombotic events in large or small cerebral vessels. Moreover, approximately 200,000 of these events are classified as recurrent.1 Patients who have had a stroke frequently also have coronary artery disease (CAD) and/or peripheral artery disease (PAD), putting them at high risk of adverse vascular events such as myocardial infarction (MI) or sudden vascular death.35 Hospitalists initiate and coordinate aggressive and rapid interventions in the acute care setting in order to minimize stroke progression and thus optimize outcomes. They also initiate long‐term treatments to prevent recurrence and secondary vascular events in the outpatient setting. Thus, the treatment plan developed by the hospitalist on admission is as important as the one created on discharge.

The hospitalist plays a central role in managing stroke. Prior to having an event, patients are at risk. The goal of clinical management is prevention. This is mainly focused on risk factor reduction and aspirin therapy. Outpatient medical providers direct this care. Once a stroke occurs and the victim is admitted to the hospital, the hospitalist becomes this patient's medical care coordinator. In the very acute phase, the goal of management is optimizing outcomes by restoring perfusion to ischemic tissue and minimizing injury progression. There are a number of interventions available to the hospitalist. If patients present within 3 hours of ictus, they may qualify for IV thrombolytic therapy and if within 6 hours for intra‐arterial therapy. If later, aspirin can have beneficial effects on outcomes. Also during this time, it is important to maintain adequate systemic perfusion, oxygenation/ventilation, cardiovascular function, and, importantly, close clinical monitoring.

STROKE MORTALITY

Stroke is a deadly diseaseas deadly as many malignancies. Most patients die of complications of vascular disease (eg, cerebrovascular, cardiovascular, and peripheral vascular diseases). The Oxfordshire Community Stroke Project and Perth Community Stroke Study has indicated that at least 50% of patients die within 5 years of a first‐time acute ischemic or hemorrhagic stroke. The highest risk of death occurs during the first year, with a mortality rate ranging between 31% and 36.5% (95% confidence interval [CI], 27%34% and 31.5%41.4%, respectively).6, 7 Moreover, the risk of death within 30 days after stroke was approximately 20%. The annual risk of death for patients who survived 1 year was 7% and 10% according to the Oxfordshire and Perth studies, respectively, which was approximately 2‐fold higher than that for stroke‐free patients of the same age and sex.6, 7

The proportion of death caused by stroke, recurrent stroke, cardiovascular events, or nonvascular events changes over time (Fig. 1). The Perth study showed that the predominant causes of death within the first 30 days were complications from the incident stroke and, to a lesser degree, recurrent stroke. Over time, cardiovascular events (eg, myocardial infarction, ruptured aortic aneurysms, PAD) become the most common cause of mortality in patients who have had a stroke. However, the risk of death from a recurrent stroke only diminishes slightly with time.7 This trend is consistent with the findings of the Oxfordshire study and the Northern Manhattan Stroke Study, which focused on long‐term survival after first‐ever ischemic stroke.6, 8 Thus, the short‐term goals of treatment implemented by hospitalists are to ensure survival and recovery from the index stroke, and the long‐term goals are to protect against recurrent stroke or secondary vascular events.

Figure 1
Proportion of patients dying from various causes at various times from the onset of first‐ever stroke. Adapted from Hankey et al.7

MANAGEMENT OF ACUTE ISCHEMIC STROKE

Stroke is no longer an untreatable disease. The introduction of thrombolytic therapy has provided an opportunity for medical providers to significantly improve short‐ and long‐term survival rates and functional outcomes of patients. Most ischemic strokes are caused by thrombotic arterial occlusions. Hence, thrombolytic therapy has been tested and approved for use in patients with acute ischemic stroke.9 The efficacy and safety of the thrombolytic agent, recombinant tissue plasminogen activator (rtPA), were demonstrated in the landmark National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke (NINDS) rtPA Stroke Study.

When compared with patients who received placebo, the odds of a favorable treatment outcome increased by at least 30% in those who received rtPA within 3 hours of the onset of symptoms of an acute ischemic stroke. This benefit was sustained for 612 months.10, 11 Patients who received rtPA were at an increased risk for intracerebral hemorrhage, but this did not translate to an increased risk of death.10 Currently, this thrombolytic agent has a class I recommendation from the American Heart Association and American Stroke Association (AHA/ASA) for its administration within 3 hours of onset of ischemic stroke symptoms in patients who have no sign or history of subarachnoid hemorrhage and who meet the other 21 criteria based on those used in the NINDS study.9

Patients who arrive at the hospital 36 hours after symptom onset or those who have contraindications for IV rtPA may benefit from intra‐arterial administration of thrombolytic agents.12 However, there is no consensus on the optimal dose that should be delivered by intra‐arterial administration.13 In addition, this course of treatment requires rapid access to cerebral angiography and a qualified interventionalist, both of which may not be available to all hospitalists.9

If a patient presents beyond 6 hours, the hospitalist may initiate aspirin therapy, which has been shown to improve outcomes following acute stroke if therapy is begun within 48 hours. A planned meta‐analysis of approximately 40,000 patients with suspected ischemic stroke demonstrated that aspirin therapy proportionally reduces the risk of recurrent stroke and mortality from recurrent stroke or any other cause by 11% 3%. This benefit was apparent as early as 06 hours and as late as 2548 hours following stroke onset (Fig. 2), with only a slight increase in the risk of hemorrhagic stroke.14 The studies analyzed in the meta‐analysis underlie the AHA/ASA recommendations that aspirin (325 mg) be administered within 2448 hours of stroke onset or within 24 hours after thrombolytic therapy for the early management of ischemic stroke in adults.9 By contrast, heparin therapy is not a recommended treatment for acute ischemic stroke; its clinical benefits do not outweigh the risk of bleeding complications.9 In addition, clinical trial data do not support the use of heparin for cardioembolic stroke.13

Figure 2
Relative risk reduction estimates from pairwise comparison analysis. Error bars represent the standard error. Adapted from Diener et al.21

The AHA/ASA has made several recommendations to enhance outcomes and to prevent complications after an acute ischemic stroke. These include the stabilization and management of blood pressure (BP) and blood glucose levels and protection against deep vein thrombosis.9 Hypertension in the peristroke period is expected and is generally not treated. The rationale is that cerebral blood flow (CBF) is autoregulated in healthy brain tissue. As such, CBF remains constant at 50 cc/100 g of tissue per minute over a wide range of mean arterial pressures: 60150 mm Hg. However, in ischemic brain regions, autoregulation is lost, resulting in a pressure passive perfusion state (ie, local CBF is dependent on systemic blood pressure). As an injured brain is hypermetabolic, CBF adequate to meet its needs is dependent on a higher than normal blood pressure. Thus, reduction of high BP might worsen ischemia.

From a clinical practice standpoint, patients' outpatient antihypertensive medications are frequently held, with no additional treatment given for blood pressure elevation. The exception is, should the patient become encephalopathic, blood pressure may need to be reduced, as this may represent a state of hypertensive encephalopathy or luxury perfusion. There are no data indicating the use of a specific hypertensive agent in reducing blood pressure in such a setting. The AHA/ASA guidelines for early management of ischemic stroke recommend the use of antihypertensive agents on a case‐by‐case basis; although as recommended by consensus, there may be IV administration of labetalol or nicardipine if there is evidence of hypertensive encephalopathy, the diastolic BP is >120 mm Hg or the systolic BP is >220 mm Hg.9

Blood glucose should be kept stable, between 80 and 120 mg/dL. This can be achieved with either an oral hypoglycemic agent or sliding‐scale insulin regimen. Venous thrombus formation after stroke is a very serious concern as it can result in pulmonary embolism. As soon as possible, sequential compression devices and agents such as unfractionated heparin, low‐molecular‐weight heparin (ie, enoxaparin, dalteparin), fondaparinux, warfarin, or aspirin should be initiated.9

Hyperthermia has been shown to worsen functional outcome following stroke.15 Thus, maintenance of normal body temperature is recommended. This can be achieved with acetaminophen. Causes other than acute brain injury such as infection need to be investigated and treated as appropriate. Induced hypothermia has long been considered a potential therapy for improving outcome from acute stroke. Although preclinical studies in animals support induced hypothermia as a beneficial approach, there has not yet been a successful human clinical trial demonstrating efficacy. In addition, hypotonic intravenous solutions have the potential to worsen cerebral edema. Thus, normal saline without dextrose may be preferable. However, conclusive evidence supporting the use of hypertonic and colloid solutions remains insufficient.

Other important issues are gastrointestinal prophylaxis, early mobilization, and nutrition. The nutritional needs of acute brain‐injured patients cannot be overemphasized. Caloric intake should be maintained at 140% to compensate for the hypermetabolic state of the brain and to avoid weight loss. Patients should not be fed or treated with oral medications until a speech and swallow study is conducted to determine the extent of dysphagia and dysarthria or aphasia.9 However, in general, patients who are alert can usually be administered their oral medications, but only after a swallow evaluation has been passed.

ANTIPLATELET THERAPY FOR STROKE PREVENTION

Primary Stroke Prevention

Aspirin has been shown to be efficacious in preventing first stroke in women. The evidence supporting aspirin use in women for primary prevention of stroke is from the Women's Health Study, which showed that the occurrence of first stroke could be reduced in women older than 45 years old by taking 100 mg of aspirin every other day as compared with placebo.16 The AHA/ASA recommends aspirin therapy for primary ischemic stroke prevention in women whose risk of stroke outweighs the risk of aspirin‐related bleeding. Unfortunately, there are not enough supporting data to recommend its use in men for primary stroke prevention.17

Secondary Stroke Prevention

Aspirin, clopidogrel, and the extended‐release dipyridamole‐aspirin combination are the most commonly used antiplatelet agents for secondary stroke prevention. Ticlopidine is indicated for prevention of recurrent stroke18 but has fallen out of use because of safety concerns, and dipyridamole confers little cardiovascular protection compared with the other antiplatelet agents. Aspirin is widely regarded as the first‐line agent for preventing recurrent stroke. The optimal dose of aspirin for reducing the risk of secondary stroke is uncertain. However, most practitioners use doses between 75 and 325 mg. The numerous studies supporting this have been summarized by Hennekens et al.19 The Antiplatelet Trialists Collaboration demonstrated that lower‐dose aspirin (75150 mg) is effective and can reduce secondary stroke by 25%.20 The European Stroke Prevention Study 2 (ESPS‐2) showed an 18% reduction in the risk of a recurrent stroke with only 50 mg of aspirin.21 The AHA/ASA recommends 50350 mg/day aspirin to reduce the risk of recurrent stroke and or vascular events in patients with ischemic stroke.5

In the CAPRIE study, clopidogrel was shown to be effective, but not superior to aspirin, in the reduction of recurrent stroke.22 Taking their similar safety and efficacy profiles into account and aspirin's low cost, the AHA/ASA concluded that clopidogrel is an acceptable but not preferable alternative to aspirin therapy for the reduction of recurrent strokes.5 The combination of clopidogrel and aspirin reduces secondary vascular events in high‐risk cardiovascular patients and can be considered in high‐risk stroke patients. The CHARISMA study revealed that a combination of clopidogrel and aspirin has benefit over aspirin alone in secondary prevention of a combined end point of stroke, MI, and CV death.23 However, this same study also showed that aspirin alone is superior to the combination in primary prevention of this same end point. Subgroup analysis demonstrated that the combination of clopidogrel and aspirin provided a significant benefit in further reducing nonfatal strokes over aspirin alone (P < .05) and a trend toward reducing all ischemic strokes (P < .10).24 The MATCH study showed no evidence that a combination of clopidogrel and aspirin was superior to aspirin alone in patients with recent TIA or stroke.25, 26 However, the impact of aspirin resistance in the MATCH study population was not quantified but may have affected the study results, as 80% of the patients were already taking aspirin on enrollment.24 Of significance is the finding in both CHARISMA and MATCH that the addition of aspirin to clopidogrel therapy conveys a higher risk for bleeding.26 Combining clopidogrel with aspirin therapy is not routinely recommended by the AHA/ASA to reduce the risk of recurrent stroke.5

The ESPS‐2 trial demonstrated that the combination of extended‐release (ER) dipyridamole and aspirin was superior to aspirin alone for reducing the risk of recurrent stroke in patients with ischemic stroke.21 However, the combination of ER dipyridamole and aspirin was not different from placebo in preventing myocardial infarction or CV death. Thus, the AHA/ASA recommends that the combination of ER‐dipyridamole/aspirin can be considered for secondary stroke prevention.5

LONG‐TERM MANAGEMENT FOR SECONDARY PREVENTION OF NONSTROKE VASCULAR EVENTS

In the subacute period, the hospitalist transitions the patient from acute to chronic care. Here, the goals are optimizing functional outcome and preventing recurrence. Still, during the first few days after ictus, the patient remains at risk for recurrent stroke, cerebral edema, and hemorrhagic transformation, so continued hospitalization is required. By 57 days later, the most significant risk period has elapsed. Physical and occupational therapy are initiated while patients are still hospitalized. Patient and family education about stroke and related diseases is done. A rational and comprehensive plan to reduce risk of secondary stroke is critical. This plan must include diet, tobacco, diabetes, blood pressure and excessive weight interventions. These may require care from a specialized team with members such as dieticians, exercise therapists, and tobacco interventionalists. Especially critical is instituting a discharge plan that highlights continued control of all modifiable risk factors and antiplatelet therapy. Finally, coordination with the patient's outpatient provider is paramount.

There is a developing awareness of the importance of the overlapping syndrome of combined stroke and cardiovascular and peripheral vascular risk. In leading clinical trials, the coexistence of coronary artery disease and cerebral artery disease is as high as 40%; thus, patients who have had a stroke are at high risk for other vascular events such as MI, critical limb ischemia, or vascular death. The AHA/ASA scientific statement on coronary risk evaluation recommends testing for CAD after ischemic stroke, as it has been suggested that asymptomatic CAD is highly prevalent among these patients.4 Diagnostic testing for CAD should be conducted outside the acute stroke setting and optimized based on stroke subtype and the health status of individual patients.4 Testing for PAD should also be done in patients with ischemic stroke when not otherwise contraindicated.27 Thus, the hospitalist should determine the stroke patient's risk of having coexisting CAD and/or PAD. If significant, then appropriate follow‐up testing either during the hospitalization or after discharge should be arranged.

To prevent secondary vascular events including stroke, effective management of common risk factors shared by stroke, CAD, and PAD is recommended. Long‐term treatment goals include control of hypertension, lipid and glucose management, smoking cessation, weight control, and integration of physical activity.4, 5, 27 Except for blood pressure control, many of these should be initiated while still in the hospital. Acute hospitalization is also an opportunity for patient and family education regarding risk factor reduction.

Antiplatelet therapies are also recommended and are associated with an absolute risk reduction of serious vascular events of 36 6 per 1000 persons with previous stroke or transient ischemic attack.20 Aspirin use in patients at high risk for atherothrombotic events has been shown to be effective in reducing the risk of myocardial infarction and other vascular events.20 The AHA‐recommended dose of aspirin for preventing sudden coronary syndrome is 81 mg/day or higher. Clopidogrel has been shown to be effective in reducing the risk of recurrent sudden coronary artery syndrome and progression of peripheral vascular disease.22 When combined with aspirin, clopidogrel has been shown to reduce recurrent sudden coronary syndrome.28, 29

CONCLUSIONS

The hospitalist is involved in the spectrum of stroke care, from management of stroke in the acute care setting to establishing long‐term treatments for prevention of secondary vascular events. As such, hospitalists can significantly affect the lives of patients with ischemic stroke. Current treatment guidelines for stroke recommend aggressive and rapid response in the acute setting. Long‐term treatments focus on risk reduction for recurrent stroke or for other vascular events such as MI or critical limb ischemia. Antiplatelet therapies are a component of long‐term treatments. Current research suggests that antiplatelet agents differ in reducing recurrent strokes versus nonstroke events. Thus, treatments should be based on a patient's individual risk factors for recurrent stroke and/or CAD or PAD. Although hospitalists will transfer care back to outpatient providers, the interventions initiated in the hospital will optimize the patient's future. In many ways, the patient's first step to a better health began when crossing the entrance of the hospital.

Stroke is the leading cause of disability and the third leading cause of death in the United States.1, 2 Each year approximately 700,000 strokes occur, 88% of which are considered ischemic; they predominately arise from atherothrombotic events in large or small cerebral vessels. Moreover, approximately 200,000 of these events are classified as recurrent.1 Patients who have had a stroke frequently also have coronary artery disease (CAD) and/or peripheral artery disease (PAD), putting them at high risk of adverse vascular events such as myocardial infarction (MI) or sudden vascular death.35 Hospitalists initiate and coordinate aggressive and rapid interventions in the acute care setting in order to minimize stroke progression and thus optimize outcomes. They also initiate long‐term treatments to prevent recurrence and secondary vascular events in the outpatient setting. Thus, the treatment plan developed by the hospitalist on admission is as important as the one created on discharge.

The hospitalist plays a central role in managing stroke. Prior to having an event, patients are at risk. The goal of clinical management is prevention. This is mainly focused on risk factor reduction and aspirin therapy. Outpatient medical providers direct this care. Once a stroke occurs and the victim is admitted to the hospital, the hospitalist becomes this patient's medical care coordinator. In the very acute phase, the goal of management is optimizing outcomes by restoring perfusion to ischemic tissue and minimizing injury progression. There are a number of interventions available to the hospitalist. If patients present within 3 hours of ictus, they may qualify for IV thrombolytic therapy and if within 6 hours for intra‐arterial therapy. If later, aspirin can have beneficial effects on outcomes. Also during this time, it is important to maintain adequate systemic perfusion, oxygenation/ventilation, cardiovascular function, and, importantly, close clinical monitoring.

STROKE MORTALITY

Stroke is a deadly diseaseas deadly as many malignancies. Most patients die of complications of vascular disease (eg, cerebrovascular, cardiovascular, and peripheral vascular diseases). The Oxfordshire Community Stroke Project and Perth Community Stroke Study has indicated that at least 50% of patients die within 5 years of a first‐time acute ischemic or hemorrhagic stroke. The highest risk of death occurs during the first year, with a mortality rate ranging between 31% and 36.5% (95% confidence interval [CI], 27%34% and 31.5%41.4%, respectively).6, 7 Moreover, the risk of death within 30 days after stroke was approximately 20%. The annual risk of death for patients who survived 1 year was 7% and 10% according to the Oxfordshire and Perth studies, respectively, which was approximately 2‐fold higher than that for stroke‐free patients of the same age and sex.6, 7

The proportion of death caused by stroke, recurrent stroke, cardiovascular events, or nonvascular events changes over time (Fig. 1). The Perth study showed that the predominant causes of death within the first 30 days were complications from the incident stroke and, to a lesser degree, recurrent stroke. Over time, cardiovascular events (eg, myocardial infarction, ruptured aortic aneurysms, PAD) become the most common cause of mortality in patients who have had a stroke. However, the risk of death from a recurrent stroke only diminishes slightly with time.7 This trend is consistent with the findings of the Oxfordshire study and the Northern Manhattan Stroke Study, which focused on long‐term survival after first‐ever ischemic stroke.6, 8 Thus, the short‐term goals of treatment implemented by hospitalists are to ensure survival and recovery from the index stroke, and the long‐term goals are to protect against recurrent stroke or secondary vascular events.

Figure 1
Proportion of patients dying from various causes at various times from the onset of first‐ever stroke. Adapted from Hankey et al.7

MANAGEMENT OF ACUTE ISCHEMIC STROKE

Stroke is no longer an untreatable disease. The introduction of thrombolytic therapy has provided an opportunity for medical providers to significantly improve short‐ and long‐term survival rates and functional outcomes of patients. Most ischemic strokes are caused by thrombotic arterial occlusions. Hence, thrombolytic therapy has been tested and approved for use in patients with acute ischemic stroke.9 The efficacy and safety of the thrombolytic agent, recombinant tissue plasminogen activator (rtPA), were demonstrated in the landmark National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke (NINDS) rtPA Stroke Study.

When compared with patients who received placebo, the odds of a favorable treatment outcome increased by at least 30% in those who received rtPA within 3 hours of the onset of symptoms of an acute ischemic stroke. This benefit was sustained for 612 months.10, 11 Patients who received rtPA were at an increased risk for intracerebral hemorrhage, but this did not translate to an increased risk of death.10 Currently, this thrombolytic agent has a class I recommendation from the American Heart Association and American Stroke Association (AHA/ASA) for its administration within 3 hours of onset of ischemic stroke symptoms in patients who have no sign or history of subarachnoid hemorrhage and who meet the other 21 criteria based on those used in the NINDS study.9

Patients who arrive at the hospital 36 hours after symptom onset or those who have contraindications for IV rtPA may benefit from intra‐arterial administration of thrombolytic agents.12 However, there is no consensus on the optimal dose that should be delivered by intra‐arterial administration.13 In addition, this course of treatment requires rapid access to cerebral angiography and a qualified interventionalist, both of which may not be available to all hospitalists.9

If a patient presents beyond 6 hours, the hospitalist may initiate aspirin therapy, which has been shown to improve outcomes following acute stroke if therapy is begun within 48 hours. A planned meta‐analysis of approximately 40,000 patients with suspected ischemic stroke demonstrated that aspirin therapy proportionally reduces the risk of recurrent stroke and mortality from recurrent stroke or any other cause by 11% 3%. This benefit was apparent as early as 06 hours and as late as 2548 hours following stroke onset (Fig. 2), with only a slight increase in the risk of hemorrhagic stroke.14 The studies analyzed in the meta‐analysis underlie the AHA/ASA recommendations that aspirin (325 mg) be administered within 2448 hours of stroke onset or within 24 hours after thrombolytic therapy for the early management of ischemic stroke in adults.9 By contrast, heparin therapy is not a recommended treatment for acute ischemic stroke; its clinical benefits do not outweigh the risk of bleeding complications.9 In addition, clinical trial data do not support the use of heparin for cardioembolic stroke.13

Figure 2
Relative risk reduction estimates from pairwise comparison analysis. Error bars represent the standard error. Adapted from Diener et al.21

The AHA/ASA has made several recommendations to enhance outcomes and to prevent complications after an acute ischemic stroke. These include the stabilization and management of blood pressure (BP) and blood glucose levels and protection against deep vein thrombosis.9 Hypertension in the peristroke period is expected and is generally not treated. The rationale is that cerebral blood flow (CBF) is autoregulated in healthy brain tissue. As such, CBF remains constant at 50 cc/100 g of tissue per minute over a wide range of mean arterial pressures: 60150 mm Hg. However, in ischemic brain regions, autoregulation is lost, resulting in a pressure passive perfusion state (ie, local CBF is dependent on systemic blood pressure). As an injured brain is hypermetabolic, CBF adequate to meet its needs is dependent on a higher than normal blood pressure. Thus, reduction of high BP might worsen ischemia.

From a clinical practice standpoint, patients' outpatient antihypertensive medications are frequently held, with no additional treatment given for blood pressure elevation. The exception is, should the patient become encephalopathic, blood pressure may need to be reduced, as this may represent a state of hypertensive encephalopathy or luxury perfusion. There are no data indicating the use of a specific hypertensive agent in reducing blood pressure in such a setting. The AHA/ASA guidelines for early management of ischemic stroke recommend the use of antihypertensive agents on a case‐by‐case basis; although as recommended by consensus, there may be IV administration of labetalol or nicardipine if there is evidence of hypertensive encephalopathy, the diastolic BP is >120 mm Hg or the systolic BP is >220 mm Hg.9

Blood glucose should be kept stable, between 80 and 120 mg/dL. This can be achieved with either an oral hypoglycemic agent or sliding‐scale insulin regimen. Venous thrombus formation after stroke is a very serious concern as it can result in pulmonary embolism. As soon as possible, sequential compression devices and agents such as unfractionated heparin, low‐molecular‐weight heparin (ie, enoxaparin, dalteparin), fondaparinux, warfarin, or aspirin should be initiated.9

Hyperthermia has been shown to worsen functional outcome following stroke.15 Thus, maintenance of normal body temperature is recommended. This can be achieved with acetaminophen. Causes other than acute brain injury such as infection need to be investigated and treated as appropriate. Induced hypothermia has long been considered a potential therapy for improving outcome from acute stroke. Although preclinical studies in animals support induced hypothermia as a beneficial approach, there has not yet been a successful human clinical trial demonstrating efficacy. In addition, hypotonic intravenous solutions have the potential to worsen cerebral edema. Thus, normal saline without dextrose may be preferable. However, conclusive evidence supporting the use of hypertonic and colloid solutions remains insufficient.

Other important issues are gastrointestinal prophylaxis, early mobilization, and nutrition. The nutritional needs of acute brain‐injured patients cannot be overemphasized. Caloric intake should be maintained at 140% to compensate for the hypermetabolic state of the brain and to avoid weight loss. Patients should not be fed or treated with oral medications until a speech and swallow study is conducted to determine the extent of dysphagia and dysarthria or aphasia.9 However, in general, patients who are alert can usually be administered their oral medications, but only after a swallow evaluation has been passed.

ANTIPLATELET THERAPY FOR STROKE PREVENTION

Primary Stroke Prevention

Aspirin has been shown to be efficacious in preventing first stroke in women. The evidence supporting aspirin use in women for primary prevention of stroke is from the Women's Health Study, which showed that the occurrence of first stroke could be reduced in women older than 45 years old by taking 100 mg of aspirin every other day as compared with placebo.16 The AHA/ASA recommends aspirin therapy for primary ischemic stroke prevention in women whose risk of stroke outweighs the risk of aspirin‐related bleeding. Unfortunately, there are not enough supporting data to recommend its use in men for primary stroke prevention.17

Secondary Stroke Prevention

Aspirin, clopidogrel, and the extended‐release dipyridamole‐aspirin combination are the most commonly used antiplatelet agents for secondary stroke prevention. Ticlopidine is indicated for prevention of recurrent stroke18 but has fallen out of use because of safety concerns, and dipyridamole confers little cardiovascular protection compared with the other antiplatelet agents. Aspirin is widely regarded as the first‐line agent for preventing recurrent stroke. The optimal dose of aspirin for reducing the risk of secondary stroke is uncertain. However, most practitioners use doses between 75 and 325 mg. The numerous studies supporting this have been summarized by Hennekens et al.19 The Antiplatelet Trialists Collaboration demonstrated that lower‐dose aspirin (75150 mg) is effective and can reduce secondary stroke by 25%.20 The European Stroke Prevention Study 2 (ESPS‐2) showed an 18% reduction in the risk of a recurrent stroke with only 50 mg of aspirin.21 The AHA/ASA recommends 50350 mg/day aspirin to reduce the risk of recurrent stroke and or vascular events in patients with ischemic stroke.5

In the CAPRIE study, clopidogrel was shown to be effective, but not superior to aspirin, in the reduction of recurrent stroke.22 Taking their similar safety and efficacy profiles into account and aspirin's low cost, the AHA/ASA concluded that clopidogrel is an acceptable but not preferable alternative to aspirin therapy for the reduction of recurrent strokes.5 The combination of clopidogrel and aspirin reduces secondary vascular events in high‐risk cardiovascular patients and can be considered in high‐risk stroke patients. The CHARISMA study revealed that a combination of clopidogrel and aspirin has benefit over aspirin alone in secondary prevention of a combined end point of stroke, MI, and CV death.23 However, this same study also showed that aspirin alone is superior to the combination in primary prevention of this same end point. Subgroup analysis demonstrated that the combination of clopidogrel and aspirin provided a significant benefit in further reducing nonfatal strokes over aspirin alone (P < .05) and a trend toward reducing all ischemic strokes (P < .10).24 The MATCH study showed no evidence that a combination of clopidogrel and aspirin was superior to aspirin alone in patients with recent TIA or stroke.25, 26 However, the impact of aspirin resistance in the MATCH study population was not quantified but may have affected the study results, as 80% of the patients were already taking aspirin on enrollment.24 Of significance is the finding in both CHARISMA and MATCH that the addition of aspirin to clopidogrel therapy conveys a higher risk for bleeding.26 Combining clopidogrel with aspirin therapy is not routinely recommended by the AHA/ASA to reduce the risk of recurrent stroke.5

The ESPS‐2 trial demonstrated that the combination of extended‐release (ER) dipyridamole and aspirin was superior to aspirin alone for reducing the risk of recurrent stroke in patients with ischemic stroke.21 However, the combination of ER dipyridamole and aspirin was not different from placebo in preventing myocardial infarction or CV death. Thus, the AHA/ASA recommends that the combination of ER‐dipyridamole/aspirin can be considered for secondary stroke prevention.5

LONG‐TERM MANAGEMENT FOR SECONDARY PREVENTION OF NONSTROKE VASCULAR EVENTS

In the subacute period, the hospitalist transitions the patient from acute to chronic care. Here, the goals are optimizing functional outcome and preventing recurrence. Still, during the first few days after ictus, the patient remains at risk for recurrent stroke, cerebral edema, and hemorrhagic transformation, so continued hospitalization is required. By 57 days later, the most significant risk period has elapsed. Physical and occupational therapy are initiated while patients are still hospitalized. Patient and family education about stroke and related diseases is done. A rational and comprehensive plan to reduce risk of secondary stroke is critical. This plan must include diet, tobacco, diabetes, blood pressure and excessive weight interventions. These may require care from a specialized team with members such as dieticians, exercise therapists, and tobacco interventionalists. Especially critical is instituting a discharge plan that highlights continued control of all modifiable risk factors and antiplatelet therapy. Finally, coordination with the patient's outpatient provider is paramount.

There is a developing awareness of the importance of the overlapping syndrome of combined stroke and cardiovascular and peripheral vascular risk. In leading clinical trials, the coexistence of coronary artery disease and cerebral artery disease is as high as 40%; thus, patients who have had a stroke are at high risk for other vascular events such as MI, critical limb ischemia, or vascular death. The AHA/ASA scientific statement on coronary risk evaluation recommends testing for CAD after ischemic stroke, as it has been suggested that asymptomatic CAD is highly prevalent among these patients.4 Diagnostic testing for CAD should be conducted outside the acute stroke setting and optimized based on stroke subtype and the health status of individual patients.4 Testing for PAD should also be done in patients with ischemic stroke when not otherwise contraindicated.27 Thus, the hospitalist should determine the stroke patient's risk of having coexisting CAD and/or PAD. If significant, then appropriate follow‐up testing either during the hospitalization or after discharge should be arranged.

To prevent secondary vascular events including stroke, effective management of common risk factors shared by stroke, CAD, and PAD is recommended. Long‐term treatment goals include control of hypertension, lipid and glucose management, smoking cessation, weight control, and integration of physical activity.4, 5, 27 Except for blood pressure control, many of these should be initiated while still in the hospital. Acute hospitalization is also an opportunity for patient and family education regarding risk factor reduction.

Antiplatelet therapies are also recommended and are associated with an absolute risk reduction of serious vascular events of 36 6 per 1000 persons with previous stroke or transient ischemic attack.20 Aspirin use in patients at high risk for atherothrombotic events has been shown to be effective in reducing the risk of myocardial infarction and other vascular events.20 The AHA‐recommended dose of aspirin for preventing sudden coronary syndrome is 81 mg/day or higher. Clopidogrel has been shown to be effective in reducing the risk of recurrent sudden coronary artery syndrome and progression of peripheral vascular disease.22 When combined with aspirin, clopidogrel has been shown to reduce recurrent sudden coronary syndrome.28, 29

CONCLUSIONS

The hospitalist is involved in the spectrum of stroke care, from management of stroke in the acute care setting to establishing long‐term treatments for prevention of secondary vascular events. As such, hospitalists can significantly affect the lives of patients with ischemic stroke. Current treatment guidelines for stroke recommend aggressive and rapid response in the acute setting. Long‐term treatments focus on risk reduction for recurrent stroke or for other vascular events such as MI or critical limb ischemia. Antiplatelet therapies are a component of long‐term treatments. Current research suggests that antiplatelet agents differ in reducing recurrent strokes versus nonstroke events. Thus, treatments should be based on a patient's individual risk factors for recurrent stroke and/or CAD or PAD. Although hospitalists will transfer care back to outpatient providers, the interventions initiated in the hospital will optimize the patient's future. In many ways, the patient's first step to a better health began when crossing the entrance of the hospital.

References
  1. Thom T,Haase N,Rosamond W, et al.Heart disease and stroke statistics—2006 update: a report from the American Heart Association statistics committee and stroke statistics subcommittee.Circulation.2006;113:85151.
  2. Jemal A,Ward E,Hao Y,Thun M.Trends in the leading causes of death in the United States, 1970–2002.JAMA.2005;294:12551259.
  3. Steg PG,Bhatt DL,Wilson PWF, et al.One‐year cardiovascular event rates in outpatients with atherothrombosis.JAMA.2007;297:11971206.
  4. Adams RJ,Chimowitz MI,Alpert JS, et al.Coronary risk evaluation in patients with transient ischemic attack and ischemic stroke: a scientific statement for healthcare professionals from the Stroke Council and the Council on Clinical Cardiology of the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association.Circulation.2003;108:12781290.
  5. Sacco RL,Adams R,Albers G, et al.Guidelines for prevention of stroke in patients with ischemic stroke or transient ischemic attack: A statement for healthcare professionals from the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association.Stroke.2006;37:577617.
  6. Dennis MS,Burn JP,Sandercock PA,Bamford JM,Wade DT,Warlow CP.Long‐term survival after first‐ever stroke: the Oxfordshire Community Stroke Project.Stroke.1993;24:796800.
  7. Hankey GJ,Jamrozik K,Broadhurst RJ, et al.Five‐year survival after first‐ever stroke and related prognostic factors in the Perth Community Stroke Study.Stroke.2000;31:20802086.
  8. Hartmann A,Rundek T,Mast H, et al.Mortality and causes of death after first ischemic stroke: the Northern Manhattan Stroke Study.Neurology.2001;57:20002005.
  9. Adams HP,del Zoppo G,Alberts MJ, et al.Guidelines for the early management of adults with ischemic stroke: A guideline from the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association.Stroke.2007;38:16551711.
  10. NINDS study group.Tissue plasminogen activator for acute ischemic stroke.N Engl J Med.1995;333:15811587.
  11. Kwiatkowski TG,Libman RB,Frankel M, et al.Effects of tissue plasminogen activator for acute ischemic stroke at one year.N Engl J Med.1999;340:17811787.
  12. Qureshi AL,Suri MF,Shatla AA, et al.Intraarterial recombinant tissue plasminogen activator for ischemic stroke: an accelerating dosing regimen.Neurosurgery.2000;47:473476.
  13. Albers GW,Amaresco P,Easton JD,Sacco RL,Teal P.Antithrombotic and thrombolytic therapy for ischemic stroke: the Seventh ACCP Conference on Antithrombotic and Thrombolytic Therapy.Chest.2004;126:483s512s.
  14. Chen ZM,Sandercock P,Pan HC, et al.Indications for early aspirin use in acute ischemic stroke: a combined analysis of 40000 randomized patients from the Chinese acute stroke trial and the international stroke trial.Stroke.2000;31:12401249.
  15. Reith J,Jorgensen HS,Pedersen PM, et al.Body temperature in acute stroke: relation to stroke severity, infarct size, mortality, and outcome.Lancet.1996;347:422425.
  16. Ridker PM,Cook NR,Min Lee I, et al.A randomized trial of low‐dose aspirin in the primary prevention of cardiovascular disease in women.N Engl J Med.2005;352:12931304.
  17. Goldstein LB,Adams R,Alberts MJ, et al.Primary prevention of ischemic stroke: A guideline from the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association.Circulation.2006;113:873823.
  18. Hass WK,Easton JD,Adams HP, et al.A randomized trial comparing ticlopidine hydrochloride with aspirin for the prevention of stroke in high‐risk patients.N Engl J Med.1989;321:501517.
  19. Hennekens CH,Dyken ML,Fuster V.Aspirin as a therapeutic agent in cardiovascular disease: a statement for healthcare professionals from the American Heart Association.Circulation.1997;96:27512753.
  20. Antithrombotic Trialists' Collaboration.Collaborative meta‐analysis of randomized trials of antiplatelet therapy for prevention of death, myocardial infarction, and stroke in high risk patients.BMJ.2002;324:7186.
  21. Diener HC,Cunha L,Forbes C,Sivenius J,Smets P,Lowenthal A.European stroke prevention study:2. Dipyridamole and acetylsalicylic acid in the secondary prevention of stroke.J Neurol Sci.1996;143:113.
  22. CAPRIE steering committee.A randomized, blinded, trial of clopidogrel versus aspirin in patients at risk of ischemic events (CAPRIE).Lancet.1996;348:13291339.
  23. Bhatt DL,Fox KAA,Werner Hacke CB, et al.Clopidogrel and aspiring versus aspirin alone for the prevention of atherothrombotic events.N Engl J Med.2006;354:17061717.
  24. Bhatt DL,Flather MD,Hacke W, et al.Patients with prior myocardial infarction, stroke, or symptomatic peripheral arterial disease in the CHARISMA trial.J Am Coll Cardiol.2007;49:19821988.
  25. Diener HC,Bogousslavsky J,Brass LM, et al.Aspirin and clopidogrel compared with clopidogrel alone after recent ischemic stroke or transient ischemic attack in high‐risk patients (MATCH): Randomized, double‐blind placebo‐controlled trial.Lancet.2004;364:331337.
  26. Ling GS.Role of aspirin in MATCH.Lancet.2004;364:1661.
  27. Hirsch AT,Haskal ZJ,Hertzer NR, et al.ACC/AHA 2005 practice guidelines for the management of patients with peripheral arterial disease (lower extremity, renal, mesenteric, and abdominal aortic).Circulation.2006;113:463654.
  28. CURE Trial Investigators.Effects of clopidogrel in addition to aspirin in patients with acute coronary syndromes without ST‐segment elevation.N Engl J Med.2001;345:494502.
  29. Mehta SR,Yusuf S,Peters RJG, et al.Effects of pretreatment with clopidogrel and aspirin followed by long‐term therapy in patients undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention: PCI‐CURE study.Lancet.2001;358:527533.
References
  1. Thom T,Haase N,Rosamond W, et al.Heart disease and stroke statistics—2006 update: a report from the American Heart Association statistics committee and stroke statistics subcommittee.Circulation.2006;113:85151.
  2. Jemal A,Ward E,Hao Y,Thun M.Trends in the leading causes of death in the United States, 1970–2002.JAMA.2005;294:12551259.
  3. Steg PG,Bhatt DL,Wilson PWF, et al.One‐year cardiovascular event rates in outpatients with atherothrombosis.JAMA.2007;297:11971206.
  4. Adams RJ,Chimowitz MI,Alpert JS, et al.Coronary risk evaluation in patients with transient ischemic attack and ischemic stroke: a scientific statement for healthcare professionals from the Stroke Council and the Council on Clinical Cardiology of the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association.Circulation.2003;108:12781290.
  5. Sacco RL,Adams R,Albers G, et al.Guidelines for prevention of stroke in patients with ischemic stroke or transient ischemic attack: A statement for healthcare professionals from the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association.Stroke.2006;37:577617.
  6. Dennis MS,Burn JP,Sandercock PA,Bamford JM,Wade DT,Warlow CP.Long‐term survival after first‐ever stroke: the Oxfordshire Community Stroke Project.Stroke.1993;24:796800.
  7. Hankey GJ,Jamrozik K,Broadhurst RJ, et al.Five‐year survival after first‐ever stroke and related prognostic factors in the Perth Community Stroke Study.Stroke.2000;31:20802086.
  8. Hartmann A,Rundek T,Mast H, et al.Mortality and causes of death after first ischemic stroke: the Northern Manhattan Stroke Study.Neurology.2001;57:20002005.
  9. Adams HP,del Zoppo G,Alberts MJ, et al.Guidelines for the early management of adults with ischemic stroke: A guideline from the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association.Stroke.2007;38:16551711.
  10. NINDS study group.Tissue plasminogen activator for acute ischemic stroke.N Engl J Med.1995;333:15811587.
  11. Kwiatkowski TG,Libman RB,Frankel M, et al.Effects of tissue plasminogen activator for acute ischemic stroke at one year.N Engl J Med.1999;340:17811787.
  12. Qureshi AL,Suri MF,Shatla AA, et al.Intraarterial recombinant tissue plasminogen activator for ischemic stroke: an accelerating dosing regimen.Neurosurgery.2000;47:473476.
  13. Albers GW,Amaresco P,Easton JD,Sacco RL,Teal P.Antithrombotic and thrombolytic therapy for ischemic stroke: the Seventh ACCP Conference on Antithrombotic and Thrombolytic Therapy.Chest.2004;126:483s512s.
  14. Chen ZM,Sandercock P,Pan HC, et al.Indications for early aspirin use in acute ischemic stroke: a combined analysis of 40000 randomized patients from the Chinese acute stroke trial and the international stroke trial.Stroke.2000;31:12401249.
  15. Reith J,Jorgensen HS,Pedersen PM, et al.Body temperature in acute stroke: relation to stroke severity, infarct size, mortality, and outcome.Lancet.1996;347:422425.
  16. Ridker PM,Cook NR,Min Lee I, et al.A randomized trial of low‐dose aspirin in the primary prevention of cardiovascular disease in women.N Engl J Med.2005;352:12931304.
  17. Goldstein LB,Adams R,Alberts MJ, et al.Primary prevention of ischemic stroke: A guideline from the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association.Circulation.2006;113:873823.
  18. Hass WK,Easton JD,Adams HP, et al.A randomized trial comparing ticlopidine hydrochloride with aspirin for the prevention of stroke in high‐risk patients.N Engl J Med.1989;321:501517.
  19. Hennekens CH,Dyken ML,Fuster V.Aspirin as a therapeutic agent in cardiovascular disease: a statement for healthcare professionals from the American Heart Association.Circulation.1997;96:27512753.
  20. Antithrombotic Trialists' Collaboration.Collaborative meta‐analysis of randomized trials of antiplatelet therapy for prevention of death, myocardial infarction, and stroke in high risk patients.BMJ.2002;324:7186.
  21. Diener HC,Cunha L,Forbes C,Sivenius J,Smets P,Lowenthal A.European stroke prevention study:2. Dipyridamole and acetylsalicylic acid in the secondary prevention of stroke.J Neurol Sci.1996;143:113.
  22. CAPRIE steering committee.A randomized, blinded, trial of clopidogrel versus aspirin in patients at risk of ischemic events (CAPRIE).Lancet.1996;348:13291339.
  23. Bhatt DL,Fox KAA,Werner Hacke CB, et al.Clopidogrel and aspiring versus aspirin alone for the prevention of atherothrombotic events.N Engl J Med.2006;354:17061717.
  24. Bhatt DL,Flather MD,Hacke W, et al.Patients with prior myocardial infarction, stroke, or symptomatic peripheral arterial disease in the CHARISMA trial.J Am Coll Cardiol.2007;49:19821988.
  25. Diener HC,Bogousslavsky J,Brass LM, et al.Aspirin and clopidogrel compared with clopidogrel alone after recent ischemic stroke or transient ischemic attack in high‐risk patients (MATCH): Randomized, double‐blind placebo‐controlled trial.Lancet.2004;364:331337.
  26. Ling GS.Role of aspirin in MATCH.Lancet.2004;364:1661.
  27. Hirsch AT,Haskal ZJ,Hertzer NR, et al.ACC/AHA 2005 practice guidelines for the management of patients with peripheral arterial disease (lower extremity, renal, mesenteric, and abdominal aortic).Circulation.2006;113:463654.
  28. CURE Trial Investigators.Effects of clopidogrel in addition to aspirin in patients with acute coronary syndromes without ST‐segment elevation.N Engl J Med.2001;345:494502.
  29. Mehta SR,Yusuf S,Peters RJG, et al.Effects of pretreatment with clopidogrel and aspirin followed by long‐term therapy in patients undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention: PCI‐CURE study.Lancet.2001;358:527533.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
S9-S14
Page Number
S9-S14
Article Type
Display Headline
Aggressive management of ischemic stroke: The case for the hospitalist
Display Headline
Aggressive management of ischemic stroke: The case for the hospitalist
Legacy Keywords
rules of engagement, stroke
Legacy Keywords
rules of engagement, stroke
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2008 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Department of Neurology, Room A1036, Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, 4301 Jones Bridge Rd., Bethesda, MD 20814
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Editorial: Rules of Engagement

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
Rules of engagement: The hospitalist and atherothrombosis

Acute atherothrombotic events associated with ischemic heart disease and stroke are the first and third most common causes of death in the United States, respectively.1 Despite an overall decrease in age‐adjusted mortality since 1970 in the United States, the worldwide prevalence of these diseases is anticipated to sharply increase by 2020.1, 2 Caring for patients with atherothrombosis is now within the purview of hospitalists to a larger extent than ever before. In recognition of the expanding role of these health care professionals and to reduce the risk of adverse cardiovascular events in the outpatient setting, the Society of Hospital Medicine held a symposium during its 10th Annual Meeting.

Rules of Engagement: The Hospitalist and Atherothrombosis took place on May 24, 2007, in Dallas, Texas. This supplement summarizes the highlights from this symposium and reviews the causes and polyvascular nature of atherothrombosis. The role of the hospitalist in managing atherothrombotic disease and evidence‐based practices for the evaluation and treatment of patients with various manifestations of atherothrombotic disease are also discussed.

ARTERIAL THROMBOSIS AND ITS POLYVASCULAR NATURE

Atherothrombosis refers to the formation of large and occlusive mural thrombi that arise from the rupture of an atherosclerotic plaque. Myocardial infarction (MI), ischemic stroke, and acute limb ischemia are the most severe manifestations of this disease.3, 4 This process begins when denuded or inflamed endothelial cells develop properties that permit platelet adhesion. At the site of endothelial dysfunction, activation of adherent platelet results in the release of inflammatory and mitogenic factors. After a series of dynamic and repetitive processes including amplified platelet activation, monocyte chemotaxis, adhesion, transmigration, and lipoprotein retention, plaque formation occurs.5 Consequently, the rupture or erosion of an atherosclerotic plaque produces a higher degree of platelet adhesion, activation, and aggregation, causing the fibrotic organization of a mural thrombus.3

The number of persons with multiple, concomitant cardiovascular disease (CAD), cerebrovascular disease (CVD), and peripheral arterial disease (PAD) accentuates the polyvascular nature of atherothrombosis (Fig. 1). The international Reduction of Atherothrombosis for Continued Health (REACH) Registry demonstrated that 1‐year incidence rates of major cardiovascular events (eg, MI, stroke, death) were high in patients with an established atherothrombotic disease and increased with the number of concomitant vascular diseases.6 These data infer that the burden on the vascular system is considered extensive on diagnosis of a single atherothrombotic disease. Thus, aggressive therapies are needed to reduce the risk of recurrent or other cardiovascular events. The management of risk factors for atherothrombosis such as hypercholesterolemia, dyslipidemia, hypertension, and diabetes mellitus fall under specific disease‐specific guidelines for patients presenting with atherothrombotic diseases.712

Figure 1
Incidence of patients with multiple, concomitant CAD, CVD, and PAD. Adapted from Steg et al.6

ANTIPLATELET THERAPIES

Antiplatelet therapies are used for the acute and long‐term treatment of patients after a thrombic event. Antiplatelet agents target the molecular mechanisms responsible for platelet activation and aggregation, such as the synthesis of thromboxane A2. On platelet activation, free arachidonic acid is converted to prostaglandin H2 (PGH2) by cyclooxygenase‐1 (COX‐1; Fig. 2). Further metabolism of PGH2 by thromboxane synthase produces thromboxane A2, which induces vasoconstriction (Fig. 2). Fortunately, the ability of platelets to produce COX‐1 is limited, and irreversible inhibition of this enzyme can impair thromboxane A2 synthesis for approximately 10 days.

Figure 2
Mechanisms of action of antiplatelet therapies.

Aspirin is a potent COX‐1 inhibitor, whose effects are evident 1 hour after dosing (Fig. 2).4, 13 Aspirin effectively prevents fatal and nonfatal vascular events in healthy individuals and in patients who present with acute MI or ischemic stroke.13 Unfortunately, a proportion of patients are aspirin resistant. Recent studies have indicated that interactions with the nonsteroidal anti‐inflammatory drug (NSAID) ibuprofen may diminish the primary and secondary protective effects of aspirin and may contribute to aspirin resistance, although the origin of this remains unclear.

The results of a post hoc subgroup analysis of 22,071 apparently healthy male physicians randomized to take aspirin or placebo for 5 years indicated that individuals who used NSAIDs for at least 60 days/year increased their risk of MI by more than 2‐fold compared with those who did not use NSAIDs.14 A second study conducted in patients following a major adverse cardiovascular event showed that the combination of aspirin plus ibuprofen increased the adjusted relative risk of cardiovascular mortality over an 8‐year period compared with aspirin alone.15 However, the effects of NSAIDS on aspirin's ability to inhibit COX‐1 are reversible and only last for the dosing interval and body clearance time of the drug.16

Adeonsine diphosphate (ADP)dependent stimulation of the P2Y12 receptor is another target for antiplatelet therapy. On its release, ADP binds to the P2Y12 receptor on platelets, resulting in activation and aggregation (Fig. 2). Ticlopidine and clopidogrel are thienopyridines that may irreversibly modify the P2Y12 receptor (Fig. 2).13 Safety concerns associated with ticlopidine use, including severe neutropenia, have limited its administration. Conversely, clopidogrel is relatively well‐tolerated and can prevent cardiovascular events in patients with CAD, ischemic stroke, and PAD. This agent is an orally administered prodrug requiring activation by hepatic cytochrome P450 enzymes.13

Aspirin and thienopyridines do not inhibit platelet aggregation induced by the binding of fibrinogen to the platelet glycoprotein (GP) IIb/IIIa receptor (Fig. 2).4, 13 However, there are 3 commonly administered GP IIb/IIIa inhibitors: abciximab, eptifibatide, and tirofiban (Fig. 2).4 Abciximab is the fab fragment of the chimeric monoclonal antibody 7E3 and irreversibly inhibits the GP IIb/IIIa receptor. By contrast, eptifibatide is a cyclic heptapeptide, tirofiban is a nonpeptide, and both agents are reversible inhibitors. These agents are administered intravenously, and boluses are reserved for the short‐term treatment of atherothrombosis in patients undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention.13

CONCLUSIONS

Atherothrombosis is a systemic disease that often affects coronary, intracranial, and peripheral arterial beds concomitantly, which increases the probability of a thrombotic event. Aggressive treatments, including acute and long‐term antiplatelet therapies, are required to reduce the risks associated with atherothrombosis. This supplement reviews the evidence‐based approaches for managing atherothrombosis. It will provide hospitalists with the knowledge needed to treat patients with PAD, stroke, and acute coronary syndrome. First, the administration of antiplatelet therapies to patients with acute coronary syndrome will be described. Then, guidelines for the management of patients with acute ischemic stroke and the use of antiplatelet therapies to reduce mortality due to primary and secondary ischemic events will be reviewed. Finally, the role of the hospitalist in the diagnosis of PAD in asymptomatic patients and in those with confirmed atherothrombosis will be discussed.

References
  1. Jemal A,Ward E,Hao Y,Thun M.Trends in the leading causes of death in the United States, 1970‐2002.JAMA.2005;294:12551259.
  2. Lopez AD,Muray CC.The global burden of disease, 1990‐2020.Nat Med.1998:4:12411243.
  3. Fuster V,Badimon L,Badimon JJ,Chesebro JH.The pathogenesis of coronary artery disease and the acute coronary syndromes.N Engl J Med.1992;326:242250.
  4. Schafer AI.Antiplatelet therapy.Am J Med.1996;101:199209.
  5. Gawaz M,Langer H,May AE.Platelets in inflammation and atherogenesis.J Clin Invest.2005;115:33783384.
  6. Steg PG,Bhatt DL,Wilson PWF, et al.One‐year cardiovascular event rates in outpatients with atherothrombosis.JAMA.2007;297:11971206.
  7. Braunwald E,Antman EM,Beasley JW, et al.ACC/AHA 2000 guidelines for management of patients with unstable angina and non‐ST‐segment elevation myocardial infarction.J Am Coll Cardiol.2000;36:9701062.
  8. Antman EM,Anbe DT,Armstrong PW, et al.ACC/AHA guidelines for the management of patients with ST‐elevation myocardial infarction.Circulation.2004;110:82292.
  9. Sacco RL,Adams R,Albers G, et al.Guidelines for the prevention of stroke in patients with ischemic stroke or transient ischemic attack. A statement for healthcare professionals from the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association Council on Stroke.Stroke.2006;37:557617.
  10. Hirsch AT,Haskal ZJ,Hertzer NR, et al.ACC/AHA 2005 practice guidelines for the management of patients with peripheral arterial disease (lower extremity, renal, mesenteric, and abdominal aortic): a collaborative report from the American Association for Vascular Surgery/Society for Vascular Surgery, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventional Radiology, and the ACC/AHA Task Force on Practice Guidelines.Circulation.2006;113:463654.
  11. Libby P,Ridker PM,Maseri A.Inflammation and atherosclerosis.Circulation.2002;105:11351143.
  12. Smith SC,Allen J,Blair SN, et al.AHA/ACC guidelines for secondary prevention for patients with coronary and other atherosclerotic vascular disease: 2006 update.J Am Coll Cardiol.2006;47:21302139.
  13. Patrono C,Coller B,Dalen JE, et al.Platelet‐active drugs: the relationships among dose, effectiveness, and side effects.Chest.2001;119:3963.
  14. Kurth T,Glynn RJ,Walker AM, et al.Inhibition of clinical benefits of aspirin on first myocardial infarction by nonsteroidal anti‐inflammatory drugs.Circulation.2003;108:11911195.
  15. MacDonald TM,Wei L.The effect of ibuprofen on cardioprotective effects of aspirin.Lancet.2003;361:573574.
  16. Catella‐Lawson F,Reilly MP,Kapoor SC, et al.Cyclooxygenase inhibitors and the antiplatelet effects of aspirin.N Engl J Med.2001;345:18091817.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
S1-S3
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Acute atherothrombotic events associated with ischemic heart disease and stroke are the first and third most common causes of death in the United States, respectively.1 Despite an overall decrease in age‐adjusted mortality since 1970 in the United States, the worldwide prevalence of these diseases is anticipated to sharply increase by 2020.1, 2 Caring for patients with atherothrombosis is now within the purview of hospitalists to a larger extent than ever before. In recognition of the expanding role of these health care professionals and to reduce the risk of adverse cardiovascular events in the outpatient setting, the Society of Hospital Medicine held a symposium during its 10th Annual Meeting.

Rules of Engagement: The Hospitalist and Atherothrombosis took place on May 24, 2007, in Dallas, Texas. This supplement summarizes the highlights from this symposium and reviews the causes and polyvascular nature of atherothrombosis. The role of the hospitalist in managing atherothrombotic disease and evidence‐based practices for the evaluation and treatment of patients with various manifestations of atherothrombotic disease are also discussed.

ARTERIAL THROMBOSIS AND ITS POLYVASCULAR NATURE

Atherothrombosis refers to the formation of large and occlusive mural thrombi that arise from the rupture of an atherosclerotic plaque. Myocardial infarction (MI), ischemic stroke, and acute limb ischemia are the most severe manifestations of this disease.3, 4 This process begins when denuded or inflamed endothelial cells develop properties that permit platelet adhesion. At the site of endothelial dysfunction, activation of adherent platelet results in the release of inflammatory and mitogenic factors. After a series of dynamic and repetitive processes including amplified platelet activation, monocyte chemotaxis, adhesion, transmigration, and lipoprotein retention, plaque formation occurs.5 Consequently, the rupture or erosion of an atherosclerotic plaque produces a higher degree of platelet adhesion, activation, and aggregation, causing the fibrotic organization of a mural thrombus.3

The number of persons with multiple, concomitant cardiovascular disease (CAD), cerebrovascular disease (CVD), and peripheral arterial disease (PAD) accentuates the polyvascular nature of atherothrombosis (Fig. 1). The international Reduction of Atherothrombosis for Continued Health (REACH) Registry demonstrated that 1‐year incidence rates of major cardiovascular events (eg, MI, stroke, death) were high in patients with an established atherothrombotic disease and increased with the number of concomitant vascular diseases.6 These data infer that the burden on the vascular system is considered extensive on diagnosis of a single atherothrombotic disease. Thus, aggressive therapies are needed to reduce the risk of recurrent or other cardiovascular events. The management of risk factors for atherothrombosis such as hypercholesterolemia, dyslipidemia, hypertension, and diabetes mellitus fall under specific disease‐specific guidelines for patients presenting with atherothrombotic diseases.712

Figure 1
Incidence of patients with multiple, concomitant CAD, CVD, and PAD. Adapted from Steg et al.6

ANTIPLATELET THERAPIES

Antiplatelet therapies are used for the acute and long‐term treatment of patients after a thrombic event. Antiplatelet agents target the molecular mechanisms responsible for platelet activation and aggregation, such as the synthesis of thromboxane A2. On platelet activation, free arachidonic acid is converted to prostaglandin H2 (PGH2) by cyclooxygenase‐1 (COX‐1; Fig. 2). Further metabolism of PGH2 by thromboxane synthase produces thromboxane A2, which induces vasoconstriction (Fig. 2). Fortunately, the ability of platelets to produce COX‐1 is limited, and irreversible inhibition of this enzyme can impair thromboxane A2 synthesis for approximately 10 days.

Figure 2
Mechanisms of action of antiplatelet therapies.

Aspirin is a potent COX‐1 inhibitor, whose effects are evident 1 hour after dosing (Fig. 2).4, 13 Aspirin effectively prevents fatal and nonfatal vascular events in healthy individuals and in patients who present with acute MI or ischemic stroke.13 Unfortunately, a proportion of patients are aspirin resistant. Recent studies have indicated that interactions with the nonsteroidal anti‐inflammatory drug (NSAID) ibuprofen may diminish the primary and secondary protective effects of aspirin and may contribute to aspirin resistance, although the origin of this remains unclear.

The results of a post hoc subgroup analysis of 22,071 apparently healthy male physicians randomized to take aspirin or placebo for 5 years indicated that individuals who used NSAIDs for at least 60 days/year increased their risk of MI by more than 2‐fold compared with those who did not use NSAIDs.14 A second study conducted in patients following a major adverse cardiovascular event showed that the combination of aspirin plus ibuprofen increased the adjusted relative risk of cardiovascular mortality over an 8‐year period compared with aspirin alone.15 However, the effects of NSAIDS on aspirin's ability to inhibit COX‐1 are reversible and only last for the dosing interval and body clearance time of the drug.16

Adeonsine diphosphate (ADP)dependent stimulation of the P2Y12 receptor is another target for antiplatelet therapy. On its release, ADP binds to the P2Y12 receptor on platelets, resulting in activation and aggregation (Fig. 2). Ticlopidine and clopidogrel are thienopyridines that may irreversibly modify the P2Y12 receptor (Fig. 2).13 Safety concerns associated with ticlopidine use, including severe neutropenia, have limited its administration. Conversely, clopidogrel is relatively well‐tolerated and can prevent cardiovascular events in patients with CAD, ischemic stroke, and PAD. This agent is an orally administered prodrug requiring activation by hepatic cytochrome P450 enzymes.13

Aspirin and thienopyridines do not inhibit platelet aggregation induced by the binding of fibrinogen to the platelet glycoprotein (GP) IIb/IIIa receptor (Fig. 2).4, 13 However, there are 3 commonly administered GP IIb/IIIa inhibitors: abciximab, eptifibatide, and tirofiban (Fig. 2).4 Abciximab is the fab fragment of the chimeric monoclonal antibody 7E3 and irreversibly inhibits the GP IIb/IIIa receptor. By contrast, eptifibatide is a cyclic heptapeptide, tirofiban is a nonpeptide, and both agents are reversible inhibitors. These agents are administered intravenously, and boluses are reserved for the short‐term treatment of atherothrombosis in patients undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention.13

CONCLUSIONS

Atherothrombosis is a systemic disease that often affects coronary, intracranial, and peripheral arterial beds concomitantly, which increases the probability of a thrombotic event. Aggressive treatments, including acute and long‐term antiplatelet therapies, are required to reduce the risks associated with atherothrombosis. This supplement reviews the evidence‐based approaches for managing atherothrombosis. It will provide hospitalists with the knowledge needed to treat patients with PAD, stroke, and acute coronary syndrome. First, the administration of antiplatelet therapies to patients with acute coronary syndrome will be described. Then, guidelines for the management of patients with acute ischemic stroke and the use of antiplatelet therapies to reduce mortality due to primary and secondary ischemic events will be reviewed. Finally, the role of the hospitalist in the diagnosis of PAD in asymptomatic patients and in those with confirmed atherothrombosis will be discussed.

Acute atherothrombotic events associated with ischemic heart disease and stroke are the first and third most common causes of death in the United States, respectively.1 Despite an overall decrease in age‐adjusted mortality since 1970 in the United States, the worldwide prevalence of these diseases is anticipated to sharply increase by 2020.1, 2 Caring for patients with atherothrombosis is now within the purview of hospitalists to a larger extent than ever before. In recognition of the expanding role of these health care professionals and to reduce the risk of adverse cardiovascular events in the outpatient setting, the Society of Hospital Medicine held a symposium during its 10th Annual Meeting.

Rules of Engagement: The Hospitalist and Atherothrombosis took place on May 24, 2007, in Dallas, Texas. This supplement summarizes the highlights from this symposium and reviews the causes and polyvascular nature of atherothrombosis. The role of the hospitalist in managing atherothrombotic disease and evidence‐based practices for the evaluation and treatment of patients with various manifestations of atherothrombotic disease are also discussed.

ARTERIAL THROMBOSIS AND ITS POLYVASCULAR NATURE

Atherothrombosis refers to the formation of large and occlusive mural thrombi that arise from the rupture of an atherosclerotic plaque. Myocardial infarction (MI), ischemic stroke, and acute limb ischemia are the most severe manifestations of this disease.3, 4 This process begins when denuded or inflamed endothelial cells develop properties that permit platelet adhesion. At the site of endothelial dysfunction, activation of adherent platelet results in the release of inflammatory and mitogenic factors. After a series of dynamic and repetitive processes including amplified platelet activation, monocyte chemotaxis, adhesion, transmigration, and lipoprotein retention, plaque formation occurs.5 Consequently, the rupture or erosion of an atherosclerotic plaque produces a higher degree of platelet adhesion, activation, and aggregation, causing the fibrotic organization of a mural thrombus.3

The number of persons with multiple, concomitant cardiovascular disease (CAD), cerebrovascular disease (CVD), and peripheral arterial disease (PAD) accentuates the polyvascular nature of atherothrombosis (Fig. 1). The international Reduction of Atherothrombosis for Continued Health (REACH) Registry demonstrated that 1‐year incidence rates of major cardiovascular events (eg, MI, stroke, death) were high in patients with an established atherothrombotic disease and increased with the number of concomitant vascular diseases.6 These data infer that the burden on the vascular system is considered extensive on diagnosis of a single atherothrombotic disease. Thus, aggressive therapies are needed to reduce the risk of recurrent or other cardiovascular events. The management of risk factors for atherothrombosis such as hypercholesterolemia, dyslipidemia, hypertension, and diabetes mellitus fall under specific disease‐specific guidelines for patients presenting with atherothrombotic diseases.712

Figure 1
Incidence of patients with multiple, concomitant CAD, CVD, and PAD. Adapted from Steg et al.6

ANTIPLATELET THERAPIES

Antiplatelet therapies are used for the acute and long‐term treatment of patients after a thrombic event. Antiplatelet agents target the molecular mechanisms responsible for platelet activation and aggregation, such as the synthesis of thromboxane A2. On platelet activation, free arachidonic acid is converted to prostaglandin H2 (PGH2) by cyclooxygenase‐1 (COX‐1; Fig. 2). Further metabolism of PGH2 by thromboxane synthase produces thromboxane A2, which induces vasoconstriction (Fig. 2). Fortunately, the ability of platelets to produce COX‐1 is limited, and irreversible inhibition of this enzyme can impair thromboxane A2 synthesis for approximately 10 days.

Figure 2
Mechanisms of action of antiplatelet therapies.

Aspirin is a potent COX‐1 inhibitor, whose effects are evident 1 hour after dosing (Fig. 2).4, 13 Aspirin effectively prevents fatal and nonfatal vascular events in healthy individuals and in patients who present with acute MI or ischemic stroke.13 Unfortunately, a proportion of patients are aspirin resistant. Recent studies have indicated that interactions with the nonsteroidal anti‐inflammatory drug (NSAID) ibuprofen may diminish the primary and secondary protective effects of aspirin and may contribute to aspirin resistance, although the origin of this remains unclear.

The results of a post hoc subgroup analysis of 22,071 apparently healthy male physicians randomized to take aspirin or placebo for 5 years indicated that individuals who used NSAIDs for at least 60 days/year increased their risk of MI by more than 2‐fold compared with those who did not use NSAIDs.14 A second study conducted in patients following a major adverse cardiovascular event showed that the combination of aspirin plus ibuprofen increased the adjusted relative risk of cardiovascular mortality over an 8‐year period compared with aspirin alone.15 However, the effects of NSAIDS on aspirin's ability to inhibit COX‐1 are reversible and only last for the dosing interval and body clearance time of the drug.16

Adeonsine diphosphate (ADP)dependent stimulation of the P2Y12 receptor is another target for antiplatelet therapy. On its release, ADP binds to the P2Y12 receptor on platelets, resulting in activation and aggregation (Fig. 2). Ticlopidine and clopidogrel are thienopyridines that may irreversibly modify the P2Y12 receptor (Fig. 2).13 Safety concerns associated with ticlopidine use, including severe neutropenia, have limited its administration. Conversely, clopidogrel is relatively well‐tolerated and can prevent cardiovascular events in patients with CAD, ischemic stroke, and PAD. This agent is an orally administered prodrug requiring activation by hepatic cytochrome P450 enzymes.13

Aspirin and thienopyridines do not inhibit platelet aggregation induced by the binding of fibrinogen to the platelet glycoprotein (GP) IIb/IIIa receptor (Fig. 2).4, 13 However, there are 3 commonly administered GP IIb/IIIa inhibitors: abciximab, eptifibatide, and tirofiban (Fig. 2).4 Abciximab is the fab fragment of the chimeric monoclonal antibody 7E3 and irreversibly inhibits the GP IIb/IIIa receptor. By contrast, eptifibatide is a cyclic heptapeptide, tirofiban is a nonpeptide, and both agents are reversible inhibitors. These agents are administered intravenously, and boluses are reserved for the short‐term treatment of atherothrombosis in patients undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention.13

CONCLUSIONS

Atherothrombosis is a systemic disease that often affects coronary, intracranial, and peripheral arterial beds concomitantly, which increases the probability of a thrombotic event. Aggressive treatments, including acute and long‐term antiplatelet therapies, are required to reduce the risks associated with atherothrombosis. This supplement reviews the evidence‐based approaches for managing atherothrombosis. It will provide hospitalists with the knowledge needed to treat patients with PAD, stroke, and acute coronary syndrome. First, the administration of antiplatelet therapies to patients with acute coronary syndrome will be described. Then, guidelines for the management of patients with acute ischemic stroke and the use of antiplatelet therapies to reduce mortality due to primary and secondary ischemic events will be reviewed. Finally, the role of the hospitalist in the diagnosis of PAD in asymptomatic patients and in those with confirmed atherothrombosis will be discussed.

References
  1. Jemal A,Ward E,Hao Y,Thun M.Trends in the leading causes of death in the United States, 1970‐2002.JAMA.2005;294:12551259.
  2. Lopez AD,Muray CC.The global burden of disease, 1990‐2020.Nat Med.1998:4:12411243.
  3. Fuster V,Badimon L,Badimon JJ,Chesebro JH.The pathogenesis of coronary artery disease and the acute coronary syndromes.N Engl J Med.1992;326:242250.
  4. Schafer AI.Antiplatelet therapy.Am J Med.1996;101:199209.
  5. Gawaz M,Langer H,May AE.Platelets in inflammation and atherogenesis.J Clin Invest.2005;115:33783384.
  6. Steg PG,Bhatt DL,Wilson PWF, et al.One‐year cardiovascular event rates in outpatients with atherothrombosis.JAMA.2007;297:11971206.
  7. Braunwald E,Antman EM,Beasley JW, et al.ACC/AHA 2000 guidelines for management of patients with unstable angina and non‐ST‐segment elevation myocardial infarction.J Am Coll Cardiol.2000;36:9701062.
  8. Antman EM,Anbe DT,Armstrong PW, et al.ACC/AHA guidelines for the management of patients with ST‐elevation myocardial infarction.Circulation.2004;110:82292.
  9. Sacco RL,Adams R,Albers G, et al.Guidelines for the prevention of stroke in patients with ischemic stroke or transient ischemic attack. A statement for healthcare professionals from the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association Council on Stroke.Stroke.2006;37:557617.
  10. Hirsch AT,Haskal ZJ,Hertzer NR, et al.ACC/AHA 2005 practice guidelines for the management of patients with peripheral arterial disease (lower extremity, renal, mesenteric, and abdominal aortic): a collaborative report from the American Association for Vascular Surgery/Society for Vascular Surgery, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventional Radiology, and the ACC/AHA Task Force on Practice Guidelines.Circulation.2006;113:463654.
  11. Libby P,Ridker PM,Maseri A.Inflammation and atherosclerosis.Circulation.2002;105:11351143.
  12. Smith SC,Allen J,Blair SN, et al.AHA/ACC guidelines for secondary prevention for patients with coronary and other atherosclerotic vascular disease: 2006 update.J Am Coll Cardiol.2006;47:21302139.
  13. Patrono C,Coller B,Dalen JE, et al.Platelet‐active drugs: the relationships among dose, effectiveness, and side effects.Chest.2001;119:3963.
  14. Kurth T,Glynn RJ,Walker AM, et al.Inhibition of clinical benefits of aspirin on first myocardial infarction by nonsteroidal anti‐inflammatory drugs.Circulation.2003;108:11911195.
  15. MacDonald TM,Wei L.The effect of ibuprofen on cardioprotective effects of aspirin.Lancet.2003;361:573574.
  16. Catella‐Lawson F,Reilly MP,Kapoor SC, et al.Cyclooxygenase inhibitors and the antiplatelet effects of aspirin.N Engl J Med.2001;345:18091817.
References
  1. Jemal A,Ward E,Hao Y,Thun M.Trends in the leading causes of death in the United States, 1970‐2002.JAMA.2005;294:12551259.
  2. Lopez AD,Muray CC.The global burden of disease, 1990‐2020.Nat Med.1998:4:12411243.
  3. Fuster V,Badimon L,Badimon JJ,Chesebro JH.The pathogenesis of coronary artery disease and the acute coronary syndromes.N Engl J Med.1992;326:242250.
  4. Schafer AI.Antiplatelet therapy.Am J Med.1996;101:199209.
  5. Gawaz M,Langer H,May AE.Platelets in inflammation and atherogenesis.J Clin Invest.2005;115:33783384.
  6. Steg PG,Bhatt DL,Wilson PWF, et al.One‐year cardiovascular event rates in outpatients with atherothrombosis.JAMA.2007;297:11971206.
  7. Braunwald E,Antman EM,Beasley JW, et al.ACC/AHA 2000 guidelines for management of patients with unstable angina and non‐ST‐segment elevation myocardial infarction.J Am Coll Cardiol.2000;36:9701062.
  8. Antman EM,Anbe DT,Armstrong PW, et al.ACC/AHA guidelines for the management of patients with ST‐elevation myocardial infarction.Circulation.2004;110:82292.
  9. Sacco RL,Adams R,Albers G, et al.Guidelines for the prevention of stroke in patients with ischemic stroke or transient ischemic attack. A statement for healthcare professionals from the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association Council on Stroke.Stroke.2006;37:557617.
  10. Hirsch AT,Haskal ZJ,Hertzer NR, et al.ACC/AHA 2005 practice guidelines for the management of patients with peripheral arterial disease (lower extremity, renal, mesenteric, and abdominal aortic): a collaborative report from the American Association for Vascular Surgery/Society for Vascular Surgery, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventional Radiology, and the ACC/AHA Task Force on Practice Guidelines.Circulation.2006;113:463654.
  11. Libby P,Ridker PM,Maseri A.Inflammation and atherosclerosis.Circulation.2002;105:11351143.
  12. Smith SC,Allen J,Blair SN, et al.AHA/ACC guidelines for secondary prevention for patients with coronary and other atherosclerotic vascular disease: 2006 update.J Am Coll Cardiol.2006;47:21302139.
  13. Patrono C,Coller B,Dalen JE, et al.Platelet‐active drugs: the relationships among dose, effectiveness, and side effects.Chest.2001;119:3963.
  14. Kurth T,Glynn RJ,Walker AM, et al.Inhibition of clinical benefits of aspirin on first myocardial infarction by nonsteroidal anti‐inflammatory drugs.Circulation.2003;108:11911195.
  15. MacDonald TM,Wei L.The effect of ibuprofen on cardioprotective effects of aspirin.Lancet.2003;361:573574.
  16. Catella‐Lawson F,Reilly MP,Kapoor SC, et al.Cyclooxygenase inhibitors and the antiplatelet effects of aspirin.N Engl J Med.2001;345:18091817.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 3(2)
Page Number
S1-S3
Page Number
S1-S3
Article Type
Display Headline
Rules of engagement: The hospitalist and atherothrombosis
Display Headline
Rules of engagement: The hospitalist and atherothrombosis
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2008 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Department of Emergency Medicine, Wake Forest University Baptist Medical Center, Medical Center Boulevard, Winston‐Salem, NC 27157; ArcMesa Educators LLC, 951 State Hwy. 33 West, Monroe Township, NJ 08831
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media